LilyPond — Fragmentos de código

Polirritmia flexible con compases no alineados · makam

Musical notation

Specialist notation

Other collections

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \override Ambitus.X-offset = 2.0
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \remove Ottava_spanner_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists Ottava_spanner_engraver
  }
}

{
  \clef bass
  << { <g d'>1~ q2 <c' e'> }
  \\
    {
      r2.
      \ottava -1
      <b,,, b,,>4 ~ |
      q2
      \ottava 0
      <c e>2
    }
  >>
}

\score {
  {
    \aikenHeads
    c''2 a' c' a

    % Switch to thin-variant noteheads
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(doThin reThin miThin
                              faThin sol laThin tiThin)
    c'' a' c' a
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(2)
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a]
    \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8 10 12)
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a] r8 |
  \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8)
    a8[ a]
    \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8.5)
    a8[ a]
    \revert Stem.details.beamed-lengths
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a] r16 |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  }
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \relative c' {
      \time 2/4
      c4 f'
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \relative c' {
      \time  2/4
      \key d \major
      cis4 as'
    }
  }
>>

\new Staff \with {
  \consists Ambitus_engraver
} \relative {
  \ambitusAfter key-signature
  \key d \major
  es'8 g bes cis d2
}

\new Staff \with {
  \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  }
<<
  \new Voice \relative c'' {
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

fragment = {
  \key c \major
  c2 d
  e2 f
  g2 a
  b2 c
}

\new Staff {
  \transpose c d
  \relative c' {
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa
                               #f la ti)
    \fragment
  }

  \break

  \relative c' {
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(cross triangle fa #f
                               mensural xcircle diamond)
    \fragment
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  a8 b g f b g |
  \set suspendMelodyDecisions = ##t
  a  b g f b g |
  \unset suspendMelodyDecisions
  c  b d c b c |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Melody_engraver"
    \autoBeamOff
  }
}

{
  c'2
  \ottava 1
  \set Staff.ottavation = "8"
  c''2
  \ottava 0
  c'1
  \ottava 1
  \set Staff.ottavation = "Text"
  c''1
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \time 2/4
  % Default setting
  c'4 g''
}

\new Staff {
  \time 2/4
  \override AmbitusLine.gap = 0
  c'4 g''
}

\new Staff {
  \time 2/4
  \override AmbitusLine.gap = 1
  c'4 g''
}

\new Staff {
  \time 2/4
  \override AmbitusLine.gap = 1.5
  c'4 g''
}

scale = \relative c' {
  a4 ais b c
  cis4 d dis e
  f4 fis g gis
  a1
}

\new Staff \with {
  \remove "Accidental_engraver"
  staffLineLayoutFunction = #ly:pitch-semitones
}
{
  <<
    \scale
    \context NoteNames {
      \set printOctaveNames = ##f
      \scale
    }
  >>
}

\relative c' {
  \clef treble
  c4 c c c
  \clef "treble_8"
  c4 c c c
  \clef "treble_5"
  c4 c c c
  \clef "treble^3"
  c4 c c c
}

% Association list of pitches to colors.
#(define color-mapping
   (list
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 FLAT) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 NATURAL) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))))

% Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
   (and
    (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
    (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))

#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
   (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
     (if color
         (cdr color))))

#(define (color-notehead grob)
   (pitch-to-color
    (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch)))

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \override NoteHead.color = #color-notehead
    c8 b d dis ees f g aes
  }
}

rhythm =
#(define-music-function (p) (ly:pitch?)
   "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given pitch"
  #{ \tuplet 3/2 { $p 8 8 8 } 4 4 8 8 4 #})

\new Staff {
  \time 5/4
  \rhythm c'
  \rhythm c''
  \rhythm g
}

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #8
  \override KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeyCancellation.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeySignature.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))
  \override KeyCancellation.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))

  \override Clef.stencil =
    #(lambda (grob)
        (grob-interpret-markup grob
           #{ \markup\combine
                \musicglyph "clefs.C"
                \translate #'(-3 . -2)
                  \musicglyph "clefs.F"
           #}))
    clefPosition = #3
    middleCPosition = #3
    middleCClefPosition = #3
}

{
  \key d\minor f bes, f bes, |
  \key d\major fis b, fis b, |
}

{
  \clef bass

  << { \aikenHeads
       f2
       \override Staff.NoteCollision.fa-merge-direction = #UP
       f2 }
  \\ { \aikenHeads
       f2
       f2 }
  >>
}

\relative c' {
  \key es \major
  bes c des
  \tweak Accidental.restore-first ##t
  eis
}

\relative c' {
  \clef treble
  c1
  \clef treble
  c1
  \set Staff.forceClef = ##t
  c1
  \clef treble
  c1
}

\randomNotes n desde hasta duración

randomNotes =
#(define-music-function (n from to dur)
   (integer? ly:pitch? ly:pitch? ly:duration?)
   (let ((from-step (ly:pitch-steps from))
         (to-step (ly:pitch-steps to)))
     (make-sequential-music
      (map (lambda (_)
             (let* ((step (+ from-step
                             (random (- to-step from-step))))
                    (pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 step 0)))
               #{ $pitch $dur #}))
           (iota n)))))

\randomNotes 24 c' g'' 8

\relative c'' {
  \override Accidental.hide-tied-accidental-after-break = ##t
  cis1~ cis~
  \break
  cis
}

\relative c' {
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \override Staff.Clef.full-size-change = ##t
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \revert Staff.Clef.full-size-change
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
}

\include "makam.ly"

\relative c' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,(- KOMA)) (3 . ,BAKIYE))
  c4 cc db fk
  gbm4 gfc gfb efk
  fk4 db cc c
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.stencil = #ly:line-spanner::print
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.bound-details =
    #`((left . ((Y . 0)
                (attach-dir . ,LEFT)
                (padding . 0)
                (stencil-align-dir-y . ,CENTER)))
       (right . ((Y . 5.0) ; Change the number here
                 (padding . 0)
                 (attach-dir . ,RIGHT)
                 (text . ,(make-draw-dashed-line-markup
                           (cons 0 -1.2))))))
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.left-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info-and-text
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.right-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info
  \ottava 1
  c1
  c'''1
}

\set Staff.keyAlterations =
  #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)

\include "arabic.ly"

\relative do' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((0 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (2 . ,FLAT)
                                 (5 . ,FLAT)
                                 (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT))
  % \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  re reb \dwn reb resd
  dod dob dosd \dwn dob |
  dobsb dodsd do do |
}

#(define Ez_numbers_engraver
   (make-engraver
    (acknowledgers
     ((note-head-interface engraver grob source-engraver)
      (let* ((context (ly:translator-context engraver))
             (tonic-pitch (ly:context-property context 'tonic))
             (tonic-name (ly:pitch-notename tonic-pitch))
             (grob-pitch
              (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch))
             (grob-name (ly:pitch-notename grob-pitch))
             (delta (modulo (- grob-name tonic-name) 7))
             (note-names
              (make-vector 7 (number->string (1+ delta)))))
        (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'note-names note-names))))))

#(set-global-staff-size 30)

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists \Ez_numbers_engraver
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \easyHeadsOn
  c4 d e f
  g4 a b c \break

  \key a \major
  a,4 b cis d
  e4 fis gis a \break

  \key d \dorian
  d,4 e f g
  a4 b c d
}

#(set-global-staff-size 17)

\paper {
  indent = 3.0\cm  % add space for instrumentName
  short-indent = 1.5\cm  % add less space for shortInstrumentName
}

fluteMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

% Pitches as written on a manuscript for Clarinet in A
% are transposed to concert pitch.
clarinetMusic = \transpose c' a
  \relative c'' { \key bes \major bes1 d }

trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }

% Key signature is often omitted for horns
hornMusic = \transpose c' f
  \relative c { d'1 fis }

percussionMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g1 b }

sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key g \major g'1 b }
sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Lyr -- ics }

altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoILyrics = \sopranoLyrics
altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { Ah -- ah }

tenorMusic = \relative c' { \clef "treble_8" \key g \major g1 b }
tenorLyrics = \sopranoLyrics

pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }
pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

violinIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
violinIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key g \major g'1 b }

celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key g \major g,1 b }

\book {
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with { instrumentName = "Flute" }
          \fluteMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" \with {
          instrumentName = \markup { \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat } }
        }
          % Declare that written Middle C in the music
          % to follow sounds a concert B flat, for
          % output using sounded pitches such as MIDI.
          %\transposition bes

          % Print music for a B-flat clarinet
          \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Horn in F"
        }
          % \transposition f
          \transpose f c' \hornMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" \with {
          instrumentName = "Trumpet in  C"
        }
          \trumpetMusic
      >>

      \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" \with {
        instrumentName = "Percussion"
      }
        \percussionMusic

      \new PianoStaff \with {
        instrumentName = "Piano"
      } <<
        \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
        \new Staff { \pianoLHMusic }
      >>

      \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Soprano"
        }
          \new Voice = "soprano" \sopranoMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }

        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with {
          \accepts Lyrics
        } <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto I"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoI"
            \altoIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto II"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoII"
            \altoIIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" \with {
          instrumentName = "Tenor"
        }
          \new Voice = "tenor" \tenorMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin I"
          }
            \violinIMusic
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin II"
          }
            \violinIIMusic
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_viola" \with {
          instrumentName = "Viola"
        }
          \violaMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
          instrumentName = "Cello"
        }
          \celloMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_bass" \with {
          instrumentName = "Double Bass"
        }
          \bassMusic
      >>
    >>
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  aeses4 aes ais a
  \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  aeses4 aes ais a
}

\relative c' {
  \key d \major
  a4 b cis d
  \key g \minor
  a4 bes c d
  \set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f
  \key d \major
  a4 b cis d
  \key g \minor
  a4 bes c d
}

\addQuote clarinet {
  \transposition bes
  \repeat unfold 8 { d'16 d' d'8 }
}

\addQuote sax {
  \transposition es'
  \repeat unfold 16 { a8 }
}

quoteTest = {
  % french horn
  \transposition f
  g'4
  << \quoteDuring "clarinet" { \skip 4 } s4^"clar." >>
  << \quoteDuring "sax" { \skip 4 } s4^"sax." >>
  g'4
}

{
  \new Staff \with {
    instrumentName = \markup { \column { Horn "in F" } }
  }
  \quoteTest
  \transpose c' d' << \quoteTest s4_"up a tone" >>
}

...
staff-bar
key-cancellation
key-signature
...

#(define (insert-before where what lst)
   (cond
    ((null? lst)           ; If the list is empty,
     (list what))          ; return a single-element list.
    ((eq? where (car lst)) ; If we find symbol `where`,
     (cons what lst))      ; insert `what` before curr. position.
    (else                  ; Otherwise keep building the list by
     (cons (car lst)       ; adding the current element and
                           ; recursing with the next element.
           (insert-before where what (cdr lst))))))

cancellationFirst =
\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
#(grob-transformer
  'break-align-orders
  (lambda (grob orig)
    (let* ((middle (vector-ref orig 1))
           (middle (delq 'key-cancellation middle))
           (middle (insert-before
                    'staff-bar 'key-cancellation middle)))
      (vector
       ;; end of line
       (vector-ref orig 0)
       ;; middle of line
       middle
       ;; beginning of line
       (vector-ref orig 2)))))

music = { \key es \major d'1 \bar "||"
          \key a \major d'1 }

{ <>^\markup "default"
  \music }

{ <>^\markup "cancellation first"
  \cancellationFirst
  \music }

#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
   (let ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
         ;; `ly:pitch-alteration` returns quarter tone steps.
         (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
         (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
     (cond
      ((and (> a 1)
            (or (eqv? n 6) (eqv? n 2)))
       (set! a (- a 2))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((and (< a -1)
            (or (eqv? n 0) (eqv? n 3)))
       (set! a (+ a 2))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (cond
      ((> a 2)
       (set! a (- a 4))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((< a -2)
       (set! a (+ a 4))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (when (< n 0)
       (set! o (- o 1))
       (set! n (+ n 7)))
     (when (> n 6)
       (set! o (+ o 1))
       (set! n (- n 7)))
     (ly:make-pitch o n (/ a 4))))

#(define (naturalize music)
   (let ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
         (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
         (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
     (when (pair? es)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'elements
                               (map naturalize es)))
     (when (ly:music? e)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'element
                               (naturalize e)))
     (when (ly:pitch? p)
       (set! p (naturalize-pitch p))
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'pitch p))
     music))

naturalizeMusic =
#(define-music-function (m) (ly:music?)
   (naturalize m))

music = \relative c' { c4 d e g }

\new Staff {
  \transpose c ais { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c ais { \music }
  \transpose c deses { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c deses { \music }
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)

\include "turkish-makam.ly"

\header {
  title = "Hüseyni Saz Semaisi"
  composer = "Lavtacı Andon"
  tagline = ##f
}

\relative {
  \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  \set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f

  \key a \huseyni
  \time 10/8

  a'4 g'16[ fb] e8.[ d16] d[ c d e] c[ d c8] bfc |
  a16[ bfc a8] bfc c16[ d c8] d16[ e d8] e4 fb8 |
  d4 a'8 a16[ g fb e] fb8[ g] a8.[ b16] a16[ g] |
  g4 g16[ fb] fb8.[ e16] e[ g fb e] e4 r8 |
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
}

{
  % The default treble clef.
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard bass clef
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 6
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 6
  \key g \major
  c'1
  % The baritone clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 4
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard choral tenor clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = -2
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = -7
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 1
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 1
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % A non-standard clef.
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = -4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = -4
  \key g \major
  c'1 \break

  % The following clef changes do not preserve
  % the normal relationship between notes, key signatures
  % and clefs.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 7
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  c'1

  % Return to the normal clef.
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 0
  c'1
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "up" {
      <<
        \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
        \set Timing.beatStructure = #'(4)
        \new Voice {
          \voiceOne
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }

        \new Voice {
          \voiceTwo
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }
      >>
    }

    \new Staff = "down" {
      \clef bass
    }
  >>
}

{
  r16[ g16 \tuplet 3/2 { r16 e'8] }
  g16( a \tuplet 3/2 { b d' e') }
  g8[( a \tuplet 3/2 { b d') e']\( ~ }
  \time 2/4
  \tuplet 5/4 { e'32 a b d' e' } a'4.\)
}

drh = \drummode {
        cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh
        hhc4 r4 r2
      }
drl = \drummode {
        bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >>
        bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh
      }
timb = \drummode {
         timh4 ssh timl8 ssh r timh r4
         ssh8 timl r4 cb8 cb
       }

\score {
  <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "timbales"
      drumStyleTable = #timbales-style
      \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #2
      \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
    }
    <<
      \timb
    >>
    \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "drums" }
    <<
      \new DrumVoice { \stemUp \drh }
      \new DrumVoice { \stemDown \drl }
    >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { \tempo 4 = 120 }
}

graceNotes = {
  \grace { c4 c8 c16 c32 }
  c8
}

\relative c'' {
  c8
  \graceNotes
  \override Score.GraceSpacing.spacing-increment = #2.0
  \graceNotes
  \revert Score.GraceSpacing.spacing-increment
  \graceNotes
}

\relative c' {
  \set Score.currentBarNumber = 111
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #all-visible
  % Increase the size of the bar number by 2
  \override Score.BarNumber.font-size = 2
  % Print a bar number every second measure
  \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)

  c1 | c1 | c1 | \break
  c1 | c1 | c1 | \break

  \override Score.BarNumber.self-alignment-X =
    #(break-alignment-list CENTER RIGHT CENTER)
  c1 | c1 | c1 | \break
  c1 | c1 | c1 |
}

\paper {
  line-width = 70\mm
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 4/2
  c\breve |
  \override Staff.NoteHead.style = #'altdefault
  b\breve
  \override Staff.NoteHead.style = #'baroque
  b\breve
  \revert Staff.NoteHead.style
  a\breve
}

<<
  {
    \appoggiatura d''8 c''4 r2. |
    \appoggiatura { \bar "" d''8 \bar "|" } |
    c''4 r2.
  }
  { R1 | R1 }
>>

afterGraceFraction = 15/16

<<
  {
    \appoggiatura d''8 c''4 \afterGrace r2. d''8( |
    c''4) r2.
  }
  { R1 | R1 }
>>

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    <<
      {
        \voiceOne
        \set subdivideBeams = ##t
        b32[^"subdivide beams" a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        b32_"default"[ a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
    >>
    \oneVoice
    \once \set beamMinimumSubdivision = #1/8
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMinimum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/8" } [ a g f c' b a g]
    \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #1/16
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMaximum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/16" } [ a g f c' b a g]
  }
}

music = \relative c'' { a1 b2 c4 d8 r }

{
  \time 4/2
  \music
  \time 4/4
  \shiftDurations 1 0 \music
  \time 2/4
  \shiftDurations 2 0 \music
  \time 4/1
  \shiftDurations -1 0 \music
  \time 8/1
  \shiftDurations -2 0 \music
  \time 6/2
  \shiftDurations 0 1 \music
  \time 7/2
  \shiftDurations 0 2 \music
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 5/4
  % Set default beaming for all staves
  \set Score.beatBase = #1/8
  \set Score.beatStructure = 3,4,3
  <<
    \new Staff {
      c8 c c c c c c c c c
    }
    \new Staff {
      % Modify beaming for just this staff
      \set Staff.beatStructure = 6,4
      c8 c c c c c c c c c
    }
    \new Staff {
      % Inherit beaming from Score context
      <<
        {
          \voiceOne
          c8 c c c c c c c c c
        }
        % Modify beaming for this voice only
        \new Voice {
          \voiceTwo
          \set Voice.beatStructure = 6,4
          a8 a a a a a a a a a
        }
      >>
    }
  >>
}

\score {
  <<
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 0
      c16[] r8.
      r8.
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 0
      16[]
    }
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      16 16
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 2
      16 r r
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 2
      16 16 16
    }
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      16 16
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 2
      16 r16
      16[] r16
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 2
      16 16
    }
  >>
}

music = {
  \repeat unfold 8 c8
  c8 \repeat unfold 7 { c[ c] }  c
  \repeat unfold 8 c8
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Beam.breakable set to \typewriter "#t" }
  \override Beam.breakable = ##t
  \music
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Beam.breakable not set }
  \music
}

\paper {
  line-width = 100\mm
}

{
  f8 f''8 f8 f''8
  \override Beam.auto-knee-gap = #6
  f8 f''8 f8 f''8
}

\relative c'' {
  \compressMMRests {
    R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
    \override MultiMeasureRest.expand-limit = 3
    R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
  }
}

\relative c' {
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \override Dots.dot-count = 4
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \override Dots.dot-count = 0
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \revert Dots.dot-count
  c4.. a16 r2 |
}

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \tempo 4 = 160
    c4 e g b
    c4 b d c
    \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t
    \tempo 4 = 96
    d,4 fis a cis
    d4 cis e d
  }
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

\relative c'' {
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 c c }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 c c }
  \override TupletNumber.text = #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 c c }
  \omit TupletNumber
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 c c }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \accepts TimingStaffGroup
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \name TimingStaffGroup
    \alias StaffGroup
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
}

<<
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \scaleDurations 8/5 {
        \time 6/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 6/8
        b8 b b b b b
        \time 4/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 2/4
        b4 b
      }
    }
  >>
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef bass
      \time 2/4
      c2 d e f
    }
  >>
>>

stemOff = \hide Staff.Stem
stemOn  = \undo \stemOff

\score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \key g \minor
    \cadenzaOn
    \stemOff a'\breve bes'4 g'4
    \stemOn a'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve g'4 a'4
    \stemOn f'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve^\markup { \italic flexe }
    \stemOn g'2 \fine
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \time #'((2 . 8) (3 . 8))
  c8 d e fis gis
  c8 fis, gis e d
  c8 d e4 gis8
}

\score {
  \new Voice \relative c'' {
    \time 9/8
    g8 g d d g g a( bes g) |
    \set Timing.beatStructure = 2,2,2,3
    g8 g d d g g a( bes g) |
    \time 4,5 9/8
    g8 g d d g g a( bes g) |
    \time 5/8
    a4. g4 |
    \time 3,3,2 4/4
    \set Timing.beatBase = #1/8
    f4 d8 f4 d8 g4
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Staff
      \consists "Measure_grouping_engraver"
    }
  }
}

music = \relative c'' {
  \tuplet 3/2 { c16[ d e } f8]
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c4 d e }
}

\new Voice {
  \relative c' {
    \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
    \textMark "default" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "'if-no-beam" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##t
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#t" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##f
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#f" \music
    \omit TupletBracket
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "omit" \music
  }
}

#(define mydrums '((ridebell default #f  3)
                   (cowbell  default #f -2)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Different Bells" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
  \override DrumStaff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)

  \time 2/4
  rb8 8 cb8 16 rb16-> ~ |
  16 8 16 cb8 8 |
}

\relative c' {
  \tempo \markup {
    \concat {
      (
      \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note { 16. } #UP
      " = "
      \smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note { 8 } #UP
      )
    }
  }
  c1
  c4 c' c,2
}

\relative c' {
  <>^"default"
  g'1 ^~ g

  <>^"0"
  \once \override Tie.staff-position = 0
  g1 ^~ g

  <>^"0.0"
  \once \override Tie.staff-position = 0.0
  g1 ^~ g

  <>^"reset"
  \revert Tie.staff-position
  g1 ^~ g
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
  \override TextScript.padding = 0

  <>^"default"
  <c e g>1~ <c e g>

  <>^"0, -2, -4"
  \override TieColumn.tie-configuration =
    #'((0 . 1) (-2 . 1) (-4 . 1))
  <c e g>1~ <c e g>

  <>^"0.0, -2.0, -4.0"
  \override TieColumn.tie-configuration =
    #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
  <c e g>1~ <c e g>

  <>^"reset"
  \override TieColumn.tie-configuration = ##f
  <c e g>1~ <c e g>
}

\relative c'' {
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #1
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #2
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #3
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }

  \override Beam.gap-count = #3
  \override Beam.gap = #1.33
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #1
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #0.67
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #0.33
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  \tupletSpan 4
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8^"\\tupletSpan 4" c c c c c }
  \tupletSpan \default
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8^"\\tupletSpan \\default" c c c c c }
  \tuplet 3/2 4 { c8^"\\tuplet 3/2 4 {...}" c c c c c }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.Y-offset = #3.5

  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark #14
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1
}

#(define-public (weight-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (log (- (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'duration-log) 2))
          (is-up? (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP))
          (yext (if is-up? (cons (* log -0.8) 0) (cons 0 (* log 0.8))))
          (flag-stencil (make-filled-box-stencil '(-0.4 . 0.4) yext))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stroke-stencil (if (equal? stroke-style "grace")
                              (make-line-stencil 0.2 -0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4)
                              empty-stencil)))
     (ly:stencil-add flag-stencil stroke-stencil)))

% Create a flag stencil by looking up the glyph from the font
#(define (inverted-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (dir (if (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP) "d" "u"))
          (flag (retrieve-glyph-flag "" dir "" grob))
          (line-thickness (ly:staff-symbol-line-thickness grob))
          (stem-thickness (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'thickness))
          (stem-width (* line-thickness stem-thickness))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stencil (if (null? stroke-style)
                       flag
                       (add-stroke-glyph flag stem-grob dir stroke-style "")))
          (rotated-flag (ly:stencil-rotate-absolute stencil 180 0 0)))
     (ly:stencil-translate rotated-flag (cons (- (/ stem-width 2)) 0))))

snippetexamplenotes =
{
  \autoBeamOff c'8 d'16 c'32 d'64 \acciaccatura {c'8} d'64
}

{
  \time 1/4
  <>^"Normal flags"
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Custom flag: inverted"
  \override Flag.stencil = #inverted-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>^"Custom flag: weight"
  \override Flag.stencil = #weight-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Revert to normal"
  \revert Flag.stencil
  \snippetexamplenotes
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

<<
  \new ChordNames \chordmode {
    c1 | f | g | c
  }
  \new FretBoards \chordmode {
    c1 | f | g | c
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \improvisationOn
    c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
    f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
    g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
    c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
  }
  \new Voice = "melody" \relative c'' {
    c2 e4 e4
    f2. r4
    g2. a4
    e4 c2.
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" {
    This is my song.
    I like to sing.
  }
>>

melody = \relative c'' {
  \key g \major
  \time #'((3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8)
           (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8))
  \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
  \set Timing.beatStructure = 3,2,2,3,2,2,2,2,3,2,2
  c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
  c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
  c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
}

drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    bd4.^\markup { Drums } sn4 bd \bar ";"
    sn4. bd4 sn \bar ";"
    bd sn bd4. sn4 bd
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \melody
  \drum
}

% These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;
% if you like, you can change it or you can use special note heads
% for the woodblocks.
#(define mydrums '((hiwoodblock default #f  3)
                   (lowoodblock default #f -2)))

woodstaff = {
  % This defines a staff with only two lines.
  % It also defines the positions of the two lines.
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)

  % This is necessary; if not entered,
  % the barline would be too short!
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)
  % small correction for the clef:
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
}

\new DrumStaff {
  % with this you load your new drum style table
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)

  \woodstaff

  \drummode {
    \time 2/4
    wbh8 16 16 8-> 8 |
    wbl8 16 16-> ~ 16 16 r8 |
  }
}

\relative {
  \time 2/4
  <<
    {
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      b'8 ~ 8\noBeam
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      g8 ~ 8\noBeam
    }
    \\
    {
      b8 g g e
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  line-width = 40\mm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c' {
  \once \override
    Slur.dash-definition = #'((  0  0.3  0.1 0.75)
                              (0.3  0.6  1   1   )
                              (0.65 1.0  0.4 0.75))
  c4( d e f)
  \once \override
    Slur.dash-definition = #'((0    0.25  1   1   )
                              (0.3  0.7   0.4 0.75)
                              (0.75 1.0   1   1   ))
  c4( d e f)
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  % from upper staff-line (position 2) to center (position 0)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(2 . 0)
  c8 c
  % from center to one above center (position 1)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(0 . 1)
  c8 c
}

normalPos = \once \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction

<<
  { c''1 R c'' \normalPos R c'' R } \\
  { c'1 R c' \normalPos R c' R }
>>

\new RhythmicStaff {
  % Defaults.
  \time 2/4 \tuplet 3/2 { c4 4 4 }
  \time 4/4 \tuplet 5/4 { 4 1 }
  \time 3/4 2.
}

\new RhythmicStaff {
  % Set tuplets to be extendable...
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  % ...to cover all items up to the next note
  \set tupletFullLengthNote = ##t
  \time 2/4 \tuplet 3/2 { c4 4 4 }
  % ...or to cover just whitespace.
  \set tupletFullLengthNote = ##f
  \time 4/4 \tuplet 5/4 { 4 1 }
  \time 3/4 2.
}

\new Staff \relative c' <<
  {
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##f
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##t
    f2. f4
  }
  \\
  { e4 e e e e e e e e e e e }
>>

\relative c' {
  \omit Staff.TimeSignature
  \compressEmptyMeasures

  R1*2 R1*4 R1*64 R1*16 \break
  \override MultiMeasureRest.space-increment = 4
  R1*2 R1*4 R1*64 R1*16
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\relative c' {
  \compressMMRests {
    \textLengthOn
    <>^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
    R1*19
    <>_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
    <>^\markup { A }
    R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
    \textLengthOff
    c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-denominator-text 7)
  \tuplet 3/2  { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
  \tuplet 3/2  { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
      (tuplet-number::non-default-tuplet-fraction-text 12 7)
      (ly:make-duration 3 0))
  \tuplet 3/2  { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
      tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text
      (ly:make-duration 2 0))
  \tuplet 3/2  { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::append-note-wrapper
      tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text
      (ly:make-duration 2 0))
  \tuplet 3/2  { c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 c8 }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::fraction-with-notes
      (ly:make-duration 2 1) (ly:make-duration 3 0))
  \tuplet 3/2  { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
  \once \override TupletNumber.text =
    #(tuplet-number::non-default-fraction-with-notes 12
      (ly:make-duration 3 0) 4 (ly:make-duration 2 0))
  \tuplet 3/2  { c4. c4. c4. c4. }
}

{
  \compressEmptyMeasures
  R1 R1*10 R1*11 \bar "||"
  \set restNumberThreshold = 0
  R1 R1*10 R1*11 \bar "||"
  \set restNumberThreshold = 10
  R1 R1*10 R1*11
}

\set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f

{
  % \set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f % turns off all auto-beaming

  \partCombine {
    \autoBeamOff   % applies to split up-stems
    \repeat unfold 4 a'16
    % \autoBeamOff % applies to combined stems
    \repeat unfold 4 a'8
    \repeat unfold 4 a'16
    % \autoBeamOff % applies to solo
    \repeat unfold 4 a'16
    r4
  } {
    % \autoBeamOff % applies to split down-stems
    \repeat unfold 4 f'8
    \repeat unfold 8 f'16 |
    r4
    \repeat unfold 4 a'16
  }
}

#(define mydrums '((bassdrum   default #f  4)
                   (snare      default #f -4)
                   (tambourine default #f  0)))

U = \stemUp
D = \stemDown

global = {
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2*2
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2
}

drumsA = {
  \context DrumVoice <<
    \global
    \drummode {
      \autoBeamOff
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      sn4 \D sn4 |
      \U tamb8 \D sn \U sn16 \D sn \U sn8 |
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      \U sn4 s8 \U tamb
    }
  >>
}

drumsB = \drummode {
  s4 bd8 s2*2 s4 bd8 s4 bd8 s
}

\layout {
  indent = 40\mm
  \context {
    \DrumStaff
    drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = \markup \center-column {
        "Tambourine"
        "et"
        "caisse claire s. timbre" }
    } \drumsA
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "Grosse Caisse"
    }\drumsB
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    % Permit automatic line breaks within tuplets.
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    % Allow beams to be broken at line breaks.
    \override Beam.breakable = ##t
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^"manually forced line break"
  a8
  \repeat unfold 5 { \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b g16 a] } }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b \break g16 a] }
  \repeat unfold 5 { \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b g16 a] } }
  c8 \bar "||"
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^"automatic line break"
  \repeat unfold 28 a16
  \tuplet 11/8 { a16[ b c d e f e d c b a] }
  \repeat unfold 28 a16 \bar "||"
}

\relative c {
  f8[ e]
  \grace {
    f8[ e]
    \override Stem.no-stem-extend = ##f
    f8[ e]
    \revert Stem.no-stem-extend
  }
  f8[ e]
}

shiftedGrace =
#(define-music-function (offset music) (number? ly:music?)
   #{
     \override NoteHead.X-offset = #(- offset 0.85)
     \override Stem.X-offset = #offset
     \grace { $music }
     \revert NoteHead.X-offset
     \revert Stem.X-offset
   #})

\relative c'' <<
  { g4 \shiftedGrace #-1.3 a32 \shiftedGrace #-0.5 { bes c d } es4 }
  { f,32 e d c f e d c f4 }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-grace-spacing = ##t
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  % Multi-measure rests by default are set under the fourth line.
  R1
  % They can be moved using an override or tweak.
  \tweak staff-position -2 R1
  \tweak staff-position 0 R1
  \tweak staff-position 2 R1
  \override MultiMeasureRest.staff-position = 3 R1
  \override MultiMeasureRest.staff-position = 6 R1
  \revert MultiMeasureRest.staff-position
  \break

  % Odd-numbered voices are under the top line.
  << { R1 } \\ { a1 } >>
  % Even-numbered voices are under the bottom line.
  << { a1 } \\ { R1 } >>
  % Multi-measure rests in both voices remain separate.
  << { R1 } \\ { R1 } >>

  % Separating multi-measure rests in more than two voices
  % requires an override or tweak.
  << { R1 } \\ { R1 } \\ { \tweak staff-position -2 R1 } >>

  % Using compressed bars in multiple voices requires another override
  % in all voices to avoid multiple instances being printed.
  \compressMMRests
  <<
    \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction
    { R1*3 } \\
    \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction
    { R1*3 }
  >>
}

twoWayFermata = {
  \once \set Staff.caesuraType = #'((underlying-bar-line . "||"))
  \once \set Staff.caesuraTypeTransform = ##f
  \caesura ^\fermata _\fermata
}

music = {
  f'1 \twoWayFermata
  R1
  f'2 \twoWayFermata f'2
  R1
  b'1 \twoWayFermata \fine
}

\new GrandStaff <<
  \new Staff \music
  \new Staff \music
>>

\new Staff {
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  \time 1/8
  \tuplet 3/2 8 { c'16 c' c' c' c' c' c' c' c' }
  \tweak direction #DOWN \textEndMark "1234"
}

\new Staff {
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  \override TupletBracket.full-length-to-extent = ##f

  \time 1/8
  \tuplet 3/2 8 { c'16 c' c' c' c' c' c' c' c' }
  \tweak direction #DOWN \textEndMark "1234"
}

\relative c' {
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
  \set Score.currentBarNumber = 11
  % Print a bar number every second measure
  \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  c1 | c | c | c | c
  \break
  c1 | c | c | c | c
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    barNumberVisibility = #first-bar-number-invisible-save-broken-bars
    \override BarNumber.break-visibility = ##(#f #t #t)
  }
}

\relative c' {
  c1 | d | e | f2 \break
  fis2 | g1 | e2 \break
  <>^"reenabled default"
  % back to default -
  % \unset Score.barNumberVisibility would do so as well
  \set Score.barNumberVisibility =
    #first-bar-number-invisible-and-no-parenthesized-bar-numbers
  es2 | d1 | c
}

\relative c' {
  % Center bar numbers except at the beginning of a staff.
  \override Score.BarNumber.self-alignment-X =
    #(break-alignment-list CENTER CENTER 0.3)

  % Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere.
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible

  \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 4)

  % Increase the size of the bar number by 2.
  \override Score.BarNumber.font-size = 2

  % Draw a circle round the following bar number(s).
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil
    = #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
  \repeat unfold 7 { c1 } \break

  % Draw a box round the following bar number(s).
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil
    = #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
  \repeat unfold 7 { c1 } \bar "|."
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override BarNumber.break-visibility = ##(#f #t #t)
    barNumberVisibility = #(modulo-bar-number-visible 5 0)
  }
}

\relative c' {
  c1 | d | e | f \break
  g1 | e | d | c
}

\relative c' {
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
  \context Score \applyContext #(set-bar-number-visibility 4)
  \repeat unfold 10 c'1
  \context Score \applyContext #(set-bar-number-visibility 2)
  \repeat unfold 10 c
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

{
  % Metronome marks below the staff
  \override Score.MetronomeMark.direction = #DOWN
  \tempo 8. = 120
  c''1

  % Rehearsal marks below the staff
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.direction = #DOWN
  \mark \default
  c''1
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

\paper {
  line-width = 50\mm
}

\relative c' {
  \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #all-bar-numbers-visible
  c1 | d | e | f \break
  g1 | e | d | c
}

music = \relative c'' {
  \tupletNeutral \tuplet 3/2 { c16[ d e } f8]
  \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e }
}

\new Voice {
  \relative c' {
    \override TextScript.staff-padding = #2.5

    \time 2/4
    \override TupletBracket.visible-over-note-heads = ##t
    \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
    <>^\markup "default" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
    <>^\markup \typewriter "if-no-beam" \music
  }
}

startGraceMusic
stopGraceMusic
startAcciaccaturaMusic
stopAcciaccaturaMusic
startAppoggiaturaMusic
stopAppoggiaturaMusic

startAcciaccaturaMusic = {
  <>(
  \override Flag.stroke-style = "grace"
  \slurDashed
}

stopAcciaccaturaMusic = {
  \revert Flag.stroke-style
  \slurSolid
  <>)
}

\relative c'' {
  \acciaccatura d8 c1
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \omit BarNumber
    % or:
    % \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c \break
  c4 c c c
}

restsA = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 s32
  s64 s128 s256 s512 s1024 s1024
}
restsB = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32
  r64 r128 r256 r512 r1024 s1024
}

\new Staff \relative c {
  \omit Score.TimeSignature
  \cadenzaOn

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'mensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { mensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'neomensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { neomensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'classical
  <>^\markup \typewriter { classical } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'z
  <>^\markup \typewriter { z-style } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'default
  <>^\markup \typewriter { default } \restsB \bar "" \break
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 12/8

  % Default beaming
  a8 a a a a a a a a a a a

  % Set new values for beam endings
  \set Score.beatStructure = 3,4,3,2
  a8 a a a a a a a a a a a
}

startPat = {
  \improvisationOn
  \omit Stem
}
stopPat = {
  \improvisationOff
  \undo \omit Stem
}

\new Voice \with {
  \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
} {
  c'4 d' e' f' |
  \startPat
  4 4 4 4 |
  \stopPat
  f'4 e' d' c'
}

<<
  \relative c'' { a1 | a }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip1 bla1 }
>>

<<
  \relative c'' { a4 b c d }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
>>

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

{
  c'16^\markup { traditional } d' r f'
  g'16[^\markup \column { "beams" "over rests" } f' r d']

  % N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score.
  \override Staff.Stem.stemlet-length = #0.75

  c'16[^\markup \column { "stemlets" "over rests" } d' r f']
  g'16[^\markup \column { "stemlets" "and no rests" } f'
  \once \hide Rest
  r16 d']
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 6/8
  a8. a16 a a
  \set strictBeatBeaming = ##t
  a8. a16 a a
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 1/4

  <>^"default"
  c32 c c c c c c c

  <>^"with subdivision"
  \set subdivideBeams = ##t
  c32 c c c c c c c

  <>^"min 1/8"
  \once \set beamMinimumSubdivision = #1/8
  c32 c c c c c c c

  <>^"max 1/16"
  \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #1/16
  c32 c c c c c c c

  <>^"max 3/8"
  \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #3/8
  \repeat unfold 16 c64

  <>^"min 1/32, max 1/64"
  % Set maximum beam subdivision interval to 1/64 to limit
  % subdivision depth, despite not being metrically correct.
  \once \set beamMinimumSubdivision = #1/32
  \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #1/64
  \repeat unfold 32 c128
  \break

  <>^"beams with incomplete subdivisions"
  c32 c c c c c c r32
  c32 c c c c r16.

  <>^\markup { "the same with"
               \typewriter { "respectIncomplete=#t" } }
  \set respectIncompleteBeams = ##t
  % The incomplete subgroup extends the completed subgroup.
  c32 c c c c c c r32
  % No visual change since we have only two stems in the
  % incomplete subgroup.
  c32 c c c c r16.
}

#(define mydrums '((tamtam default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tamtam" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  tt 1 \pp \laissezVibrer
}

#(define mydrums '((tambourine default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tambourine" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  \time 6/8
  tamb8. 16 8 8 8 8 |
  tamb4. 8 8 8 |
  % The trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest
  % is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!
  tamb2.*5/6 \startTrillSpan s8 \stopTrillSpan |
}

% New command to add a three-sided box, with sides north, west, and south.
% Based on the `box-stencil` command defined in `scm/stencil.scm`.
% Note that ";;" is used to comment a line in Scheme.
#(define-public (NWS-box-stencil stencil thickness padding)
   "Add a box around STENCIL, producing a new stencil."
   (let* ((x-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil X) padding))
          (y-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil Y) padding))
          (y-rule (make-filled-box-stencil (cons 0 thickness) y-ext))
          (x-rule (make-filled-box-stencil
                   (interval-widen x-ext thickness) (cons 0 thickness))))
     ;; (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X 1 y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X LEFT y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y UP x-rule 0.0))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y DOWN x-rule 0.0))
     stencil))

% The corresponding markup command, based on the `\box` command defined
% in `scm/define-markup-commands.scm`.
#(define-markup-command (NWS-box layout props arg) (markup?)
   #:properties ((thickness 0.1) (font-size 0) (box-padding 0.2))
   "Draw a box round ARG.

Look at THICKNESS, BOX-PADDING, and FONT-SIZE properties to determine
line thickness and padding around the markup."
   (let ((pad (* (magstep font-size) box-padding))
         (m (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
     (NWS-box-stencil m thickness pad)))

\relative c' {
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box ABCD }
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box \note {4} #1.0 }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (parenthesize-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  c4 c c
  % Change the style permanently
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.style = #'single-number
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
  \time 3/4
  c4 c c
  % Revert to default style:
  \revert Staff.TimeSignature.style
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
  % single-number style only for the next time signature
  \tweak style #'single-number \time 5/4
  c4 c c c c
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \new Staff {
    $(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
    $(add-grace-property 'Voice 'NoteHead 'style 'cross)
    \new Voice {
       \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
       \grace { d16 e } f4
       \appoggiatura { f,32 g a } e2
    }
  }
}

#(add-simple-time-signature-style 'topsy-turvy
   (lambda (fraction)
     (make-rotate-markup 180 (make-compound-meter-markup fraction))))

<<
  \new Staff {
    \time 3/4 f'2.
    \override Score.TimeSignature.style = #'topsy-turvy
    \time 3/4 R2. \bar "|."
  }
  \new Staff {
    R2. e''
  }
>>

"@" =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
  #{ \set stemLeftBeamCount = 0 $music [] #})

testnotes = {
  \autoBeamOff
  c8 d16 e''32 f64 \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } a128 b
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.staff-padding = 6
  \time 1/4
    <>^"default" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #modern-straight-flag
    <>_"modern straight" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #old-straight-flag
    <>^"old straight" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #flat-flag
    <>_"flat" \testnotes
  \revert Flag.stencil

  \flagStyleStacked
    <>^"stacked" \testnotes
  \flagStyleDefault
    <>_"default" \testnotes
}

\relative c' {
  \time 3/4
  \override Flag.stencil = #flat-flag

  <>^"flat" c8 c[ c] d16 d[ d] e''32 e[ e] f64 f[ f]
    \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } a128 a[ a a a a]
  <>^"beam-like" @c8 c[ c] @d16 d[ d] @e''32 e[ e] @f64 f[ f]
    \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } @a128 a[ a a a a]
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
  \context {
    \Score
    \override NonMusicalPaperColumn.line-break-permission = ##f
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Flag.stroke-style = "grace"
  c8( d2) e8( f4)
}

\relative c' {
  \set tieWaitForNote = ##t
  \grace { c16[ ~ e ~ g] ~ } <c, e g>2
  \repeat tremolo 8 { c32 ~ c' ~ } <c c,>1
  e8 ~ c ~ a ~ f ~ <e' c a f>2
  \tieUp
  c8 ~ a
  \tieDown
  \tieDotted
  g8 ~ c g2
}

\relative c' {
  c2-\parenthesize ->
  \override Parentheses.padding = #0.1
  \override Parentheses.font-size = #-4
  <d \parenthesize f a>2
}

glissandoSkipOn = {
  \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

glissandoSkipOff = {
  \revert NoteColumn.glissando-skip
  \undo \hide NoteHead
  \revert NoteHead.no-ledgers
}

\relative c'' {
  r8 f8\glissando \glissandoSkipOn f4 g a |
  a8\noBeam \glissandoSkipOff a8
    r8 f8\glissando \glissandoSkipOn g4 a8 \glissandoSkipOff a8 |
  r4 f\glissando\< \glissandoSkipOn a4\f\> \glissandoSkipOff b8\! r |
}

offsetPositions =
#(define-music-function (offsets) (number-pair?)
  #{
     \once \override Slur.control-points =
       #(lambda (grob)
          (match-let ((((_ . y1) _ _ (_ . y2))
                       (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob))
                      ((off1 . off2) offsets))
            (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'positions)
                  (cons (+ y1 off1) (+ y2 off2)))
            (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob)))
  #})

\relative c'' {
  c4(^"default" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 1)
  c'4(^"(0 . 1)" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 2)
  c'4(^"(0 . 2)" c, d2)
  \bar "||"
  g4(^"default" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(1 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(1 . 0)" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(2 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(2 . 0)" a d'2)
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Score.SpacingSpanner.shortest-duration-space = 4.0
  c2-\bendAfter 5
  c2-\bendAfter -4.75
  c2-\bendAfter 8.5
  c2-\bendAfter -6
}

{
  c'2\< <c' d'>\! |
  \override Hairpin.endpoint-alignments = #'(1 . -1)
  c'2\< <c' d'>\! |
  \override Hairpin.endpoint-alignments = #`(,LEFT . ,CENTER)
  c'2\< <c' d'>\! |
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 4/2
  c\breve |
  \override Staff.NoteHead.style = #'altdefault
  b\breve
  \override Staff.NoteHead.style = #'baroque
  b\breve
  \revert Staff.NoteHead.style
  a\breve
}

slurNotes = { d,8( a' d f a f' d, a) }

\relative c' {
  \stemDown
  \slurUp
  \slurNotes
  \once \override Slur.eccentricity = #3.0
  \slurNotes
}

\new Staff \relative c'' {
  \key es \major
  \time 3/4
  % this bar contains no \breathe
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 bes es } >> |
  % Modern notation:
  % by default, \breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:
  % \override BreathingSign.text =
  %   #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rcomma")
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma
  % and lcomma
  % N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below
  \override Staff.BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.rvarcomma" }
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % raltcomma and laltcomma are alternative variations of the
  % default rcomma and lcomma
  \override Staff.BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.raltcomma" }
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % vee
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" }
  es8[ d es f g] \breathe f |

  % caesura
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved" }
  es8[ d] \breathe es[ f g f] |
  es2 r4 \bar "||"
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      \dynamicUp
      r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
    }
    \\
    {
      \override DynamicLineSpanner.layer = #0
      des,2\mf\< ~
      \override TextScript.layer = #2
      \once\override TextScript.staff-padding = #6
      \once\override TextScript.vertical-skylines = #'()
      des16_\markup \with-dimensions #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 0)
                    \with-color #white
                    \filled-box #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 2) #0
      r8. des4 ~ des16->\sff r8.
    }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  c2.
  % construct the symbol
  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \override #'(direction . 1)
    \override #'(baseline-skip . 1.8)
    \dir-column {
      \translate #'(0.155 . 0)
        \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved"
      \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.ufermata"
    }
  }
  \breathe c4
  % set the breath mark back to normal
  \revert BreathingSign.text
  c2. \breathe c4
  \bar "|."
}

hairpinWithCenteredText =
#(define-music-function (text) (markup?)
  #{
    \once \override Voice.Hairpin.after-line-breaking =
      #(lambda (grob)
         (let* ((stencil (ly:hairpin::print grob))
                (par-y (ly:grob-parent grob Y))
                (dir (ly:grob-property par-y 'direction))
                (staff-line-thickness
                 (ly:output-def-lookup (ly:grob-layout grob)
                                       'line-thickness))
                (new-stencil
                 (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                  (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to stencil X CENTER)
                   Y dir
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                    (grob-interpret-markup
                     grob
                     (make-fontsize-markup
                      (magnification->font-size
                       (+ (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob)
                          (/ staff-line-thickness 2)))
                      text))
                    X CENTER))
                  X LEFT))
                (staff-space (ly:output-def-lookup
                 (ly:grob-layout grob) 'staff-space))
                (par-x (ly:grob-parent grob X))
                (dyn-text (grob::has-interface par-x
                                               'dynamic-text-interface))
                (dyn-text-stencil-x-length
                 (if dyn-text
                     (interval-length
                      (ly:stencil-extent
                       (ly:grob-property par-x 'stencil) X))
                     0))
                (x-shift
                 (if dyn-text (- (+ staff-space dyn-text-stencil-x-length)
                                 (* 0.5 staff-line-thickness))
                     0)))
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'Y-offset 0)
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob
                                  'stencil (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                                            new-stencil
                                            x-shift X))))
  #})

hairpinMolto = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \italic molto }
hairpinMore = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \larger moltissimo }

\relative c' {
  \hairpinMolto c2\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
  \break
  \hairpinMolto c2^\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
}

\relative c'' {
  \set crescendoText = \markup { \italic { cresc. poco } }
  \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
  \override DynamicTextSpanner.style = #'dotted-line
  a2\< a
  a2 a
  a2 a
  a2 a\mf
}

\relative c' {
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDotted
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDashed
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
}

\relative c'' {
  c2
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.rvarcomma" }
  \breathe
  d2
}

\relative c' {
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \override Dots.dot-count = 4
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \override Dots.dot-count = 0
  c4.. a16 r2 |
  \revert Dots.dot-count
  c4.. a16 r2 |
}

piuF = \markup { \italic più \dynamic f }

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c-\piuF
  }
}

piuF = #(make-dynamic-script
          #{ \markup { \normal-text \italic più \dynamic f } #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c\piuF
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  \override Glissando.style = #'zigzag
  c4 c
  \cadenzaOn
  c4\glissando
  \hideNotes
  c,,4
  \unHideNotes
  \cadenzaOff
  \bar "|"
}

\paper {
  line-width = 50\mm
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Hairpin.to-barline = ##f
  \override Glissando.breakable = ##t
  % show hairpin
  \override Hairpin.after-line-breaking = ##t
  % hide text span
  \override TextSpanner.after-line-breaking =
    #ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time
  e2\<\startTextSpan
  % show glissando
  \override Glissando.after-line-breaking = ##t
  f2\glissando
  \break
  f,1\!\stopTextSpan
}

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

\relative c''' {
  \once \override TextScript.script-priority = -100
  a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }

  \once \override Script.script-priority = -100
  a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }

  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-2 a-1>2
  <a-1 c\tweak script-priority -100 -2>2
}

paren =
#(define-event-function (dyn) (ly:event?)
   (make-dynamic-script
    #{ \markup \concat {
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 (
         \pad-x #0.2 #(ly:music-property dyn 'text)
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 )
       }
    #}))

\relative c'' {
  c4\paren\f c c \dynamicUp c\paren\p
}

\relative c'' {
  \after 2*2/3 \turn c2( d4) r |
  \after 4 \turn c4.( d8)
  \after 4
  {
    \once \set suggestAccidentals = ##t
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.outside-staff-priority = ##f
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.avoid-slur = #'inside
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.font-size = -3
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.script-priority = -1
    \once \hideNotes
    cis8\turn \noBeam
  }
  d4.( e8)
}

\new Staff \with {
  \consists "Span_arpeggio_engraver"
}
\relative c' {
  \set Staff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  <<
    { <e' g>4\arpeggio <d f> <d f>2 }
    \\
    { <d, f>2\arpeggio <g b>2 }
  >>
}

\new PianoStaff \relative c'' <<
  \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  \new Staff {
    <c e g c>4\arpeggio
    <g c e g>4\arpeggio
    <e g c e>4\arpeggio
    <c e g c>4\arpeggio
  }
  \new Staff {
    \clef bass
    \repeat unfold 4 {
      <c,, e g c>4\arpeggio
    }
  }
>>

<<
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Voice \relative c' {
      <c e>2\arpeggio <d f>2\arpeggio
      <c e>1\arpeggio
    }
    \new Voice \relative c {
      \clef bass
      <c g'>2\arpeggio <b g'>2\arpeggio
      <c g'>1\arpeggio
    }
  >>

  \new Staff \relative c {
    \set Score.connectArpeggios = ##t
    \clef bass
    c2\arpeggio g\arpeggio
    c1\arpeggio
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Span_arpeggio_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c' {
  c1-10
  c1-50
  c1-36
  c1-29
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
    }
    \\
    {
      \slurUp
      bes,16[ s e](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes f[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes fis](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes g[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes gis](
      \hideNotes a)
    }
  >>
}

\paper { ragged-right = ##f }

\relative c'' {
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = #"bla"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = #"blu"
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'line
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'dashed-line
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . 1) }
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . -2) }
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = #-2
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.dash-period = #10
  \override TextSpanner.dash-fraction = #0.5
  \override TextSpanner.thickness = #10
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan
}

% Two functions for (de)crescendo spanners where you can explicitly
% give the spanner text.
mycresc =
#(define-music-function (mymarkup) (markup?)
   (make-music 'CrescendoEvent
               'span-direction START
               'span-type 'text
               'span-text mymarkup))
mydecresc =
#(define-music-function (mymarkup) (markup?)
   (make-music 'DecrescendoEvent
               'span-direction START
               'span-type 'text
               'span-text mymarkup))

\relative c' {
  c4-\mycresc "custom cresc" c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4 c4 c4 |
  c4-\mydecresc "custom decresc" c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4\! c4 c4
}

\relative c' {
  a2 \glissando
  \once \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  f''4 d,
}

\relative c' {
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'dashed-line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'dotted-line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'trill
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'zigzag
  c2\< c\!
  \revert Hairpin.style
  c2\< c\!
}

\relative c'' {
  \override DynamicTextSpanner.style = #'none
  \crescTextCresc
  c1\< | d | b | c\!
}

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
  indent = 5\cm
}

% Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value
% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown
%           etc. will have no effect
semppMarkup = \markup { \halign #1.4 \italic "sempre" \dynamic "pp" }

% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script & shifting with
%             \once \override ...X-offset = ..
% Drawback: \once \override needed for every invocation
semppK =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:normal-text
           #:italic "sempre"
           #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment
%             puts it at the correct position
% Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there
semppT =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:normal-text
           #:italic "sempre"
           #:dynamic "pp"
           #:hspace 7.1)))

% Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0
% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put
%           other stuff there => collisions
% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
%           same alignment as without the additional text
semppM =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)
                             #:right-align
                             #:normal-text
                             #:italic "sempre"
                             #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function
semppG =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:hspace 0
          #:translate '(-18.85 . 0)
          #:line (#:normal-text
                  #:italic "sempre"
                  #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect
%             if one sets X-offset!
% Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText.X-offset!
% Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text,
%           not at the center of pp
semppMII =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line (#:right-align
                  #:normal-text
                  #:italic "sempre"
                  #:dynamic "pp")))

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "standard" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c
    }
  \new Staff \with {instrumentName = "normal markup" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "explicit shifting" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      \once \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-9.2
      c4\semppK c\p c c
      c4\ff c
      \once \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-9.2
      c4\semppK c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "right padding" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "set dimension to zero" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "shift inside dynamics" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "alignment inside dynamics" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-1
      c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c
    }
>>

\layout { \override Staff.InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT }

\relative c'' {
  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.straight"
  }
  c8 e4. \breathe g8. e16 c4

  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved"
  }
  g8 e'4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
  <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8

  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
  \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn.tie-configuration
     = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
          (-5 . ,DOWN)
          (-3 . ,UP)
          (-1 . ,UP))
  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}

\relative c'' {
  \override TextSpanner.bound-padding = #1.0
  \override TextSpanner.style = #'line
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.arrow = ##t
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = #"fof"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = #"gag"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = #0.6

  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER

  \override Glissando.bound-details.right.arrow = ##t
  \override Glissando.arrow-length = #0.5
  \override Glissando.arrow-width = #0.25

  a8\startTextSpan gis a4 b\glissando b,
  g'4 c\stopTextSpan c2
}

\relative c' {
  \once \override
    Slur.dash-definition = #'((  0  0.3  0.1 0.75)
                              (0.3  0.6  1   1   )
                              (0.65 1.0  0.4 0.75))
  c4( d e f)
  \once \override
    Slur.dash-definition = #'((0    0.25  1   1   )
                              (0.3  0.7   0.4 0.75)
                              (0.75 1.0   1   1   ))
  c4( d e f)
}

\relative c'' { c1-+ }

dashPlus = \trill

\relative c'' { c1-+ }

\relative c' {
  \stemDown
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(1 . 1)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(2 . 2)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(3 . 3)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(4 . 4)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(5 . 5)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(0 . 5)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(5 . 0)
  e4( a)
  \stemUp
  \override Slur.positions = #'(-5 . -5)
  e4( a)
  \stemDown
  \revert Slur.positions
  e4( a)
}

{
  c'1~\<
  c'2~ c'\!
  \once \override Hairpin.shorten-pair = #'(2 . 2)
  c'1~\<
  c'2~ c'\!
  \once \override Hairpin.shorten-pair = #'(-2 . -2)
  c'1~\<
  c'2~ c'\!
  c'1~\p-\tweak shorten-pair #'(2 . 0)\<
  c'2~ c'\ffff
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(-5 . 0)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(0 . 5)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(-5 . 5)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
}

\relative c'' {
  \override TextScript.avoid-slur = #'inside
  \override TextScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
  c2(^\markup { \halign #-10 \natural } d4.) c8
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Hairpin.stencil = #flared-hairpin
  a4\< a a a\f
  a4\p\< a a a\ff
  a4\sfz\< a a a\!
  \override Hairpin.stencil = #constante-hairpin
  a4\< a a a\f
  a4\p\< a a a\ff
  a4\sfz\< a a a\!
  \override Hairpin.stencil = #flared-hairpin
  a4\> a a a\f
  a4\p\> a a a\ff
  a4\sfz\> a a a\!
  \override Hairpin.stencil = #constante-hairpin
  a4\> a a a\f
  a4\p\> a a a\ff
  a4\sfz\> a a a\!
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Hairpin.circled-tip = ##t
  c2\< c\!
  c4\> c\< c2\!
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

{
  % Metronome marks below the staff
  \override Score.MetronomeMark.direction = #DOWN
  \tempo 8. = 120
  c''1

  % Rehearsal marks below the staff
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.direction = #DOWN
  \mark \default
  c''1
}

\relative c'' {
  e4\< e2.
  e1\!
  \override Hairpin.to-barline = ##f
  e4\< e2.
  e1\!
}

<<
  {
    \after 4 \< \after 2 \> \after 2. \! f'1
    \override Hairpin.minimum-length = 8
    \after 4 \< \after 2 \> \after 2. \! f'1
  }
  {
    \repeat unfold 8 c'4
  }
>>

\relative c' {
  <>^"Wrong"
  c2_\fermata^\fermata % The second fermata is ignored!
  <e d'>2^\flageolet_\flageolet

  \stopStaff s1 \startStaff

  <>^"Works if written inside a chord"
  <e_\flageolet d'^\flageolet>2
  <e_\flageolet d'^\flageolet>2
  <e_\flageolet^\flageolet>2
  <e_\fermata^\fermata>2
}

\relative c' {
  c4\snappizzicato
  <c' e g>4\snappizzicato
  <c' e g>4^\snappizzicato
  <c, e g>4_\snappizzicato
}

\include "english.ly"

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 2/2
    <<
      \new Voice = "upper"
      <<
        { \voiceOne \arpeggioBracket
          a2( b2
          <b d>1\arpeggio)
          <cs e>\arpeggio ~
          <cs e>4
        }
        \addlyrics { \lyricmode { A -- men. } }
      >>
      \new Voice = "lower"
      { \voiceTwo
        a1 ~
        a
        a ~
        a4 \bar "|."
      }
    >>
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c2
  \breathe
  d2
  \override BreathingSign.Y-offset = #2.6
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.tickmark" }
  c2
  \breathe
  d2
}

\relative c' {
  \set doubleSlurs = ##t
  <c e>4( <d f> <c e> <d f>)
}

{
  \override Score.StaffSymbol.layer = 4
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.layer = 3
  b'2 b'~
  \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.whiteout = ##t
  \time 3/4
  b' r4
}

upline =
\tweak stencil
  #(lambda (grob)
    (grob-interpret-markup grob #{ \markup \draw-line #'(0 . 1) #}))
  \stopped

\relative c' {
  a'4^\upline a( c d')_\upline
}

\relative c' {
  \override DynamicLineSpanner.staff-padding = #4
  c2\p f\mf
  g2\< b4\> c\!
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    % Changing the defaults from engraver-init.ly
    measureBarType = "!"
    startRepeatBarType = "[|:"
    endRepeatBarType = ":|]"
    doubleRepeatBarType = ":|][|:"
  }
}

{
  c'1
  \repeat volta 2 { c' c' }
  \repeat volta 2 { c' c' \alternative { \volta 1 { c' }
                                         \volta 2 { c' } } }
  \bar "|."
}

music = {
  a''4:32 a':
  e''8: \noBeam e':
  a'':[ a':]
  f':[ g':]
  d':[ d':]
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup "default"
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "style = #'constant"
  \override StemTremolo.style = #'constant
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "shape = #'rectangle"
  \override StemTremolo.shape = #'rectangle
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "shape = #'beam-like"
  \override StemTremolo.shape = #'beam-like
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "slope = -0.2"
  \override StemTremolo.slope = -0.2
  \music
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "up" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    s4.
  }
  \new Staff = "down" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    \voiceOne
    \repeat tremolo 6 {
      <a e'>32
      {
        \change Staff = "up"
        \voiceTwo
        <cis a' dis>32
      }
    }
  }
>>

\relative c'' {
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #1
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #2
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap-count = #3
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }

  \override Beam.gap-count = #3
  \override Beam.gap = #1.33
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #1
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #0.67
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
  \override Beam.gap = #0.33
  \repeat tremolo 8 { a32 f }
}

makePercent =
#(define-music-function (note) (ly:music?)
   "Make a percent repeat the same length as NOTE."
   (make-music 'PercentEvent
               'length (ly:music-length note)))

\relative c'' {
  \makePercent s1
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists #Measure_counter_engraver
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    c'4 d' e' f'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
  \bar "||"
  g'4 f' e' d'
  \override Staff.MeasureCounter.count-from = #2
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 5 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  g'4 f'
  \bar ""
  \break
  e'4 d'
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
}

\relative c'' {
  \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
  \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 5)
  \repeat percent 10 { c1 } \break
  \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 2)
  \repeat percent 6 { c1 d1 }
}

\relative c'' {
  \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
  \repeat percent 4 { c1 }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c | c c c c |
  \repeat segno 2 {
    c4 c c c | c c c c |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 {
        c4 c c c | c c c c |
        % If you don't use \break at Coda, use \noBreak here
        % and after \bar "" below.
        \noBreak
        \section % double bar line
        \cadenzaOn % pause bar count
        \stopStaff % remove staff lines
        % Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space
        \repeat unfold 4 {
          s1
          \bar ""
        }
        % Place JumpScript where the staff would normally be.
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.Y-offset = 0
        \startStaff % resume bar count
        \cadenzaOff % show staff lines again
      }
    }
  }
  \sectionLabel "Coda"
  % Show Coda on a new line
  \break
  \repeat unfold 6 { c4 c c c }
  \fine
}

\relative c'' {
  \repeat volta 2 { c1 }
  \set Score.doubleRepeatBarType = ":..:"
  \repeat volta 2 { c1 }
  \set Score.doubleRepeatBarType = ":|.|:"
  \repeat volta 2 { c1 }
  \set Score.doubleRepeatBarType = ":|.:"
  \repeat volta 2 { c1 }
}

\fixed c'' {
  \time 3/4
  c4 c c
  \repeat volta 5 {
    d4 d d
    \alternative {
      \volta 1,2,3,4 {
        \once \override Score.VoltaBracket.musical-length =
          \musicLength 2.
        e4 e e
        f4 f f
      }
      \volta 5 {
        g4 g g } } }
}

fixTremolos =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
   (music-map
    (lambda (m)
      (let ((event (any (lambda (a)
                          (and (music-is-of-type? a 'tremolo-event)
                               a))
                        (ly:music-property m 'articulations))))
        (if event
            (let* ((total-tremolo-duration (ly:music-property m
                                                              'duration))
                   (tremolo-type (ly:music-property event
                                                    'tremolo-type))
                   (one-tremolo-note-duration
                    (ly:make-duration (ly:intlog2 tremolo-type)))
                   (tremolo-note-count
                    (/ tremolo-type (expt 2 (ly:duration-log
                                             total-tremolo-duration)))))
              (set! (ly:music-property m 'duration)
                    one-tremolo-note-duration)
              (set! (ly:music-property m 'articulations)
                    (delete! event (ly:music-property m 'articulations)))
              (make-music 'TremoloRepeatedMusic
                          'repeat-count tremolo-note-count
                          'element m))
            m)))
    music))

unfoldRepeats = \unfoldRepeats #'() \fixTremolos \etc

music = { \repeat tremolo 8 c'16 c'2:16 }

{
  \music
  \unfoldRepeats \music
}

\score {
  <<
    \chords { c1 c1 }
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
    {
      \repeat volta 2 { c'1 \alternative { c' } }
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Volta_engraver"
    }
  }
}

voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    c1
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { d1 }
      \volta 2 { e1 }
    }
  }
}

<<
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
      \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
>>

voltaAdLib = \markup { \volta-number { 1. 2. 3... } \italic { ad lib. } }

\relative c'' {
  c1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #`((volta ,voltaAdLib) start-repeat)
  c4 b d e
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
  f1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
}

voiceFive = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 4) 'Voice)

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  \key d \minor
  \partial 2
  <<
    \new Voice  {
      \voiceOne
      a4. a8
      e'4 e4. e8
      f4 d4. c8
    }
    \new Voice {
      \voiceTwo
      d,2
      d4 cis2
      d4 bes2
    }
    \new Voice {
      \voiceThree
      f'2
      bes4 a2
      a4 s2
    }
    \new Voice {
      \voiceFive
      s2
      g4 g2
      f4 f2
    }
  >>
}

\new Staff <<
  \set Staff.soloText = "girl"
  \set Staff.soloIIText = "boy"
  \set Staff.aDueText = "together"
  \partCombine
    \relative c'' {
      g4 g r r
      a2 g
    }
    \relative c'' {
      r4 r a( b)
      a2 g
    }
>>

\relative c' {
  <\tweak font-size #+2 c e g c
   \tweak font-size #-2 e>1
   ^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

musicUp = \relative c'' {
  \time 4/4
  a4 c4.( g8) a4 |
  g4 e' g,( a8 b) |
  c b a2.
}

musicDown = \relative c'' {
  g4 e4.( d8) c4 |
  r2 g'4( f8 e) |
  d2 \stemDown a
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName = "standard polyphony"
    } << \musicUp \\ \musicDown >>

    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName =
        \markup { \typewriter "\\partCombine" without text}
      printPartCombineTexts = ##f
    } \partCombine \musicUp \musicDown

    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName =
        \markup { \typewriter "\\partCombine" with text}
    } \partCombine \musicUp \musicDown
  >>

  \layout {
    indent = 6.0\cm
    \context {
      \Score
      % Setting this to a large value avoids a bar line at the
      % beginning that would connect the three staves otherwise.
      \override SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 30
    }
  }
}

fixA = {
  \once \override Stem.length = #12
}

fixB = {
  \once \override NoteHead.X-offset = #1.7
  \once \override Stem.length = #7
  \once \override Stem.rotation = #'(45 0 0)
  \once \override Stem.extra-offset = #'(-0.1 . -0.2)
  \once \override Flag.style = #'no-flag
  \once \override Accidental.extra-offset = #'(4 . -.1)
}

\relative c' {
  << { \fixA <b d!>8 } \\ { \voiceThree \fixB dis } >> s
}

\relative c' <<
  {
    <d g>2 <d g>
  }
  \\
  {
    <b f'>2
    \once \override NoteColumn.force-hshift = 1.7
    <b f'>2
  }
>>

\relative {
  \time 2/4
  <<
    {
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      b'8 ~ 8\noBeam
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      g8 ~ 8\noBeam
    }
    \\
    {
      b8 g g e
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  line-width = 40\mm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\new Staff \relative c' <<
  {
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##f
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##t
    f2. f4
  }
  \\
  { e4 e e e e e e e e e e e }
>>

ignore = \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t

\relative c' {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice { \ignore \stemDown f2 g }
    \new Voice { c2 \stemDown c, }
  >>
}

customPartCombineUp =
#(define-music-function (part1 part2) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make an up-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART1 and PART2.

The context is called 'Up'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineUp`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Up" <<
      \context Voice = "one" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "two" { \voiceThree }
      \context Voice = "shared" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "solo" { \voiceOne }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part1 #part2
    >>
  #})

customPartCombineDown =
#(define-music-function (part3 part4) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make a down-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART3 and PART4.

The context is called 'Down'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineDown`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Down" <<
      \set VoiceBox.soloText = #"Solo III"
      \set VoiceBox.soloIIText = #"Solo IV"
      \context Voice ="one" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="two" { \voiceTwo }
      \context Voice ="shared" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="solo" { \voiceFour }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part3 #part4
    >>
  #})

soprano = { d'4 | cis'  b  e'  d'8 cis' | cis'2 b }
alto = { fis4 | e8 fis gis ais b4 b | b ais fis2 }
tenor = { a8 b | cis' dis' e'4 b8 cis' d'4 | gis cis' dis'2 }
bass = { fis8 gis | a4 gis g fis | eis fis b,2 }

\new Staff <<
  \key b\minor
  \clef alto
  \partial 4
  \transpose b b' \customPartCombineUp \soprano \alto
  \customPartCombineDown \tenor \bass
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \accepts "VoiceBox"
  }
  \context {
    \name "VoiceBox"
    \type "Engraver_group"
    \defaultchild "Voice"
    \accepts "Voice"
    \accepts "NullVoice"
  }
}

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \override Ambitus.X-offset = 2.0
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \relative c'' {
      c1 | c | c | c | c
    }
    \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
      \new Staff {
        c1 | c
        <<
          { c1 | d }
          \new Staff {
            \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
            c1 | b
          }
        >>
        c1
      }
    }
  >>
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
    \new Staff
    \key f \major
    c1 c^"Unwanted extra space" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
    c1 | c^"Fixed here" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \once \set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility =
           #end-of-line-invisible
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
  }
}

#(define-markup-command (arrow-at-angle layout props angle-deg length fill)
   (number? number? boolean?)
   (let* ((PI-OVER-180 (/ (atan 1 1) 34))
          (degrees->radians (lambda (degrees) (* degrees PI-OVER-180)))
          (angle-rad (degrees->radians angle-deg))
          (target-x (* length (cos angle-rad)))
          (target-y (* length (sin angle-rad))))
     (interpret-markup layout props
       (markup
        #:translate (cons (/ target-x 2) (/ target-y 2))
        #:rotate angle-deg
        #:translate (cons (/ length -2) 0)
        #:concat (#:draw-line (cons length 0)
                   #:arrow-head X RIGHT fill)))))

splitStaffBarLineMarkup = \markup \with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
  \combine
  \arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
  \arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
}

splitStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob splitStaffBarLineMarkup)
      0))
  \break
}

convDownStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . -.13)\arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

convUpStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . .14)\arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

\paper {
  indent = 10\mm
  short-indent = 10\mm
  line-width = 8\cm
}

separateSopranos = {
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "AI AII"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "AI AII"
  \splitStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "up"
}
convSopranos = {
  \convDownStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "shared"
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "S A"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "S A"
}

sI = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 f''2
  \separateSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 g''2
  \convSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 c''2
}
sII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \change Staff = "up"
  \repeat unfold 4 d''2
}
aI = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 a'2
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 b'2
  \convUpStaffBarLine
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
aII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
ten = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
  \repeat unfold 4 d'2
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
}
bas = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 f2
  \repeat unfold 4 g2
  \repeat unfold 4 c2
}

\markup \pad-x #3  % avoid cropping
  \score {
    <<
      \new ChoirStaff <<
        \new Staff = up \with {
          instrumentName = "SI SII"
          shortInstrumentName = "SI SII"
        } {
          s1*4
        }

        \new Staff = shared \with {
          instrumentName = "S A"
          shortInstrumentName = "S A"
        } <<
          \new Voice = sopI \sI
          \new Voice = sopII \sII
          \new Voice = altI \aI
          \new Voice = altII \aII
        >>
        \new Lyrics \with {
          alignBelowContext = up
        }
        \lyricsto sopII { e f g h }
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto altI { a b c d e f g h i j k l }

        \new Staff = men \with {
          instrumentName = "T B"
          shortInstrumentName = "T B"
        } <<
          \clef F
          \new Voice = ten \ten
          \new Voice = bas \bas
        >>
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto bas { a b c d e f g h i j k l }
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
      }
    }
}

cueWhile =
#(define-music-function
   (instrument name dir music)
   (string? string? ly:dir? ly:music?)
   #{
     \cueDuring $instrument #dir {
       \once \override TextScript.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
       \once \override TextScript.direction = $dir
       <>-\markup { \tiny #name }
       $music
     }
   #})

flute = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  s4 s4 e g
}
\addQuote "flute" { \flute }

clarinet = \relative c' {
  \transposition bes
  fis4 d d c
}
\addQuote "clarinet" { \clarinet }

singer = \relative c'' { c4. g8 g4 bes4 }
words = \lyricmode { here's the lyr -- ics }

pianoRH = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  \cueWhile "clarinet" "Clar." #DOWN { c4. g8 }
  \cueWhile "flute" "Flute" #UP { g4 bes4 }
}
pianoLH = \relative c { c4 <c' e> e, <g c> }

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \new Voice = "singer" {
        \singer
      }
    }
    \new Lyrics {
      \lyricsto "singer"
      \words
    }
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice {
          \pianoRH
        }
      }
      \new Staff {
        \clef "bass"
        \pianoLH
      }
    >>
  >>
}

music = \relative c' {
  \repeat volta 3 {
    c4 d e f |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { c4 d e f | c2 d \break }
      \volta 2 { f4 g a b | f4 g a b | f2 a | \break }
      \volta 3 { c4 d e f | c2 d } } }
  c1 \bar "|."
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large "default"
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers-with-letters"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers-with-letters
  \music
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override TextMark.Y-offset = #5
  }
}

\new Staff \with {
  \consists Ambitus_engraver
} \relative {
  \ambitusAfter key-signature
  \key d \major
  es'8 g bes cis d2
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    % Changing the defaults from engraver-init.ly
    measureBarType = "!"
    startRepeatBarType = "[|:"
    endRepeatBarType = ":|]"
    doubleRepeatBarType = ":|][|:"
  }
}

{
  c'1
  \repeat volta 2 { c' c' }
  \repeat volta 2 { c' c' \alternative { \volta 1 { c' }
                                         \volta 2 { c' } } }
  \bar "|."
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  c4 d e f
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  c4 b a g
}

\score {
  \context PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff {
      \upper
    }
    \new Staff {
      \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-count = #4
      \lower
    }
  >>
}

 #(set-global-staff-size tamaño)

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    \dynamicDown c8\ff c c c c c c c
  }
  \new Staff \with {
    fontSize = #-3
    \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -3)
  } \relative c {
    \clef bass c8 c c c c\f c c c
  }
>>

#(set-global-staff-size 10)   % for the documentation
% #(set-global-staff-size 20) % for letter and A4

\book {
  \score {
    { \repeat unfold 12 { s1 \break } }

    \layout {
      indent = 0
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \remove "Clef_engraver"
        \remove "Bar_engraver"
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
      }
    }
  }

  % for the documentation
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a6")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 90\mm
    left-margin = 7.5\mm
    bottom-margin = 5\mm
    top-margin = 5\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }

  % uncomment these lines for "letter" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "letter")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 7.5\in
    left-margin = 0.5\in
    bottom-margin = 0.25\in
    top-margin = 0.25\in
    tagline = ##f
   }
  %}

  % uncomment these lines for "A4" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a4")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 180\mm
    left-margin = 15\mm
    bottom-margin = 10\mm
    top-margin = 10\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }
  %}
}

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #8
  \override KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeyCancellation.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeySignature.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))
  \override KeyCancellation.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))

  \override Clef.stencil =
    #(lambda (grob)
        (grob-interpret-markup grob
           #{ \markup\combine
                \musicglyph "clefs.C"
                \translate #'(-3 . -2)
                  \musicglyph "clefs.F"
           #}))
    clefPosition = #3
    middleCPosition = #3
    middleCClefPosition = #3
}

{
  \key d\minor f bes, f bes, |
  \key d\major fis b, fis b, |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \PianoStaff
    \consists "Span_stem_engraver"
  }
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff {
    <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\! |
    e'8 f' g'4
      \voiceTwo
      % Down to lower staff
      \crossStaff { e'8 e'8 } e'4 |
  }

  \new Staff {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    % Up to upper staff
    \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8 } d |
    g8 f g4 \voiceTwo g8 g g4 |
  }
>>

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    % Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines
    \override StaffGroup.SystemStartBracket.collapse-height = 4
    \override Score.SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 4
    \new Staff {
      c'1
    }
  >>
}
\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \override PianoStaff.SystemStartBrace.collapse-height = 4
    \override Score.SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 4
    \new Staff {
      c'1
    }
  >>
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with {
      instrumentName = "Flute"
      shortInstrumentName = "Fl"
    } \relative c' {
      \repeat unfold 3 { c'4 c c c | c c c c | c c c c | \break }
    }

    \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_Strings" <<
      \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin I"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi I"
        } \relative c'' {
          a1 | R1*7 | \repeat unfold 12 a16 a4 |
        }
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinII" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin II"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi II"
        } \relative c' {
          e1 | R1*8 |
        }
      >>

      \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
        instrumentName = "Cello"
        shortInstrumentName = "Ce"
      } \relative c {
        \clef bass \repeat unfold 9 { c1 } |
      }
    >>
  >>
}

\layout {
  indent = 3.0\cm
  short-indent = 1.5\cm

  \context {
    \GrandStaff
    \consists Keep_alive_together_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \RemoveEmptyStaves
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \key c\minor
  \time 2/4
  c16( as') c,-. des-.
  \once\override TrillSpanner.minimum-length = #15
  \once\override TrillSpanner.springs-and-rods = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
  \afterGrace es4\startTrillSpan { d16[(\stopTrillSpan es)] }
  c( c' g es c g' es d
  c8)
}

repeatGliss = #(define-music-function (grace)
  (ly:pitch?)
  #{
    % the next two lines ensure the glissando is long enough
    % to be visible
    \once \override Glissando.springs-and-rods
      = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
    \once \override Glissando.minimum-length = 3.5
    \once \hideNotes
    \grace $grace \glissando
  #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \repeat volta 3 { c4 d e f\glissando }
    \alternative {
      { g2 d }
      { \repeatGliss f g2 e }
      { \repeatGliss f e2 d }
    }
  }
}

music =  \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat volta 2 {
    g a b c\glissando
  }
  \alternative {
    { d1 }
    { \repeatGliss c \once \omit StringNumber e1\2 }
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice { \clef "G_8" \music }
    >>
    \new TabStaff  <<
      \new TabVoice { \clef "moderntab" \music }
    >>
  >>
}

#(define ((flared-tie coords) grob)
   (define (pair-to-list pair)
     (list (car pair) (cdr pair)))

   (define (normalize-coords goods x y dir)
     (map
      (lambda (coord)
        (cons (* x (car coord)) (* y dir (cdr coord))))
      goods))

   (define (my-c-p-s points thick)
     (make-connected-path-stencil points thick 1.0 1.0 #f #f))

   ;; Calling `ly:tie::print` and assigning its return value to a
   ;; variable in this outer `let` triggers LilyPond to position the
   ;; tie, allowing us to extract its extents.  We only proceed,
   ;; however, if the tie doesn't get discarded (for whatever reason).
   (let ((sten (ly:tie::print grob)))
     (if (grob::is-live? grob)
         (let* ((layout (ly:grob-layout grob))
                (line-thickness (ly:output-def-lookup layout
                                                      'line-thickness))
                (thickness (ly:grob-property grob 'thickness 0.1))
                (used-thick (* line-thickness thickness))
                (dir (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
                (xex (ly:stencil-extent sten X))
                (yex (ly:stencil-extent sten Y))
                (lenx (interval-length xex))
                (leny (interval-length yex))
                (xtrans (car xex))
                (ytrans (if (> dir 0)(car yex) (cdr yex)))
                ;; Add last point.
                (coord-list (append coords '((1.0 . 0.0))))
                (uplist
                 (map pair-to-list
                      (normalize-coords coord-list lenx (* leny 2) dir))))
           (ly:stencil-translate
            (my-c-p-s uplist used-thick)
            (cons xtrans ytrans)))
         '())))

% Define a default tie shape consisting of three straight lines.
#(define flare-tie
   (flared-tie '((0.1 . 0.3) (0.9 . 0.3))))

\relative c' {
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <a c e a c e a c e>~ q
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  q~ q\break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 14"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 14
  a'4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 0.5"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 0.5
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  \revert Tie.details.height-limit

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0))"
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil =
        #(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1)))
  a4~ a
  <>_\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))
  a'4~ a
}

example = {
  R1
  \tempo "Allegro molto" R1*6
  \tempo "poco rit." R1*2
  \tempo "a tempo" R1*8 \break
}

{
  \compressMMRests {
    \example
    \override Score.MetronomeMark.extra-spacing-width = #'(-3 . 0)
    \example
  }
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\relative c' {
  a2 \glissando
  \once \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  f''4 d,
}

\markuplist {
  % First row.
  \fill-line {
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny "default"
          b1 b \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "reverting only the"
                                            "final bar line" }
          b1 b
          \revert Staff.BarLine.thick-thickness
          \revert Staff.BarLine.hair-thickness
          \revert Staff.BarLine.kern
          \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2
                           #(revert-props 'magnifyStaff 0
                                          '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                            (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                            (BarLine kern))) } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "cancelling"
                                            \typewriter "\magnifyStaff"
                                            "only for bar lines" }
          b1 b \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
  }

  \vspace #2

  % Second row.
  \fill-line {
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "mimicking"
                                            \typewriter "\magnifyStaff"
                                            "on the other staves" }
          b1 b \bar "|." }
        \new Staff \with { #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 1/2 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
          b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2
                           #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 3/2 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "applying an"
                                            "intermediate"
                                            "value to all staves" }
          b1 b \bar "|." }
        \new Staff \with { #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 3/4 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
           b b }
      >>
    }
    ""
  }
}

% A short excerpt from the Jubilate Deo by Orlande de Lassus

global = {
  \set Score.skipBars = ##t
  \key g \major
  \time 4/4

  % the actual music
  \skip 1*8

  % let finis bar go through all staves
  \override Staff.BarLine.transparent = ##f

  % finis bar
  \bar "|."
}

discantusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c1"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  c''1.
}

discantusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c'' {
    \clef "treble"
    d'2. d'4 |
    b e' d'2 |
    c'4 e'4.( d'8 c' b |
    a4) b a2 |
    b4.( c'8 d'4) c'4 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    c'1 |
    b\breve |
  }
}

discantusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te De -- o,
  om -- nis ter -- ra, __ om-
  "..."
  -us.
}

altusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c3"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  e'1\rest f'1.
}

altusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c'' {
    \clef "treble"
    r2 g2. e4 fis g |
    a2 g4 e |
    fis g4.( fis16 e fis4) |
    g1 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    g1 |
    g\breve |
  }
}

altusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te
  De -- o, om -- nis ter -- ra,
  "..."
  -us.
}

tenorIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c4"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  r\longa
  r\breve
  r1 c'1.
}

tenorNotes = {
  \transpose c' c' {
    \clef "treble_8"
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    % two measures
    r2 d'2. d'4 b e' |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    e'1 |
    d'\breve |
  }
}

tenorLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te
  "..."
  -us.
}

bassusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  % The original print shows the b flat
  % for the f major key signature twice.
  \override Staff.KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \clef "mensural-f"
  \key f\major
  \time 2/2
  \tweak Y-offset #1 r\longa \tweak Y-offset #1 r\longa
  f1.
}

bassusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c' {
    \clef "bass"
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    g2. e4 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    e1 |
    g\breve |
  }
}

bassusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi-
  "..."
  -us.
}

\score {
  <<
    \new StaffGroup = choirStaff <<
      \new Voice = "discantusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Discantus"
        \incipit #1 \discantusIncipit
        \global
        \discantusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto discantusNotes { \discantusLyrics }
      \new Voice = "altusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Altus"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \altusIncipit
        \altusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto altusNotes { \altusLyrics }
      \new Voice = "tenorNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Tenor"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \tenorIncipit
        \tenorNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto tenorNotes { \tenorLyrics }
      \new Voice = "bassusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Bassus"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \bassusIncipit
        \bassusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto bassusNotes { \bassusLyrics }
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      %% no bar lines in staves or lyrics
      \hide BarLine
    }
    %% the next two instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines
    \context {
      \Lyrics
      \consists "Bar_engraver"
      \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      %% no slurs
      \hide Slur
      %% Comment in the below "\remove" command to allow line
      %% breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps
      %% into the next measure.  The command is commented out in this
      %% short example score, but especially for large scores, you
      %% will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve
      %% overall spacing if you comment in the following command.
      %%\remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    }
    indent = 5\cm
    incipit-width = 2.5\cm
  }
}

tuning = \markup \score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \clef bass
    <c, g, d g>1
  }
  \layout {
    indent = 0\cm
  }
}

\header {
  title = "Solo Cello Suites"
  subtitle = "Suite IV"
  subsubtitle = \markup { Originalstimmung: \raise #0.5 \tuning }
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 4/8
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e } \tuplet 3/2 { c d e }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e } \tuplet 3/2 { c d e }
  g8 a g a
  g8 a g a
}

%\layout {
%  \context {
%    \Score
%    stringOneTopmost = ##f
%  }
%  \context {
%    \TabStaff
%    tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
%  }
%}

m = {
  \cadenzaOn
  e, b, e gis! b e'
  \bar "||"
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \clef "G_8"
    <>_"default" \m
    <>_"italian (historic)"\m
  }
  \new TabStaff
  {
    \m
    \set Score.stringOneTopmost = ##f
    \set TabStaff.tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
    \m
  }
>>

music = \relative c {
  c4 d e f
  g4 a b c
  d4 e f g
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \clef "G_8"
    \music
  }
  \new TabStaff \with {
    tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
  } {
    \music
  }
>>

glissandoSkipOn = {
  \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

music = {
  \repeat unfold 16 f8 |
  f1\glissando |
  a4 r2. |
  \repeat unfold 16 f8 |
  f1\glissando \once\glissandoSkipOn |
  a2 a4 r4 |
  \repeat unfold 16 f8
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Glissando.breakable
               set to \typewriter "#t" }
  \override Glissando.breakable = ##t
  \override Glissando.after-line-breaking = ##t
  \music
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Glissando.breakable not set }
  \music
}

\paper {
  line-width = 100\mm
}

{
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions =
    #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
  d'4 e' f' g'
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists #Measure_counter_engraver
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    c'4 d' e' f'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
  \bar "||"
  g'4 f' e' d'
  \override Staff.MeasureCounter.count-from = #2
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 5 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  g'4 f'
  \bar ""
  \break
  e'4 d'
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    measureBarType = "-span|"
  }
}

music = \fixed c'' {
  c1
  d2 \section e2
  f1 \fine
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \music
  \new Staff \music
>>

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.stencil = #ly:line-spanner::print
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.bound-details =
    #`((left . ((Y . 0)
                (attach-dir . ,LEFT)
                (padding . 0)
                (stencil-align-dir-y . ,CENTER)))
       (right . ((Y . 5.0) ; Change the number here
                 (padding . 0)
                 (attach-dir . ,RIGHT)
                 (text . ,(make-draw-dashed-line-markup
                           (cons 0 -1.2))))))
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.left-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info-and-text
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.right-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info
  \ottava 1
  c1
  c'''1
}

\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
  \override StaffGroup.SystemStartSquare.collapse-height = 4
  \set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy
    = #'(SystemStartSquare
          (SystemStartBrace
            (SystemStartBracket a
              (SystemStartSquare b))
            c)
          d)

  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
>>

\set Staff.keyAlterations =
  #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)

\include "arabic.ly"

\relative do' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((0 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (2 . ,FLAT)
                                 (5 . ,FLAT)
                                 (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT))
  % \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  re reb \dwn reb resd
  dod dob dosd \dwn dob |
  dobsb dodsd do do |
}

#(set-global-staff-size 17)

\paper {
  indent = 3.0\cm  % add space for instrumentName
  short-indent = 1.5\cm  % add less space for shortInstrumentName
}

fluteMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

% Pitches as written on a manuscript for Clarinet in A
% are transposed to concert pitch.
clarinetMusic = \transpose c' a
  \relative c'' { \key bes \major bes1 d }

trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }

% Key signature is often omitted for horns
hornMusic = \transpose c' f
  \relative c { d'1 fis }

percussionMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g1 b }

sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key g \major g'1 b }
sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Lyr -- ics }

altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoILyrics = \sopranoLyrics
altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { Ah -- ah }

tenorMusic = \relative c' { \clef "treble_8" \key g \major g1 b }
tenorLyrics = \sopranoLyrics

pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }
pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

violinIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
violinIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key g \major g'1 b }

celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key g \major g,1 b }

\book {
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with { instrumentName = "Flute" }
          \fluteMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" \with {
          instrumentName = \markup { \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat } }
        }
          % Declare that written Middle C in the music
          % to follow sounds a concert B flat, for
          % output using sounded pitches such as MIDI.
          %\transposition bes

          % Print music for a B-flat clarinet
          \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Horn in F"
        }
          % \transposition f
          \transpose f c' \hornMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" \with {
          instrumentName = "Trumpet in  C"
        }
          \trumpetMusic
      >>

      \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" \with {
        instrumentName = "Percussion"
      }
        \percussionMusic

      \new PianoStaff \with {
        instrumentName = "Piano"
      } <<
        \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
        \new Staff { \pianoLHMusic }
      >>

      \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Soprano"
        }
          \new Voice = "soprano" \sopranoMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }

        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with {
          \accepts Lyrics
        } <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto I"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoI"
            \altoIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto II"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoII"
            \altoIIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" \with {
          instrumentName = "Tenor"
        }
          \new Voice = "tenor" \tenorMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin I"
          }
            \violinIMusic
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin II"
          }
            \violinIIMusic
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_viola" \with {
          instrumentName = "Viola"
        }
          \violaMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
          instrumentName = "Cello"
        }
          \celloMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_bass" \with {
          instrumentName = "Double Bass"
        }
          \bassMusic
      >>
    >>
  }
}

#(define Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver
   (lambda (ctx)
     "For sequential `ChordNames` with the same root but a different bass,
the root markup is dropped: D D/C D/B -> D /C /B.
The behaviour may be controlled by setting the `chordChanges` context
property."
     (let ((chord-pitches '())
           (last-chord-pitches '())
           (bass-pitch #f))
       (make-engraver
        ((initialize this-engraver)
         (let ((chord-note-namer (ly:context-property ctx
                                                      'chordNoteNamer)))
           ;; Set 'chordNoteNamer, respect user setting if already done
           (ly:context-set-property! ctx 'chordNoteNamer
                                     (if (procedure? chord-note-namer)
                                         chord-note-namer
                                         note-name->markup))))

        (listeners
         ((note-event this-engraver event)
          (let* ((pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch))
                 (pitch-name (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                 (pitch-alt (ly:pitch-alteration pitch))
                 (bass (ly:event-property event 'bass #f))
                 (inversion (ly:event-property event 'inversion #f)))
            ;; Collect notes of the chord
            ;;  - to compare inversed chords we need to collect the
            ;;    bass note as usual member of the chord, whereas an
            ;;    added bass must be treated separate from the usual
            ;;    chord-notes
            ;;  - notes are stored as pairs containing their
            ;;    pitch-name (an integer), i.e. disregarding their
            ;;    octave and their alteration
            (cond (bass (set! bass-pitch pitch))
                  (inversion
                   (set! bass-pitch pitch)
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))
                  (else
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))))))

        (acknowledgers
         ((chord-name-interface this-engraver grob source-engraver)
          (let ((chord-changes (ly:context-property ctx
                                                    'chordChanges #f)))
            ;; If subsequent chords are equal apart from their bass,
            ;; reset the 'text-property.
            ;; Equality is done by comparing the sorted lists of this
            ;; chord's elements and the previous chord.  Sorting is
            ;; needed because inverted chords may have a different
            ;; order of pitches.  `chord-changes` needs to be true.
            (if (and bass-pitch
                     chord-changes
                     (equal?
                      (sort chord-pitches car<)
                      (sort last-chord-pitches car<)))
                (ly:grob-set-property!
                 grob 'text
                 (make-line-markup
                  (list
                   (ly:context-property ctx 'slashChordSeparator)
                   ((ly:context-property ctx 'chordNoteNamer)
                    bass-pitch
                    (ly:context-property ctx
                                         'chordNameLowercaseMinor))))))
            (set! last-chord-pitches chord-pitches)
            (set! chord-pitches '())
            (set! bass-pitch #f))))

        ((finalize this-engraver)
         (set! last-chord-pitches '()))))))

myChords = \chordmode {
  % \germanChords

  \set chordChanges = ##t
  d2:m d:m/cis

  d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b

  e1:7
  \set chordChanges = ##t
  e
  \break

  \once \set chordChanges = ##f
  e1/f
  e2/gis e/+gis e e:m/f d:m d:m/cis d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b
}

<<
  \new ChordNames
    \with { \consists #Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver }
    \myChords
  \new Staff \myChords
>>

<<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice = "voc" \relative c' { \stemDown a bes c8 b c4 }
  >>
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override LyricText.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricExtender.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricHyphen.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
  } \lyricsto "voc" { La la -- la __ _ la }
>>

quoteMe = \relative c' {
  fis4 r16 a8.-> b4\ff c
}
\addQuote quoteMe \quoteMe

original = \relative c'' {
  c8 d s2
  \once \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
  es8 gis8
}

<<
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "quoteMe" }
  \quoteMe

  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "orig" }
  \original

  \new Staff \with {
    instrumentName = "orig+quote"
    quotedEventTypes = #'(note-event articulation-event)
  }
  \relative c''
  <<
    \original
    \new Voice {
      s4
      \set fontSize = #-4
      \override Stem.length-fraction = #(magstep -4)
      \quoteDuring "quoteMe" { \skip 2. }
    }
  >>
>>

\addQuote clarinet {
  \transposition bes
  \repeat unfold 8 { d'16 d' d'8 }
}

\addQuote sax {
  \transposition es'
  \repeat unfold 16 { a8 }
}

quoteTest = {
  % french horn
  \transposition f
  g'4
  << \quoteDuring "clarinet" { \skip 4 } s4^"clar." >>
  << \quoteDuring "sax" { \skip 4 } s4^"sax." >>
  g'4
}

{
  \new Staff \with {
    instrumentName = \markup { \column { Horn "in F" } }
  }
  \quoteTest
  \transpose c' d' << \quoteTest s4_"up a tone" >>
}

someMusic =  {
  \once \omit Staff.Clef
  \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
  \repeat unfold 3 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "right" \relative c'' \someMusic
    \new Staff = "left" \relative c' { \clef F \someMusic }
  >>
  \layout {
    indent=75\mm
    \context {
      \PianoStaff
      \alterBroken transparent #'(#t) SystemStartBrace
    }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      e1 | e
      \once \override Staff.BarLine.allow-span-bar = ##f
      e1 | e | e
    }
    \new Staff {
      c1 | c | c
      \once \override Staff.BarLine.allow-span-bar = ##f
      c1 | c
    }
    \new Staff {
      a1 | a | a | a | a
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
    % To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:
    % \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
  }
}
\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    % To use the setting globally, comment this line,
    % uncomment the line in the \layout block above
    \override Staff.VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

#(set-default-paper-size "a5")

\paper {
  system-separator-markup = \slashSeparator
  tagline = ##f
}

notes = \relative c' {
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c
}

\book {
  \score {
    \new GrandStaff <<
      \new Staff \notes
      \new Staff \notes
    >>
  }
}

{
  \textMark "Chords can be tied note by note."
  <c'~ e'~ g'~ c''~>2 q
}

{
  \textMark \markup \override #'(baseline-skip . 3) \wordwrap {
    Modifying those ties with \typewriter "\\shape" does not succeed,
    because \typewriter TieColumn positions them on its own behalf,
    ignoring \typewriter "\\shape" input more or less.  You may
    circumvent this by setting \typewriter positioning-done to
    \typewriter "#t" – alas, \typewriter positioning-done is an
    internal property, and setting it to \typewriter "#t" means: all
    positioning is done, don’t do anything further.  The next example
    demonstrates a case where the positioning is not finished: all tie
    directions are down, and the thickness is not accurate.
  }
  <c'~ e'~ g'~ c''~>2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark "To fix that, enter ties with explicit direction modifiers."
  <c'_~ e'_~ g'_~ c''^~>2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark \markup {
    Now you can use \typewriter "\\shape" for each tie as usual. }
  <c'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0)) _~
   e'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0)) _~
   g'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0)) _~
   c''-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0)) ^~
  >2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark "This also works at line breaks."
  <c'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0))) _~
   e'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0))) _~
   g'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0))) _~
   c''-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0))
                 ((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0))) ^~
  >2
  \break
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark \markup {
    It also works with the \typewriter tieWaitForNote property. }
  \set tieWaitForNote = ##t
  c'4-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0)) _~
  e'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0)) _~
  g'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0)) _~
  c''-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0)) ^~
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  <c' e' g' c''>1
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
  \context {
    \Score
    \override TextMark.padding = #4
    \override TextMark.break-align-symbols = #'(left-edge)
  }
}

\paper {
  score-system-spacing.padding = 3
}

\relative c' {
  \set Score.measureBarType = #"'"
  c4 d e f
  g4 f e d
  c4 d e f
  g4 f e d
  \bar "|."
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (parenthesize-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

{
  % The default treble clef.
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard bass clef
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 6
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 6
  \key g \major
  c'1
  % The baritone clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 4
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard choral tenor clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = -2
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = -7
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 1
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 1
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % A non-standard clef.
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = -4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = -4
  \key g \major
  c'1 \break

  % The following clef changes do not preserve
  % the normal relationship between notes, key signatures
  % and clefs.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 7
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  c'1

  % Return to the normal clef.
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 0
  c'1
}

customPartCombineUp =
#(define-music-function (part1 part2) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make an up-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART1 and PART2.

The context is called 'Up'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineUp`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Up" <<
      \context Voice = "one" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "two" { \voiceThree }
      \context Voice = "shared" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "solo" { \voiceOne }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part1 #part2
    >>
  #})

customPartCombineDown =
#(define-music-function (part3 part4) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make a down-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART3 and PART4.

The context is called 'Down'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineDown`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Down" <<
      \set VoiceBox.soloText = #"Solo III"
      \set VoiceBox.soloIIText = #"Solo IV"
      \context Voice ="one" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="two" { \voiceTwo }
      \context Voice ="shared" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="solo" { \voiceFour }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part3 #part4
    >>
  #})

soprano = { d'4 | cis'  b  e'  d'8 cis' | cis'2 b }
alto = { fis4 | e8 fis gis ais b4 b | b ais fis2 }
tenor = { a8 b | cis' dis' e'4 b8 cis' d'4 | gis cis' dis'2 }
bass = { fis8 gis | a4 gis g fis | eis fis b,2 }

\new Staff <<
  \key b\minor
  \clef alto
  \partial 4
  \transpose b b' \customPartCombineUp \soprano \alto
  \customPartCombineDown \tenor \bass
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \accepts "VoiceBox"
  }
  \context {
    \name "VoiceBox"
    \type "Engraver_group"
    \defaultchild "Voice"
    \accepts "Voice"
    \accepts "NullVoice"
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup { <<
  \set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiter = #'SystemStartSquare
    \new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
    \new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
  >> }
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "up" {
      <<
        \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
        \set Timing.beatStructure = #'(4)
        \new Voice {
          \voiceOne
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }

        \new Voice {
          \voiceTwo
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }
      >>
    }

    \new Staff = "down" {
      \clef bass
    }
  >>
}

bars = {
  \tempo "Allegro" 4=120
  s1*2
  \repeat unfold 5 { \mark \default s1*2 }
  \bar "||"
  \tempo "Adagio" 4=40
  s1*2
  \repeat unfold 8 { \mark \default s1*2 }
  \bar "|."
}
winds = \repeat unfold 120 { c''4 }
trumpet = { \repeat unfold 8 g'2 R1*16 \repeat unfold 4 g'2 R1*8 }
trombone = { \repeat unfold 4 c'1 R1*8 d'1 R1*17 }
strings = \repeat unfold 240 { c''8 }

#(set-global-staff-size 16)
\paper {
  systems-per-page = 5
  ragged-last-bottom = ##f
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  indent = 16\mm
  short-indent = 5\mm
  \context {
    \name MarkLine
    \type Engraver_group
    \consists Output_property_engraver
    \consists Axis_group_engraver
    \consists Mark_engraver
    \consists Metronome_mark_engraver
    \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-empty = ##t
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-layer = #'any
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing.padding = 1
    keepAliveInterfaces = #'()
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-empty = ##t
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-layer = ##f
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \accepts MarkLine
    \consists Keep_alive_together_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove Mark_engraver
    \remove Metronome_mark_engraver
    \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override BarNumber.Y-offset = #3
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new StaffGroup = "winds" \with {
      instrumentName = "Winds"
      shortInstrumentName = "W."
    } <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff \winds
    >>
    \new StaffGroup = "brass" <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff = "trumpet" \with {
        instrumentName = "Trumpet"
        shortInstrumentName = "Tp."
      } \trumpet
      \new Staff = "trombone" \with {
        instrumentName = "Trombone"
        shortInstrumentName = "Tb."
      } \trombone
    >>
    \new StaffGroup = "strings" \with {
      instrumentName = "Strings"
      shortInstrumentName = "Str."
    } <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff = "strings" { \strings }
    >>
  >>
}

#(set-global-staff-size 15)

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
  print-all-headers = ##t
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  indent = 0

  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \consists Text_mark_engraver
    \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    systemStartDelimiterHierarchy =
      #'(SystemStartBrace (SystemStartBracket a b))
  }

  \context {
    \Score
    \remove Text_mark_engraver
    \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override SystemStartBrace.style = #'bar-line
    \omit SystemStartBar
    \override SystemStartBrace.padding = #-0.1
    \override SystemStartBrace.thickness = #1.6
    \override StaffGrouper.staffgroup-staff-spacing.basic-distance = #15
  }
}

%%%% EXAMPLE

txt =
\lyricmode {
  Wer4 nur den lie -- ben Gott läßt wal2 -- ten4
  und4 hof -- fet auf ihn al -- le Zeit2.
}

% First StaffGroup "exercise"

eI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup {
    \bold Teacher:
    This is a simple setting of the choral. Please improve it. }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis2
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a gis
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

eII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo
  \partial 4 c4
  e e e gis
  a f e2
  b4 b d d
  c c d d
  c2.
  \bar ":|."
}

eIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a4
  c b a b
  c d b2
  gis4 g g b
  c a f e
  e2.
}

eIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a,4
  a' gis a e
  a, d e2
  e,4\fermata e' b g
  c f d e
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

exercise = \new StaffGroup = "exercise" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \eI
    \new Voice \eII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \eIII
    \new Voice \eIV
  >>
>>

% Second StaffGroup "simple Bach"

sbI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup { \bold" Pupil:" Here's my version! }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis2
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a gis
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

sbII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo
  \partial 4 c8 d
  e4 e e8 f g4
  f f e2
  b4 b8 c d4 d
  e8 d c4 b8 c d4
  c2.
  \bar ":|."
}

sbIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a8 b
  c4 b a b8 c
  d4 d8 c b2
  gis4 g g8 a b4
  b a8 g f4 e
  e2.
}

sbIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a,4
  a' gis a e
  f8 e d4 e2
  e,4\fermata e' b a8 g
  c4 f8 e d4 e
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

simpleBach = \new StaffGroup = "simple Bach" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \sbI
    \new Voice \sbII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \sbIII
    \new Voice \sbIV
  >>
>>

% Third StaffGroup "chromatic Bach"

cbI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup {
    \bold "Teacher:"
    \column {
      "Well, you simply copied and transposed a version of J.S.Bach."
      "Do you know this one?"
    }
  }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis4. fis8
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a8 b gis4
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

cbII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 c8 d
  e4 e e8 fis gis4
  a8 g! f!4 e2
  b4 e e d
  d8[ cis] d dis e fis e4
  e2.
  \bar ":|."
}

cbIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a8 b
  c[ b] a gis8 a4 d,
  e8[ e'] d c b4. a8
  gis4 b c d8 c
  b[ a] a b c b b c16 d
  c2.
}

cbIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a4
  c, e a, b
  c d e2
  e4\fermata e a b8 c
  gis[ g] fis f e dis e4
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

chromaticBach = \new StaffGroup = "chromatic Bach" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \cbI
    \new Voice \cbII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \cbIII
    \new Voice \cbIV
  >>
>>

% Score

\score {
  <<
    \exercise
    \simpleBach
    \chromaticBach
  >>

  \header {
    title = \markup \column {
              \combine \null \vspace #1
              "Exercise: Improve the given choral"
              " "
            }
  }

  \layout {
    \context {
      \Lyrics
      \override LyricText.X-offset = #-1
    }
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \chords { c1 c1 }
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
    {
      \repeat volta 2 { c'1 \alternative { c' } }
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Volta_engraver"
    }
  }
}

voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    c1
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { d1 }
      \volta 2 { e1 }
    }
  }
}

<<
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
      \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
>>

\relative c'' {
  c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}

#(define (add-link url-strg)
  (lambda (grob)
    (let* ((stil (ly:grob-property grob 'stencil)))
      (if (ly:stencil? stil)
          (let* ((x-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil X))
                 (y-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil Y))
                 (url-expr `(url-link ,url-strg ,x-ext ,y-ext))
                 (new-stil
                   (ly:stencil-add
                     (ly:make-stencil url-expr x-ext y-ext)
                     stil)))
          (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'stencil new-stil))))))

%%%% test

%% For easier maintenance of this snippet the URL is formatted to use the
%% actually used LilyPond version.
%% Of course a literal URL would work as well.

#(define major.minor-version
  (string-join (take (string-split (lilypond-version) #\.) 2) "."))

urlI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

urlII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/rhythms"
  major.minor-version)

urlIII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-heads"
  major.minor-version)

urlIV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/beams"
  major.minor-version)

urlV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-head-styles"
  major.minor-version)

urlVI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

\relative c' {
   \key cis \minor

   \once \override Staff.Clef.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.Clef.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlI)

   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlII)

   \once \override NoteHead.color = #green
   \once \override NoteHead.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIII)

   cis'1
   \once \override Beam.color = #green
   \once \override Beam.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIV)
   cis8 dis e fis gis2
   <gis,
    \tweak Accidental.color #green
    \tweak Accidental.after-line-breaking #(add-link urlVI)
    \tweak color #green
    \tweak after-line-breaking #(add-link urlV)
    \tweak style #'harmonic
    bis
    dis
    fis
   >1
   <cis, cis' e>
}

high  = { r4 r8 <g c'> q r8 r4 }
low = { c4 r4 c8 r8 g,8 b, }
pulse = { s8^"1" s^"&" s^"2" s^"&" s^"3" s^"&" s^"4" s^"&" }

\score {
 \new TabStaff {
   \repeat unfold 2 << \high \\ \low \\ \pulse >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \TabStaff
      \clef moderntab
      \revert TextScript.stencil
      \override TextScript.font-series = #'bold
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextScript.color = #red
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      proportionalNotationDuration = #1/8
    }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
  \override Fingering.staff-padding = #'()
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>4 g'-0
  a8[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##f
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##t
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = #only-if-beamed
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
}

music = \relative c' {
  \repeat volta 3 {
    c4 d e f |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { c4 d e f | c2 d \break }
      \volta 2 { f4 g a b | f4 g a b | f2 a | \break }
      \volta 3 { c4 d e f | c2 d } } }
  c1 \bar "|."
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large "default"
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers-with-letters"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers-with-letters
  \music
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override TextMark.Y-offset = #5
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \once \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  c2\startGroup
  d2\stopGroup
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
    \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  }
}

{
  \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a"
    c''\startGroup d''\stopGroup
    \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a'"
    e''\startGroup d''\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak outside-staff-priority #801
      \tweak HorizontalBracketText.text
        \markup \bold \huge "b" \startGroup
     -\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup
    e''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a'" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text foo \startGroup
    d'' e'' f'' | \break
  g'' a'' b'' c'''\stopGroup
}

fragment = {
  \key c \major
  c2 d
  e2 f
  g2 a
  b2 c
}

\new Staff {
  \transpose c d
  \relative c' {
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa
                               #f la ti)
    \fragment
  }

  \break

  \relative c' {
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(cross triangle fa #f
                               mensural xcircle diamond)
    \fragment
  }
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
  c2-\markup { \whiteout \pad-markup #0.5 "middle C" } c
}

\relative c' {
  <\tweak font-size #+2 c e g c
   \tweak font-size #-2 e>1
   ^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}

\relative c' {
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDotted
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDashed
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
}

% Association list of pitches to colors.
#(define color-mapping
   (list
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 FLAT) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 NATURAL) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))))

% Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
   (and
    (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
    (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))

#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
   (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
     (if color
         (cdr color))))

#(define (color-notehead grob)
   (pitch-to-color
    (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch)))

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \override NoteHead.color = #color-notehead
    c8 b d dis ees f g aes
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

\relative c'' {
  \after 2*2/3 \turn c2( d4) r |
  \after 4 \turn c4.( d8)
  \after 4
  {
    \once \set suggestAccidentals = ##t
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.outside-staff-priority = ##f
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.avoid-slur = #'inside
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.font-size = -3
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.script-priority = -1
    \once \hideNotes
    cis8\turn \noBeam
  }
  d4.( e8)
}

#(set-global-staff-size 10)   % for the documentation
% #(set-global-staff-size 20) % for letter and A4

\book {
  \score {
    { \repeat unfold 12 { s1 \break } }

    \layout {
      indent = 0
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \remove "Clef_engraver"
        \remove "Bar_engraver"
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
      }
    }
  }

  % for the documentation
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a6")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 90\mm
    left-margin = 7.5\mm
    bottom-margin = 5\mm
    top-margin = 5\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }

  % uncomment these lines for "letter" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "letter")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 7.5\in
    left-margin = 0.5\in
    bottom-margin = 0.25\in
    top-margin = 0.25\in
    tagline = ##f
   }
  %}

  % uncomment these lines for "A4" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a4")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 180\mm
    left-margin = 15\mm
    bottom-margin = 10\mm
    top-margin = 10\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }
  %}
}

\relative c' {
  c1-10
  c1-50
  c1-36
  c1-29
}

\relative c'' {
  a4 b c b
  \override Stem.neutral-direction = #up
  a4 b c b
  \override Stem.neutral-direction = #down
  a4 b c b
}

InstrumentNameFontSize =
#(define-music-function (font-size-pair) (pair?)
   "Set the font size of `InstrumentName` grobs.

The first value of FONT-SIZE-PAIR sets the font size of the initial
`instrumentName` property, the second value sets the font size of
`shortInstrumentName`."
   ;; This code could be changed or extended to set different values
   ;; for each occurrence of `shortInstrumentName'.
   #{
     \override InstrumentName.after-line-breaking =
       #(lambda (grob)
          (let* ((orig (ly:grob-original grob))
                 (siblings (if (ly:grob? orig)
                               (ly:spanner-broken-into orig)
                               '())))
            (when (pair? siblings)
              (ly:grob-set-property! (car siblings)
                                     'font-size (car font-size-pair))
              (for-each
               (lambda (g)
                 (ly:grob-set-property! g
                                        'font-size (cdr font-size-pair)))
               (cdr siblings)))))
   #})

\layout {
  indent = 3\cm
  short-indent = 0.8\cm

  \context {
    \Staff
    \InstrumentNameFontSize #'(6 . -3)
  }
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
       instrumentName = "Flute"
       shortInstrumentName = "Fl." } {
    c''1 \break c'' \break c'' }
  \new Staff \with {
       instrumentName = "Violin"
       shortInstrumentName = "Vl." } {
    c''1 \break c'' \break c'' }
>>

\relative c'' {
  \once \override TextScript.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
  c'4^"foo"

  \tweak Stem.stencil
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.05 0.25 ly:stem::print)
  b8

  c4.^"bar" c4

  \override Score.RehearsalMark.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.15 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
  \mark \default
  c1
}

circle = \tweak NoteHead.stencil
  #(lambda (grob)
    (let* ((note (ly:note-head::print grob))
           (combo-stencil (ly:stencil-add
               note
               (circle-stencil note 0.1 0.8))))
          (ly:make-stencil (ly:stencil-expr combo-stencil)
            (ly:stencil-extent note X)
            (ly:stencil-extent note Y))))
  \etc

{ \circle c'' }

\relative c' {
  c1
  \set Score.rehearsalMarkFormatter =
    #(lambda (mark context)
             (make-circle-markup (format-mark-numbers mark context)))
  \mark \default

  c2 d^\markup {
    \override #'(thickness . 3) {
      \circle foo
    }
  }
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #all-visible
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
}

\relative c'' {
  a2-\markup \postscript "0 3 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
    -\markup \postscript "[1 1] 0 setdash
                          0 0 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
  b2-\markup \postscript "1 1 moveto
                          0 0 1 2 8 4 10 2 rcurveto
                          stroke"
  a'1
}

(path thickness command-list line-cap-style line-join-style fill)

parallelogram =
  #(ly:make-stencil
    '(path 0.1
           (rmoveto 0 0.25
            lineto 1.2 0.75
            lineto 1.2 -0.25
            lineto 0 -0.75
            lineto 0 0.25)
           round
           round
           #t)
    (cons -0.05 1.25)
    (cons -.75 .75))

myNoteHeads = \override NoteHead.stencil = \parallelogram
normalNoteHeads = \revert NoteHead.stencil

\relative c'' {
  \myNoteHeads
  g4 d'
  \normalNoteHeads
  <f, \tweak stencil \parallelogram b e>4 d
}

\new ChoirStaff <<
  \new Staff {
    \relative c'' {
      \stemUp
      c'4. d8 e8 f g4
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \relative c {
      % this moves them up one staff space from the default position
      \override Score.GridLine.extra-offset = #'(0.0 . 1.0)
      \stemDown
      \clef bass
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 5.0
      c4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 1.0
      g'4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 3.0
      f4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 5.0
      e4
    }
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    % set up grids
    \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
    % set the grid interval to one quarter note
    gridInterval = #1/4
    }
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
    % this moves them to the right half a staff space
    \override NoteColumn.X-offset = -0.5
  }
}

\new ChoirStaff {
  \relative c'' <<
    \new Staff {
      \time 12/8
      \stemUp
      c4. d8 e8 f g4 f8 e8. d16 c8
    }
    \new Staff {
      % hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible
      \hideNotes
      \hide Staff.BarLine
      \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-count = #0
      \hide Staff.TimeSignature
      \hide Staff.Clef

      % dummy notes to force regular note spacing
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
    % center grid lines horizontally below note heads
    \override NoteColumn.X-offset = #-0.5
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
    gridInterval = #1/8
    % set line length and positioning:
    % two staff spaces above center line on hidden staff
    % to four spaces below center line on visible staff
    \override GridPoint.Y-extent = #'(2 . -4)
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    d4( e\2)
    a( g)
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    % chord hammer-on and pull-off
    \set doubleSlurs = ##t
    <g' b>8( <a c> <g b>)
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    << { \voiceOne g2( a) }
    \\ { \voiceTwo a,( b) }
    >> \oneVoice
  }
}

{
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions =
    #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
  d'4 e' f' g'
}

speakOn = \override Stem.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
            (is-rest? (ly:grob? (ly:grob-object x-parent 'rest))))
       (if is-rest?
           empty-stencil
           (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
            (ly:stem::print grob)
            Y
            (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
            (grob-interpret-markup
	     grob
             (markup #:center-align #:fontsize -4
                     #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
            -1.7))))

speakOff = \revert Stem.stencil

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    a4 b a c
    \speakOn
    g4 f r g8 a
    b4 r r8 d e4
    \speakOff
    c4 a g f
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists #Measure_counter_engraver
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    c'4 d' e' f'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
  \bar "||"
  g'4 f' e' d'
  \override Staff.MeasureCounter.count-from = #2
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 5 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  g'4 f'
  \bar ""
  \break
  e'4 d'
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists Measure_spanner_engraver
  }
}

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    \key d \minor
    R1*2
    \tweak text "Answer"
    \startMeasureSpanner
    \tuplet 3/2 8 {
      a16[ b c] d[ c b]  c[ d e] f[ e d]
    }
    e8 a gis g
    fis f e d~ d c b e
    \stopMeasureSpanner
  }
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \key d \minor
    \tweak text "Subject"
      \tweak direction #DOWN
      \startMeasureSpanner
    \tuplet 3/2 8 {
      d16[ e f] g[ f e] f[ g a] bes[ a g]
    }
    a8 d cis c
    b bes a g~ g f e a
    \stopMeasureSpanner
    \tweak text "Counter-subject"
      \tweak direction #DOWN
      \startMeasureSpanner
    f8 e a r r16 b, c d e fis g e
    a gis a b c fis, b a gis e a4 g8
    \stopMeasureSpanner
  }
>>

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \relative c' {
    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
    <c-1 d-2 a'-5>4
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 0.2)-2 a'-5>

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
    <c-1 d-2 a'-5>
    <c-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . -1.1)-1
     d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1.2 . -1.8)-2 a'-5> |

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-0.3 . 0)-2 a'-5>4
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1 . 1.2)-2 a'-5>

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1.1)-2
     a'-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1)-5>
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1.2 . 1.5)-2
     a'-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1.4)-5> |
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override TextScript.avoid-slur = #'inside
  \override TextScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
  c2(^\markup { \halign #-10 \natural } d4.) c8
}

{
  b1^\markup {
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
  f'_\markup {
    \override #'(text-direction . -1)
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
}

stringNumberSpanner =
  #(define-music-function (StringNumber) (string?)
    #{
      \override TextSpanner.style = #'solid
      \override TextSpanner.font-size = #-5
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
        \markup { \circle \number $StringNumber }
    #})

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  \textSpannerDown
  \stringNumberSpanner "5" a8\startTextSpan b c d
    e f\stopTextSpan \stringNumberSpanner "4" g\startTextSpan a |
  bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}

{
  \override Score.StaffSymbol.layer = 4
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.layer = 3
  b'2 b'~
  \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.whiteout = ##t
  \time 3/4
  b' r4
}

high  = { r4 r8 <g c'> q r8 r4 }
low = { c4 r4 c8 r8 g,8 b, }
pulse = { s8^"1" s^"&" s^"2" s^"&" s^"3" s^"&" s^"4" s^"&" }

\score {
 \new TabStaff {
   \repeat unfold 2 << \high \\ \low \\ \pulse >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \TabStaff
      \clef moderntab
      \revert TextScript.stencil
      \override TextScript.font-series = #'bold
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextScript.color = #red
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      proportionalNotationDuration = #1/8
    }
  }
}

\paper { tagline = ##f }

% first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:
date = #(strftime "%d-%m-%Y" (localtime (current-time)))

% use it in the title block:
\header {
  title = "Including the date!"
  subtitle = \date
}

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c4 c c c
  }
}
% and use it in a \markup block:
\markup {
  \date
}

music = \relative c' { c4 d e f | g4 f e d | c1 }
text = \lyricmode { aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa }

<<
  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Default layout:
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto melody \text

  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics.
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing =
      #'((basic-distance . 1))
  } \lyricsto melody \text
>>

\paper {
  left-margin = 3\cm
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    instrumentName = \markup \left-column { "Left aligned"
                                            "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Left"
  } {
    c''1 \break c''1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
    instrumentName = \markup \center-column { Centered
                                              "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Centered"
  } {
    g'1 g'1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
    instrumentName = \markup \right-column { "Right aligned"
                                             "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Right"
  } {
    e'1 e'1
  }
>>

\layout {
  indent = 4\cm
  short-indent = 2\cm
  line-width = 6.5\cm
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \new Voice = "vocal" \relative c'' {
      \override TextScript.staff-padding = #2
      c d~^\markup default  d e
      c d~^\markup "right aligned" d e
      c d~^\markup "center aligned" d e
      c d~^\markup "reset to default" d e
    }
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "vocal" {
    word word word
    \set lyricMelismaAlignment = #RIGHT
    word word word
    \set lyricMelismaAlignment = #CENTER
    word word word
    \unset lyricMelismaAlignment
    word word word
  }
>>

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\layout {
  line-length = 80\mm
}

{
  \textMark "mark a" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark b" c'1 |
  \break
  \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
  \textMark "mark c" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark d" c'1 |
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
  c2-\markup { \whiteout \pad-markup #0.5 "middle C" } c
}

hairpinWithCenteredText =
#(define-music-function (text) (markup?)
  #{
    \once \override Voice.Hairpin.after-line-breaking =
      #(lambda (grob)
         (let* ((stencil (ly:hairpin::print grob))
                (par-y (ly:grob-parent grob Y))
                (dir (ly:grob-property par-y 'direction))
                (staff-line-thickness
                 (ly:output-def-lookup (ly:grob-layout grob)
                                       'line-thickness))
                (new-stencil
                 (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                  (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to stencil X CENTER)
                   Y dir
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                    (grob-interpret-markup
                     grob
                     (make-fontsize-markup
                      (magnification->font-size
                       (+ (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob)
                          (/ staff-line-thickness 2)))
                      text))
                    X CENTER))
                  X LEFT))
                (staff-space (ly:output-def-lookup
                 (ly:grob-layout grob) 'staff-space))
                (par-x (ly:grob-parent grob X))
                (dyn-text (grob::has-interface par-x
                                               'dynamic-text-interface))
                (dyn-text-stencil-x-length
                 (if dyn-text
                     (interval-length
                      (ly:stencil-extent
                       (ly:grob-property par-x 'stencil) X))
                     0))
                (x-shift
                 (if dyn-text (- (+ staff-space dyn-text-stencil-x-length)
                                 (* 0.5 staff-line-thickness))
                     0)))
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'Y-offset 0)
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob
                                  'stencil (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                                            new-stencil
                                            x-shift X))))
  #})

hairpinMolto = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \italic molto }
hairpinMore = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \larger moltissimo }

\relative c' {
  \hairpinMolto c2\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
  \break
  \hairpinMolto c2^\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
}

{
  c'2
  \ottava 1
  \set Staff.ottavation = "8"
  c''2
  \ottava 0
  c'1
  \ottava 1
  \set Staff.ottavation = "Text"
  c''1
}

%{
You may have to install additional fonts.

Red Hat Fedora: dejavu-fonts-all

Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu: fonts-dejavu-core
                          fonts-dejavu-extra
%}

\paper {
  %{
     run
         lilypond -dshow-available-fonts
     to show all fonts available in the process log.
  %}
  property-defaults.fonts.serif = "DejaVu Serif"
  property-defaults.fonts.sans = "DejaVu Sans"
  property-defaults.fonts.typewriter = "DejaVu Sans Mono"
}

{
  g'''4^\markup {
    DejaVu Serif: \bold bold
                  \italic italic
                  \italic \bold { bold italic }
  }
  g4_\markup {
    \override #'(font-family . sans) {
      DejaVu Sans: \bold bold
                   \italic italic
                   \italic \bold { bold italic }
    }
  }
  g''2^\markup {
    \override #'(font-family . typewriter) {
      DejaVu Sans Mono: \bold bold
                        \italic italic
                        \italic \bold { bold italic }
    }
  }
}

piuF = \markup { \italic più \dynamic f }

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c-\piuF
  }
}

piuF = #(make-dynamic-script
          #{ \markup { \normal-text \italic più \dynamic f } #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c\piuF
  }
}

musicUp = \relative c'' {
  \time 4/4
  a4 c4.( g8) a4 |
  g4 e' g,( a8 b) |
  c b a2.
}

musicDown = \relative c'' {
  g4 e4.( d8) c4 |
  r2 g'4( f8 e) |
  d2 \stemDown a
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName = "standard polyphony"
    } << \musicUp \\ \musicDown >>

    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName =
        \markup { \typewriter "\\partCombine" without text}
      printPartCombineTexts = ##f
    } \partCombine \musicUp \musicDown

    \new Staff \with {
      instrumentName =
        \markup { \typewriter "\\partCombine" with text}
    } \partCombine \musicUp \musicDown
  >>

  \layout {
    indent = 6.0\cm
    \context {
      \Score
      % Setting this to a large value avoids a bar line at the
      % beginning that would connect the three staves otherwise.
      \override SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 30
    }
  }
}

paren =
#(define-event-function (dyn) (ly:event?)
   (make-dynamic-script
    #{ \markup \concat {
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 (
         \pad-x #0.2 #(ly:music-property dyn 'text)
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 )
       }
    #}))

\relative c'' {
  c4\paren\f c c \dynamicUp c\paren\p
}

\paper { ragged-right = ##f }

\relative c'' {
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = #"bla"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = #"blu"
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'line
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'dashed-line
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . 1) }
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . -2) }
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = #-2
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.dash-period = #10
  \override TextSpanner.dash-fraction = #0.5
  \override TextSpanner.thickness = #10
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan
}

\paper {
  #(set-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
  print-all-headers = ##t
}

\book {
  \header {
    title = "title"
    subtitle = "subtitle"
    composer = "composer"
    arranger = "arranger"
    instrument = "instrument"
    meter = "meter"
    opus = "opus"
    piece = "piece"
    poet = "poet"
    copyright = "copyright"
    tagline = "tagline"
  }

  \bookpart {
    \score {
      \relative c'' { c1 | c | c | c }

      \header {
        title = "localtitle"
        subtitle = "localsubtitle"
        composer = "localcomposer"
        arranger = "localarranger"
        instrument = "localinstrument"
        meter = "localmeter"
        opus = "localopus"
        piece = "localpiece"
        poet = "localpoet"
        copyright = "localcopyright"
        tagline = "localtagline"
      }
    }
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  a2-\markup \postscript "0 3 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
    -\markup \postscript "[1 1] 0 setdash
                          0 0 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
  b2-\markup \postscript "1 1 moveto
                          0 0 1 2 8 4 10 2 rcurveto
                          stroke"
  a'1
}

mel = \relative c'' { c4 c c c c1 }
lyr = \lyricmode {
  Your lyrics \markup { \italic can }
  \markup { \with-color #red contain }
  \markup { \fontsize #8 \bold Markup! }
}

<<
  \new Voice = "melody" \mel
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" \lyr
>>

\lyrics {
  wa~o~a
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  c1 c c c
}

\addlyrics {
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
  "left-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
  "centered"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = 1
  "right-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #-1.5
  "very right"
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)

\paper {
  line-width = 11\cm
  tagline = ##f
}

#(define-markup-list-command (paragraph layout props args) (markup-list?)
  (interpret-markup-list layout props
   (make-justified-lines-markup-list (cons (make-hspace-markup 2) args))))

\book { % for correct rendering in the PDF documentation
  % Candide, Voltaire
  \markuplist {
    \override-lines #'(baseline-skip . 2.5) {
      \paragraph {
        Il y avait en Westphalie, dans le château de M. le baron de
        Thunder-ten-tronckh, un jeune garçon à qui la nature avait donné
        les mœurs les plus douces.  Sa physionomie annonçait son âme.
        Il avait le jugement assez droit, avec l'esprit le plus
        \concat { simple \hspace #.3 ; }
        c'est, je crois, pour cette raison qu'on le nommait Candide.  Les
        anciens domestiques de la maison soupçonnaient qu'il était fils
        de la sœur de monsieur le baron et d'un bon et honnête
        gentilhomme du voisinage, que cette demoiselle ne voulut jamais
        épouser parce qu'il n'avait pu prouver que soixante et onze
        quartiers, et que le reste de son arbre généalogique avait été
        perdu par l'injure du temps.
      }
      \vspace #.3
      \paragraph {
        Monsieur le baron était un des plus puissants seigneurs de la
        Westphalie, car son château avait une porte et des fenêtres.  Sa
        grande salle même était ornée d'une tapisserie.  Tous les chiens
        de ses basses-cours composaient une meute dans le
        \concat { besoin \hspace #.3 ; }
        ses palefreniers étaient ses
        \concat { piqueurs \hspace #.3 ; }
        le vicaire du village était
        son grand-aumônier.  Ils l'appelaient tous monseigneur, et ils
        riaient quand il faisait des contes.
      }
    }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \compressMMRests {
    \textLengthOn
    <>^\markup { [MAJOR GENERAL] }
    R1*19
    <>_\markup { \italic { Cue: ... it is yours } }
    <>^\markup { A }
    R1*30^\markup { [MABEL] }
    \textLengthOff
    c4^\markup { CHORUS } d f c
  }
}

\paper {
  paper-width = 8\cm
  paper-height = 8\cm
}

\header {
  title = \markup "Title"
  tagline = \markup "(tagline)"
}

\markup "Top-level markup"

dyn = #(make-dynamic-script #{ \markup \serif "DynamicText" #})

<<
  \new ChordNames \with {
    majorSevenSymbol = \markup "majorSevenSymbol"
  } \chordmode { c1:maj7 }
  \new Staff {
    \tempo \markup "MetronomeMark"
    \textMark \markup "TextMark"

    \once \override TupletNumber.text = \markup "TupletNumber"
      \tuplet 3/2 {
        \once \override NoteHead.stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
        \once \override NoteHead.text = \markup \lower #0.5 "NoteHead"
        c''8^\markup "TextScript"

        \once \override Rest.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
          (grob-interpret-markup grob #{ \markup "Rest" #}))
        r4
      }
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { \markup "LyricText" 1 }
  \new Dynamics { s1\dyn }
>>

\markup { Processed with LilyPond version #(lilypond-version) }

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff = upper { \new Voice = "singer" \upper }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "singer" \text
    \new Staff = lower { \lower }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff { \mark \default c''1 \textMark "molto" c'' }
    \new Staff { \mark \default c'1 \textMark "molto" c' }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove Mark_engraver
      \remove Text_mark_engraver
      \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    }
    \context {
      \Staff
      \consists Mark_engraver
      \consists Text_mark_engraver
      \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    }
  }
}

{
  b1^\markup {
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
  f'_\markup {
    \override #'(text-direction . -1)
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
}

<<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice = "voc" \relative c' { \stemDown a bes c8 b c4 }
  >>
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override LyricText.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricExtender.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricHyphen.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
  } \lyricsto "voc" { La la -- la __ _ la }
>>

\markup {
  \fill-line {
    \hspace #1
    \column {
      \line { O sacrum convivium }
      \line { in quo Christus sumitur, }
      \line { recolitur memoria passionis ejus, }
      \line { mens impletur gratia, }
      \line { futurae gloriae nobis pignus datur. }
      \line { Amen. }
    }
    \hspace #2
    \column \italic {
      \line { O sacred feast }
      \line { in which Christ is received, }
      \line { the memory of His Passion is renewed, }
      \line { the mind is filled with grace, }
      \line { and a pledge of future glory is given to us. }
      \line { Amen. }
    }
    \hspace #1
  }
}

stringNumberSpanner =
  #(define-music-function (StringNumber) (string?)
    #{
      \override TextSpanner.style = #'solid
      \override TextSpanner.font-size = #-5
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
        \markup { \circle \number $StringNumber }
    #})

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  \textSpannerDown
  \stringNumberSpanner "5" a8\startTextSpan b c d
    e f\stopTextSpan \stringNumberSpanner "4" g\startTextSpan a |
  bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}

% New command to add a three-sided box, with sides north, west, and south.
% Based on the `box-stencil` command defined in `scm/stencil.scm`.
% Note that ";;" is used to comment a line in Scheme.
#(define-public (NWS-box-stencil stencil thickness padding)
   "Add a box around STENCIL, producing a new stencil."
   (let* ((x-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil X) padding))
          (y-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil Y) padding))
          (y-rule (make-filled-box-stencil (cons 0 thickness) y-ext))
          (x-rule (make-filled-box-stencil
                   (interval-widen x-ext thickness) (cons 0 thickness))))
     ;; (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X 1 y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X LEFT y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y UP x-rule 0.0))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y DOWN x-rule 0.0))
     stencil))

% The corresponding markup command, based on the `\box` command defined
% in `scm/define-markup-commands.scm`.
#(define-markup-command (NWS-box layout props arg) (markup?)
   #:properties ((thickness 0.1) (font-size 0) (box-padding 0.2))
   "Draw a box round ARG.

Look at THICKNESS, BOX-PADDING, and FONT-SIZE properties to determine
line thickness and padding around the markup."
   (let ((pad (* (magstep font-size) box-padding))
         (m (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
     (NWS-box-stencil m thickness pad)))

\relative c' {
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box ABCD }
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box \note {4} #1.0 }
}

%{
You may have to install additional fonts.

Red Hat Fedora: linux-libertine-fonts (Latin, Cyrillic, Hebrew)
                google-noto-serif-jp-fonts (Japanese)

Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu: fonts-linuxlibertine (Latin, Cyrillic, Hebrew)
                          fonts-noto-cjk (Japanese)
%}

% 'Linux Libertine' fonts also contain Cyrillic and Hebrew glyphs.
\paper {
  property-defaults.fonts.serif =
    "Linux Libertine O, Noto Serif CJK JP, Noto Serif JP"
}

bulgarian = \lyricmode {
  Жълтата дюля беше щастлива, че пухът, който цъфна, замръзна като гьон.
}

hebrew = \lyricmode {
  זה כיף סתם לשמוע איך תנצח קרפד עץ טוב בגן.
}

japanese = \lyricmode {
  いろはにほへど ちりぬるを
  わがよたれぞ  つねならむ
  うゐのおくや  まけふこえて
  あさきゆめみじ ゑひもせず
}

% "a nice song for you"
portuguese = \lyricmode {
  à vo -- cê uma can -- ção le -- gal
}

\relative c' {
  c2 d
  e2 f
  g2 f
  e2 d
}
\addlyrics { \bulgarian }
\addlyrics { \hebrew }
\addlyrics { \japanese }
\addlyrics { \portuguese }

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative c'' {
  c4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative c' {
  e4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative c' {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative c {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    % we could remove the line about this with the line below, since
    % we want the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords

    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    % again, we could replace the line above this with the line below.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

voltaAdLib = \markup { \volta-number { 1. 2. 3... } \italic { ad lib. } }

\relative c'' {
  c1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #`((volta ,voltaAdLib) start-repeat)
  c4 b d e
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
  f1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
}

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \override Ambitus.X-offset = 2.0
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

#(define-markup-command (arrow-at-angle layout props angle-deg length fill)
   (number? number? boolean?)
   (let* ((PI-OVER-180 (/ (atan 1 1) 34))
          (degrees->radians (lambda (degrees) (* degrees PI-OVER-180)))
          (angle-rad (degrees->radians angle-deg))
          (target-x (* length (cos angle-rad)))
          (target-y (* length (sin angle-rad))))
     (interpret-markup layout props
       (markup
        #:translate (cons (/ target-x 2) (/ target-y 2))
        #:rotate angle-deg
        #:translate (cons (/ length -2) 0)
        #:concat (#:draw-line (cons length 0)
                   #:arrow-head X RIGHT fill)))))

splitStaffBarLineMarkup = \markup \with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
  \combine
  \arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
  \arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
}

splitStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob splitStaffBarLineMarkup)
      0))
  \break
}

convDownStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . -.13)\arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

convUpStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . .14)\arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

\paper {
  indent = 10\mm
  short-indent = 10\mm
  line-width = 8\cm
}

separateSopranos = {
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "AI AII"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "AI AII"
  \splitStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "up"
}
convSopranos = {
  \convDownStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "shared"
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "S A"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "S A"
}

sI = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 f''2
  \separateSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 g''2
  \convSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 c''2
}
sII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \change Staff = "up"
  \repeat unfold 4 d''2
}
aI = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 a'2
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 b'2
  \convUpStaffBarLine
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
aII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
ten = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
  \repeat unfold 4 d'2
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
}
bas = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 f2
  \repeat unfold 4 g2
  \repeat unfold 4 c2
}

\markup \pad-x #3  % avoid cropping
  \score {
    <<
      \new ChoirStaff <<
        \new Staff = up \with {
          instrumentName = "SI SII"
          shortInstrumentName = "SI SII"
        } {
          s1*4
        }

        \new Staff = shared \with {
          instrumentName = "S A"
          shortInstrumentName = "S A"
        } <<
          \new Voice = sopI \sI
          \new Voice = sopII \sII
          \new Voice = altI \aI
          \new Voice = altII \aII
        >>
        \new Lyrics \with {
          alignBelowContext = up
        }
        \lyricsto sopII { e f g h }
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto altI { a b c d e f g h i j k l }

        \new Staff = men \with {
          instrumentName = "T B"
          shortInstrumentName = "T B"
        } <<
          \clef F
          \new Voice = ten \ten
          \new Voice = bas \bas
        >>
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto bas { a b c d e f g h i j k l }
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
      }
    }
}

cueWhile =
#(define-music-function
   (instrument name dir music)
   (string? string? ly:dir? ly:music?)
   #{
     \cueDuring $instrument #dir {
       \once \override TextScript.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
       \once \override TextScript.direction = $dir
       <>-\markup { \tiny #name }
       $music
     }
   #})

flute = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  s4 s4 e g
}
\addQuote "flute" { \flute }

clarinet = \relative c' {
  \transposition bes
  fis4 d d c
}
\addQuote "clarinet" { \clarinet }

singer = \relative c'' { c4. g8 g4 bes4 }
words = \lyricmode { here's the lyr -- ics }

pianoRH = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  \cueWhile "clarinet" "Clar." #DOWN { c4. g8 }
  \cueWhile "flute" "Flute" #UP { g4 bes4 }
}
pianoLH = \relative c { c4 <c' e> e, <g c> }

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \new Voice = "singer" {
        \singer
      }
    }
    \new Lyrics {
      \lyricsto "singer"
      \words
    }
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice {
          \pianoRH
        }
      }
      \new Staff {
        \clef "bass"
        \pianoLH
      }
    >>
  >>
}

music = \relative c' { c4 d e f | g4 f e d | c1 }
text = \lyricmode { aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa }

<<
  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Default layout:
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto melody \text

  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics.
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing =
      #'((basic-distance . 1))
  } \lyricsto melody \text
>>

<<
  \new Staff {
    \new Voice = "vocal" \relative c'' {
      \override TextScript.staff-padding = #2
      c d~^\markup default  d e
      c d~^\markup "right aligned" d e
      c d~^\markup "center aligned" d e
      c d~^\markup "reset to default" d e
    }
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "vocal" {
    word word word
    \set lyricMelismaAlignment = #RIGHT
    word word word
    \set lyricMelismaAlignment = #CENTER
    word word word
    \unset lyricMelismaAlignment
    word word word
  }
>>

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  }
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \relative c' {
      \time 2/4
      c4 f'
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \relative c' {
      \time  2/4
      \key d \major
      cis4 as'
    }
  }
>>

\new Staff \with {
  \consists Ambitus_engraver
} \relative {
  \ambitusAfter key-signature
  \key d \major
  es'8 g bes cis d2
}

\new Staff \with {
  \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  }
<<
  \new Voice \relative c'' {
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

chant = \relative c' {
  \set Score.timing = ##f
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g f) a2 \finalis \break
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g a) g2( f) \finalis
}

verba = \lyricmode {
  Lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met,
  lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met.
}

\score {
  \new GregorianTranscriptionStaff <<
    \new GregorianTranscriptionVoice = "melody" \chant
    \new GregorianTranscriptionLyrics = "one" \lyricsto melody \verba
  >>
}

SopranoMusic = \relative g' {
  g1 | c2 b | a1 | \bar "||"
  a1 | d2 c | c b | c1 | \bar "||"
}

AltoMusic = \relative c' {
  e1 | g2 g | f1 |
  f1 | f2 e | d d | e1 |
}

TenorMusic = \relative a {
  c1 | c2 c | c1 |
  d1 | g,2 g | g g | g1 |
}

BassMusic =  \relative c {
  c1 | e2 e | f1 |
  d1 | b2 c | g' g | c,1 |
}

global = {
  \time 2/2
}

dot = \markup {
  \raise #0.7 \musicglyph "dots.dot"
}

tick = \markup {
  \raise #1 \fontsize #-5 \musicglyph "scripts.rvarcomma"
}

% Use markup to center the chant on the page
\markup \fill-line {
  \score { % centered
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \global
        \clef "treble"
        \new Voice = "Soprano" <<
          \voiceOne
          \SopranoMusic
        >>
        \new Voice = "Alto" <<
          \voiceTwo
          \AltoMusic
        >>
      >>

      \new Staff <<
        \clef "bass"
        \global
        \new Voice = "Tenor" <<
          \voiceOne
          \TenorMusic
        >>
        \new Voice = "Bass" <<
          \voiceTwo
          \BassMusic
        >>
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Score
        \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration =
                    \musicLength 2
      }
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
      }
    }
  }  % End score
}  % End markup

\markup \fill-line {
  \left-column {
    \null \null \null
    \line { \fontsize #5 O
            \fontsize #3 come
            let us \bold sing | unto \dot the | Lord : let }
    \line { us heartily \concat { re \bold joice }
            in the | strength of | our }
    \line { sal | vation. }

    \null

    \line { \hspace #2.5 8. Today if ye will hear his voice * }
    \line { \concat { \bold hard en }
            \tick not your \tick hearts : as in the pro- }
    \line { vocation * and as in the \bold day of tempt- \tick }
    \line { -ation \tick in the \tick wilderness. }
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Lyrics
    \override VerticalAxisGroup
              .nonstaff-nonstaff-spacing
              .minimum-distance = ##f
  }
}

aliceSings = \markup { \smallCaps "Alice" }
eveSings = \markup { \smallCaps "Eve" }

<<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice = "alice" {
      f'4^\aliceSings g' r2 |
      s1 |
      f'4^\aliceSings g' r2 |
      s1 | \break
      % ...

      \voiceOne
      s2 a'8^\aliceSings a' b'4 |
      \oneVoice
      g'1
    }
    \new Voice = "eve" {
      s1 |
      a'2^\eveSings g' |
      s1 |
      a'2^\eveSings g'
      % ...

      \voiceTwo
      f'4^\eveSings a'8 g' f'4 e' |
      \oneVoice
      s1
    }
  >>

  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "alice" {
    may -- be
    sec -- ond
    % ...
    Shut up, you fool!
  }

  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "eve" {
    that the
    words are
    % ...
    …and then I was like–
  }
>>

%{
You may have to install additional fonts.

Red Hat Fedora: dejavu-fonts-all

Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu: fonts-dejavu-core
                          fonts-dejavu-extra
%}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  g2 e4
  a2 f4
  g2.
}
\addlyrics {
  \set stanza = #"1. "
  Hi, my name is Bert.
}
\addlyrics {
  \override StanzaNumber.fonts.serif = "DejaVu Sans"
  \set stanza = #"2. "
  \override LyricText.font-family = #'typewriter
  Oh, ché -- ri, je t'aime
}

stemOff = \hide Staff.Stem
stemOn  = \undo \stemOff

\score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \key g \minor
    \cadenzaOn
    \stemOff a'\breve bes'4 g'4
    \stemOn a'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve g'4 a'4
    \stemOn f'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve^\markup { \italic flexe }
    \stemOn g'2 \fine
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c32 c c c
  c32 c c c
  c32 c c c
  c32 c c c
}
\addlyrics {
  syl -- lab word word
  \override LyricHyphen.minimum-distance = #1.0
  syl -- lab word word
  \override LyricHyphen.minimum-distance = #2.0
  syl -- lab word word
  \revert LyricHyphen.minimum-distance
  syl -- lab word word
}

mel = \relative c'' { c4 c c c c1 }
lyr = \lyricmode {
  Your lyrics \markup { \italic can }
  \markup { \with-color #red contain }
  \markup { \fontsize #8 \bold Markup! }
}

<<
  \new Voice = "melody" \mel
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" \lyr
>>

\lyrics {
  wa~o~a
}

Timeline = {
  \time 4/4
  \tempo 4=96
  \partial 2
  s2 | s1 | s2 \breathe s2 | s1 | s2 \caesura \break
  s2 | s1 | s2 \breathe s2 | s1 | s2 \fine
}

SopranoMusic = \relative g' {
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
}

AltoMusic = \relative c' {
  d4 d | d d d d | d d d d | d d d d | d2
  d4 d | d d d d | d d d d | d d d d | d2
}

TenorMusic = \relative a {
  b4 b | b b b b | b b b b | b b b b | b2
  b4 b | b b b b | b b b b | b b b b | b2
}

BassMusic = \relative g {
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
}

global = {
 \key g \major
}

\score {  % Start score
  \new PianoStaff <<  % Start pianostaff
    \new Staff <<  % Start Staff = RH
      \global
      \clef "treble"
      \new Voice = "Soprano" <<  % Start Voice = "Soprano"
        \Timeline
        \voiceOne
        \SopranoMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Soprano"
      \new Voice = "Alto" <<  % Start Voice = "Alto"
        \Timeline
        \voiceTwo
        \AltoMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Alto"
    >>  % End Staff = RH

    \new Staff <<  % Start Staff = LH
      \global
      \clef "bass"
      \new Voice = "Tenor" <<  % Start Voice = "Tenor"
        \Timeline
        \voiceOne
        \TenorMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Tenor"
      \new Voice = "Bass" <<  % Start Voice = "Bass"
        \Timeline
        \voiceTwo
        \BassMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Bass"
    >>  % End Staff = LH
  >>  % End pianostaff
}  % End score

\markup \fill-line {
  \left-column {
    "This is line one of the first verse"
    "This is line two of the same"
    \null
    "And here's line one of the second verse"
    "And the next line of the same"
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    caesuraType = #'((bar-line . "||"))
    fineBarType = "||"
  }
}

\paper {  % Start paper block
  indent = 0         % don't indent first system
  line-width = 130   % shorten line length to suit music
  tagline = ##f      % Don't print tag line, can be removed
}  % End paper block

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  c1 c c c
}

\addlyrics {
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
  "left-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
  "centered"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = 1
  "right-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #-1.5
  "very right"
}

speakOn = \override Stem.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
            (is-rest? (ly:grob? (ly:grob-object x-parent 'rest))))
       (if is-rest?
           empty-stencil
           (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
            (ly:stem::print grob)
            Y
            (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
            (grob-interpret-markup
	     grob
             (markup #:center-align #:fontsize -4
                     #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
            -1.7))))

speakOff = \revert Stem.stencil

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    a4 b a c
    \speakOn
    g4 f r g8 a
    b4 r r8 d e4
    \speakOff
    c4 a g f
  }
}

#(set-global-staff-size 17)

\paper {
  indent = 3.0\cm  % add space for instrumentName
  short-indent = 1.5\cm  % add less space for shortInstrumentName
}

fluteMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

% Pitches as written on a manuscript for Clarinet in A
% are transposed to concert pitch.
clarinetMusic = \transpose c' a
  \relative c'' { \key bes \major bes1 d }

trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }

% Key signature is often omitted for horns
hornMusic = \transpose c' f
  \relative c { d'1 fis }

percussionMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g1 b }

sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key g \major g'1 b }
sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Lyr -- ics }

altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoILyrics = \sopranoLyrics
altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { Ah -- ah }

tenorMusic = \relative c' { \clef "treble_8" \key g \major g1 b }
tenorLyrics = \sopranoLyrics

pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }
pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

violinIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
violinIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key g \major g'1 b }

celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key g \major g,1 b }

\book {
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with { instrumentName = "Flute" }
          \fluteMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" \with {
          instrumentName = \markup { \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat } }
        }
          % Declare that written Middle C in the music
          % to follow sounds a concert B flat, for
          % output using sounded pitches such as MIDI.
          %\transposition bes

          % Print music for a B-flat clarinet
          \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Horn in F"
        }
          % \transposition f
          \transpose f c' \hornMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" \with {
          instrumentName = "Trumpet in  C"
        }
          \trumpetMusic
      >>

      \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" \with {
        instrumentName = "Percussion"
      }
        \percussionMusic

      \new PianoStaff \with {
        instrumentName = "Piano"
      } <<
        \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
        \new Staff { \pianoLHMusic }
      >>

      \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Soprano"
        }
          \new Voice = "soprano" \sopranoMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }

        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with {
          \accepts Lyrics
        } <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto I"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoI"
            \altoIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto II"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoII"
            \altoIIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" \with {
          instrumentName = "Tenor"
        }
          \new Voice = "tenor" \tenorMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin I"
          }
            \violinIMusic
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin II"
          }
            \violinIIMusic
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_viola" \with {
          instrumentName = "Viola"
        }
          \violaMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
          instrumentName = "Cello"
        }
          \celloMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_bass" \with {
          instrumentName = "Double Bass"
        }
          \bassMusic
      >>
    >>
  }
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "mel" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto mel \text
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff = "upper" \upper
      \new Staff = "lower" \lower
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context { \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves }
  }
  \midi { }
}

<<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice = "voc" \relative c' { \stemDown a bes c8 b c4 }
  >>
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override LyricText.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricExtender.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
    \override LyricHyphen.extra-offset = #'(0 . 8.6)
  } \lyricsto "voc" { La la -- la __ _ la }
>>

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
  \dynamicUp
}
sopranonotes = \relative c'' {
  c2 \p \< d c d \f
}
sopranowords = \lyricmode { do do do do }
altonotes = \relative c'' {
  c2\p d c d
}
altowords = \lyricmode { re re re re }
tenornotes = {
  \clef "G_8"
  c2\mp d c d
}
tenorwords = \lyricmode { mi mi mi mi }
bassnotes = {
  \clef bass
  c2\mf d c d
}
basswords = \lyricmode { mi mi mi mi }

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "soprano" <<
        \global
        \sopranonotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" \sopranowords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "alto" <<
        \global
        \altonotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "alto" \altowords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "tenor" <<
        \global
        \tenornotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" \tenorwords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "bass" <<
        \global
        \bassnotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "bass" \basswords
    >>
  >>
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Voice = "one" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

verseI = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"1."
  This is the first verse
}

verseII = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"2."
  This is the second verse.
}

theChords = \chordmode {
  % insert chords for chordnames and fretboards here
  c2 g4 c
}

staffMelody = \relative c' {
   \key c \major
   \clef treble
   % Type notes for melody here
   c4 d8 e f4 g
   \bar "|."
}

\score {
  <<
    \context ChordNames { \theChords }
    \context FretBoards { \theChords }
    \new Staff {
      \context Voice = "voiceMelody" { \staffMelody }
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsI" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseI
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsII" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseII
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score{
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" {
      \autoBeamOff
      \melody
    }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

<<
  \relative c'' { a1 | a }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip1 bla1 }
>>

<<
  \relative c'' { a4 b c d }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
>>

\include "english.ly"

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 2/2
    <<
      \new Voice = "upper"
      <<
        { \voiceOne \arpeggioBracket
          a2( b2
          <b d>1\arpeggio)
          <cs e>\arpeggio ~
          <cs e>4
        }
        \addlyrics { \lyricmode { A -- men. } }
      >>
      \new Voice = "lower"
      { \voiceTwo
        a1 ~
        a
        a ~
        a4 \bar "|."
      }
    >>
  }
}

\layout {
  line-width = 150\mm
}

menrest = #(define-music-function (note) (ly:music?)
              #{
                \tag #'mens $(make-music 'RestEvent note)
                \tag #'mod $(make-music 'RestEvent note 'pitch '())
              #})
Be = \tag #'mod
       #(begin
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "stem does not fit in beam"))
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "beam was started here"))
          (make-span-event 'BeamEvent START))
Am = \tag #'mod ]

MenStyle = {
  \override Score.BarNumber.transparent = ##t
  \override Stem.neutral-direction = #up
  \omit Slur
  \omit Beam
}

finalis = \section

Music = \relative c'' {
  \key f \major
  g1 d'2 \menrest bes4 bes a2 \menrest r4 g4 fis4. fis8 fis4 fis \break
  g e f4.([ g8] a4[ g8 f] g2.\Be fis8 e\Am fis2) g\breve \finalis
}

MenLyr = \lyricmode {
  So farre, deere life, deare life,
  from thy bright beames ab- ſen- ted,
}
ModLyr = \lyricmode {
  So far, dear life, dear life,
  from your bright beams ab -- sen -- ted, __
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mens {
    <<
      \new PetrucciStaff {
        \new PetrucciVoice = "Cantus" {
          \clef "petrucci-c1" \time 4/4 \MenStyle \Music
        }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Cantus" \MenLyr
    >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \PetrucciVoice
      % No longer necessary starting with version 2.25.23.
      \override Flag.style = #'mensural
    }
  }
}

\markup\vspace #1

\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mod {
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice = "Sop" \with {
          \remove "Note_heads_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
          \remove "Rest_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_rest_engraver"
        } \shiftDurations 1 0 { \time 2/4 \autoBeamOff \Music }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" \ModLyr
    >>
  }
}

\relative c' <<
  \new Staff = "1" { c4 c c c }
  \new Staff = "2" { d4 d d d }
  \new Staff = "3" { e4 e e e }

  { \skip 2
    <<
      \lyrics {
        \set alignBelowContext = "1"
        lyrics4 below
      }
      \new Staff \with {
        alignAboveContext = "3"
        fontSize = -2
        \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -2)
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-staff-spacing =
           #'((minimum-distance . 0)
              (basic-distance . 0)
              (padding . 1))
      } {
        \tuplet 6/4 {
          \override TextScript.padding = 2
          c8[^"ossia above" d e d e f]
        }
      }
    >>
  }
>>

\markup { default behavior }

<<
  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "3."
    a a a a
  }

  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "1."
    aaaaaaaaaa a a a
  }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "2."
    a a a a
  }
>>

\markup \vspace #1
\markup {
  using \typewriter "self-alignment-X = #LEFT" }

<<
  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "3."
    a a a a
  }

  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "1."
    \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    aaaaaaaaaa a a a
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "2."
    a a a a
  }
>>

dropLyrics = {
  \override LyricText.extra-offset = #'(0 . -4.5)
  \override LyricHyphen.extra-offset = #'(0 . -4.5)
  \override LyricExtender.extra-offset = #'(0 . -4.5)
  \override StanzaNumber.extra-offset = #'(0 . -4.5)
}

raiseLyrics = {
  \revert LyricText.extra-offset
  \revert LyricHyphen.extra-offset
  \revert LyricExtender.extra-offset
  \revert StanzaNumber.extra-offset
}

skipFour = \repeat unfold 4 { \skip 8 }

lyricsA = \lyricmode {
  The first verse has
  \dropLyrics
  \set stanza = #"   All:"
  the com -- mon __ words
  \raiseLyrics
  used in all four.
}

lyricsB = \lyricmode { In stan -- za two,   \skipFour al -- so ap -- pear. }

lyricsC = \lyricmode { By the third verse,  \skipFour are get -- ting dull. }

lyricsD = \lyricmode { Last stan -- za, and \skipFour get used once more. }

melody = \relative c' {
  c4 d e f |
  g f e8( e f) d |
  c4 e d c |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = m \melody
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsA
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsB
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsC
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsD
  >>
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \sopMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "altos" {
        \voiceTwo
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "altos"
    \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "basses" {
        \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "basses"
    \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords =\lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "women" <<
        \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "altos"

      \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "men" <<
        \clef bass
        \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "basses"

      \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
      \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
      \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
      \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    >>

    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \sopMusic >>
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      >>
      \new Staff <<
        \clef bass
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
        << \global \bassMusic >>
      >>
    >>
  >>
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative c'' {
  c4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative c' {
  e4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative c' {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative c {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    % we could remove the line about this with the line below, since
    % we want the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords

    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    % again, we could replace the line above this with the line below.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

global = {
  \key g \major

  % verse
  \time 3/4
  s2.*2
  \break

  % refrain
  \time 2/4
  s2*2
  \bar "|."
}

SoloNotes = \relative g' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  g4 g g |
  b4 b b |

  % refrain
  R2*2 |
}

SoloLyrics = \lyricmode {
  One two three |
  four five six |
}

SopranoNotes = \relative c'' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 c |
  g4 g |
}

SopranoLyrics = \lyricmode {
  la la |
  la la |
}

BassNotes = \relative c {
  \clef "bass"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 e |
  d4 d |
}

BassLyrics = \lyricmode {
  dum dum |
  dum dum |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "SoloVoice" << \global \SoloNotes >>
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SoloVoice" \SoloLyrics

    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Voice = "SopranoVoice" << \global \SopranoNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SopranoVoice" \SopranoLyrics

      \new Voice = "BassVoice" << \global \BassNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "BassVoice" \BassLyrics
    >>
  >>

  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
    \context { \Staff
      % these lines prevent empty staves from being printed
      \RemoveEmptyStaves
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    }
  }
}

#(use-modules (lily accreg))

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \discant "10"
    r8 s32 f'[ bes f] s e[ a e] s d[ g d] s16 e32[ a]
    <<
      { r16 <f bes> r <e a> r <d g> }
      \\
      { d r a r bes r }
    >> |
    <cis e a>1
  }

  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \freeBass "1"
    r8 d'32 s16. c32 s16. bes32 s16. a32[ cis] s16
    \clef bass \stdBass "Master"
    <<
      { r16 <f, bes d>^"b" r <e a c>^"am" r <d g bes>^"gm" |
      <e a cis>1^"a" }
      \\
      { d8_"D" c_"C" bes_"B" | a1_"A" }
    >>
  }
>>

sustainNotes = { c4\sustainOn d e\sustainOff\sustainOn f\sustainOff }

\relative c' {
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("P" "P-" "-")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("d" "de" "e")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("M" "M-" "-")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("Ped" "*Ped" "*")
  \sustainNotes
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
    }
    \\
    {
      \slurUp
      bes,16[ s e](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes f[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes fis](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes g[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes gis](
      \hideNotes a)
    }
  >>
}

\override Staff.Beam.collision-voice-only = ##t

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = up \relative c' <<
    { r4
      \override Stem.cross-staff = ##t
      \override Stem.length = #19 % this is in half-spaces,
          % so it makes stems 9.5 staffspaces long
      \override Stem.Y-offset = #-6 % stems are normally lengthened
          % upwards, so here we must lower the stem by the amount
          % equal to the lengthening - in this case (19 - 7) / 2
          % (7 is default stem length)
      e e e }
    { s4
      \change Staff = "bottom"
      \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
      c, c c
    }
  >>

  \new Staff = bottom \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    g8 a g a g a g a
  }
>>

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "up" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    s4.
  }
  \new Staff = "down" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    \voiceOne
    \repeat tremolo 6 {
      <a e'>32
      {
        \change Staff = "up"
        \voiceTwo
        <cis a' dis>32
      }
    }
  }
>>

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  c2\sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
  c2\tweak shorten-pair #'(-7 . -2) \sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
  c2\tweak edge-height #'(0 . 3) \sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio.stencil =
    #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-bracket

  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \key b \major
    \time 6/8
    b8-.(\arpeggio fis'-.\> cis-.
      e-. gis-. b-.)\!\fermata^\laissezVibrer \bar "||"
  }

  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \key b \major
    << { <a e cis>2.\arpeggio } \\
       { <a, e a,>2. } >>
  }
>>

\header {
  title = "Song"
  subtitle = "(tune)"
  composer = "Me"
  meter = "moderato"
  piece = "Swing"
  tagline = \markup \column {
              "LilyPond example file by Amelie Zapf,"
              "Berlin 07/07/2003" }
}

% To make the example display properly in the documentation.
\paper {
  paper-width = 130\mm
  paper-height = 205\mm
}

% #(set-global-staff-size 16)

\include "english.ly"

%%%%%%%%%%%% Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

sl = { \override NoteHead.style = #'slash
       \hide Stem }
nsl = { \revert NoteHead.style
        \undo \hide Stem }
crOn = \override NoteHead.style = #'cross
crOff = \revert NoteHead.style

% Insert chord name style stuff here.

jazzChords = { }

%%%%%%%%%%%% Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

global = { \time 4/4 }

Key = { \key c \major }

% ############ Horns ############

% ------ Trumpet ------
trpt = \transpose c d \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
trpHarmony = \transpose c' d {
  \jazzChords
}
trumpet = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \trpt
}

% ------ Alto Saxophone ------
alto = \transpose c a \relative c' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
altoHarmony = \transpose c' a {
  \jazzChords
}
altoSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \alto
}

% ------ Baritone Saxophone ------
bari = \transpose c a' \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c1 |
  \sl d4^"Solo" d d d \nsl |
}
bariHarmony = \transpose c' a \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | s |
  d2:maj e:m7 |
}
bariSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \bari
}

% ------ Trombone ------
tbone = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
tboneHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
}
trombone = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \tbone
}

% ############ Rhythm Section #############

% ------ Guitar ------
gtr = \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 |
  \sl b4 b b b \nsl |
  c1 |
}
gtrHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | c2:min7+ d2:maj9 | s1 |
}
guitar = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \gtr
}

%% ------ Piano ------
rhUpper = \relative c'' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
rhLower = \relative c' {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  e1 | e | e |
}

lhUpper = \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  g1 | g | g |
}
lhLower = \relative c {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}

PianoRH = {
  \clef treble
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \rhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \rhLower
  >>
}
PianoLH = {
  \clef bass
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \lhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \lhLower
  >>
}

piano = <<
  \new Staff = "upper" \PianoRH
  \new Staff = "lower" \PianoLH
>>

% ------ Bass Guitar ------
Bass = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
bass = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \Bass
}

% ------ Drums ------
up = \drummode {
  \voiceOne
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
}
down = \drummode {
  \voiceTwo
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
}

drumContents = {
  \global
  <<
    \new DrumVoice \up
    \new DrumVoice \down
  >>
}

%%%%%%%%% It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\book { % For the LilyPond documentation.
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "horns" <<
        \new Staff = "trumpet" \with { instrumentName = "Trumpet" }
          \trumpet
        \new Staff = "altosax" \with { instrumentName = "Alto Sax" }
          \altoSax
        \new ChordNames = "barichords" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariHarmony
        \new Staff = "barisax" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariSax
        \new Staff = "trombone" \with { instrumentName = "Trombone" }
          \trombone
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "rhythm" <<
        \new ChordNames = "chords" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \gtrHarmony
        \new Staff = "guitar" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \guitar
        \new PianoStaff = "piano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Piano"
          midiInstrument = "acoustic grand"
        } \piano
        \new Staff = "bass" \with { instrumentName = "Bass" }
          \bass
        \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "Drums" }
          \drumContents
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff
        \RemoveEmptyStaves
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \override BarNumber.padding = 3
        \override RehearsalMark.padding = 2
        skipBars = ##t
      }
    }
    \midi { }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
  <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8

  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
  \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn.tie-configuration
     = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
          (-5 . ,DOWN)
          (-3 . ,UP)
          (-1 . ,UP))
  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff \with { instrumentName = "Piano" }
  <<
    \new Staff = "upper" \upper
    \new Staff = "lower" \lower
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff = upper { \new Voice = "singer" \upper }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "singer" \text
    \new Staff = lower { \lower }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "mel" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto mel \text
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff = "upper" \upper
      \new Staff = "lower" \lower
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context { \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves }
  }
  \midi { }
}

someMusic =  {
  \once \omit Staff.Clef
  \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
  \repeat unfold 3 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "right" \relative c'' \someMusic
    \new Staff = "left" \relative c' { \clef F \someMusic }
  >>
  \layout {
    indent=75\mm
    \context {
      \PianoStaff
      \alterBroken transparent #'(#t) SystemStartBrace
    }
  }
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "up" {
      <<
        \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
        \set Timing.beatStructure = #'(4)
        \new Voice {
          \voiceOne
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }

        \new Voice {
          \voiceTwo
          \autoChange
          \relative c' {
            g8 a b c d e f g
            g,,8 a b c d e f g
          }
        }
      >>
    }

    \new Staff = "down" {
      \clef bass
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords =\lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "women" <<
        \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "altos"

      \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "men" <<
        \clef bass
        \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "basses"

      \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
      \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
      \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
      \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    >>

    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \sopMusic >>
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      >>
      \new Staff <<
        \clef bass
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
        << \global \bassMusic >>
      >>
    >>
  >>
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
    }
    \\
    {
      \slurUp
      bes,16[ s e](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes f[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes fis](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes g[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes gis](
      \hideNotes a)
    }
  >>
}

\relative c''' {
  \time 3/4
  \key f \major
  \set harmonicDots = ##t
  <bes f'\harmonic>2. ~
  <bes f'\harmonic>4. <a e'\harmonic>8( <gis dis'\harmonic> <g d'\harmonic>)
  <fis cis'\harmonic>2.
  <bes f'\harmonic>2.
}

\relative c' {
  c4\snappizzicato
  <c' e g>4\snappizzicato
  <c' e g>4^\snappizzicato
  <c, e g>4_\snappizzicato
}

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

violinOne = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

violinTwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 f
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d
  c1
  \bar "|."
}

cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b
  a1
  \bar "|."
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
      << \global \violinOne >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
      << \global \violinTwo >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
      << \global \viola >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
      << \global \cello >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

% piece.ly
% (This is the global definitions file.)

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

Violinone = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d e1
  \bar "|."
}

Violintwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 g e1
  \bar "|."
}

Viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d c1
  \bar "|."
}

Cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b a1
  \bar "|."
}

music = <<
  \tag #'score \tag #'vn1
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
    << \global \Violinone >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vn2
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
    << \global \Violintwo >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vla
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
    << \global \Viola >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vlc
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
    << \global \Cello >>
>>

% These are the other files you need to save on your computer

% score.ly
% (This is the main file.)

% Uncomment the line below when using a separate file.
% \include "piece.ly"

#(set-global-staff-size 14)

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \keepWithTag #'score \music
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

%{ Uncomment this block when using separate files.

% vn1.ly
% (This is the Violin 1 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn1 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vn2.ly
% (This is the Violin 2 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn2 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vla.ly
% (This is the Viola part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vla \music
  \layout { }
}

% vlc.ly
% (This is the Cello part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vlc \music
  \layout { }
}

%}

\relative c'' {
  c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}

one = \markup { \finger 1 }
two = \markup { \finger 2 }
threeTwo = \markup {
  \override #'(baseline-skip . 2)
  \column {
    \finger 3
    \finger 2
  }
}

\score {
  \new TabStaff {
    \tabFullNotation
    \stemUp
    e8\4^\one b\2 <g\3 e'\1>^>[ b\2 e\4]
    <a\3 fis'\1>^>^\threeTwo[ b\2 e\4]
  }
}

high  = { r4 r8 <g c'> q r8 r4 }
low = { c4 r4 c8 r8 g,8 b, }
pulse = { s8^"1" s^"&" s^"2" s^"&" s^"3" s^"&" s^"4" s^"&" }

\score {
 \new TabStaff {
   \repeat unfold 2 << \high \\ \low \\ \pulse >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \TabStaff
      \clef moderntab
      \revert TextScript.stencil
      \override TextScript.font-series = #'bold
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextScript.color = #red
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      proportionalNotationDuration = #1/8
    }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
  \override Fingering.staff-padding = #'()
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>4 g'-0
  a8[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##f
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##t
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = #only-if-beamed
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
}

\new FretBoards {
  <f,-1 c-3 f-4 a-2 c'-1 f'-1>1
  <f, c f a c' f'>1
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

<<
  \chords {
    c1
    c1
    c1
  }
  \new FretBoards \chordmode {
    c1
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.orientation =
      #'landscape
    c1
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.orientation =
      #'opposing-landscape
    c1
  }
  \new Voice {
    c'1
    c'1
    c'
  }
>>

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

myChords = \chordmode {
  c1 c1 \break
  \set chordChanges = ##t
  c1 c1 \break
  c1 c1
}

<<
  \new ChordNames { \myChords }
  \new FretBoards { \myChords }
  \new Staff { \myChords }
>>

myMusic = \relative c' {
  <c e g>1 \glissando <f a c>
  <cis, eis gis>1 \glissando <f a c>
  <cis eis gis>1 \glissando <f a c\3>
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef "treble_8"
      \omit StringNumber
      \myMusic
    }
    \new TabStaff \myMusic
  >>
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef "treble_8"
      \omit StringNumber
      \myMusic
    }
    \new TabStaff \with { \override Glissando.style = #'none } {
      \myMusic
    }
  >>
}

% The code below prints two warnings for the second chord,
% which may be omitted by uncommenting the following line.
%
% #(for-each (lambda (x) (ly:expect-warning "No string for pitch")) (iota 2))

mus = {
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'>
  \set maximumFretStretch = 5
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'\1>
}

<<
  \new FretBoards \mus
  \new TabVoice \mus
>>

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \chordmode { c' }
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"

% shorthand
oo = #(define-music-function
       (grob-path value)
       (list? scheme?)
       #{ \once \override $grob-path = #value #})

<<
  \new ChordNames {
    \chordmode { c1 | c | c | d | bes }
  }
  \new FretBoards {
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override FretBoards.FretBoard.size = 1.2
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code = #'in-dot
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color = #'white
    \chordmode {
      c
      \oo FretBoard.size #1.0
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'straight
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'below-string
      c'
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'none
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.number-type #'arabic
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.orientation #'landscape
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.mute-string "M"
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.label-dir #LEFT
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      c'
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'below-string
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-radius #0.35
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-position #0.5
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.fret-count #3
      d
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'straight
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'none
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-radius #0.25
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.string-overhang #0.
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-thickness #2.
      bes
    }
  }
  \new Voice {
    c'1 | c' | c' | d' | bes
  }
>>

<<
  \chords { c1 | c | c | d }

  \new Voice = "mel" {
    \textLengthOn
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override TextScript.size = 1.2
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details.finger-code = #'in-dot
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details.dot-color = #'white

    %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
       % terse style
    c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse "x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }

    %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
       % verbose style
       % size 1.0
       % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
    c'1^\markup {
      % standard size
      \override #'(size . 1.0) {
        \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                     (number-type . roman-lower)
                     (finger-code . in-dot)
                     (barre-type . straight))) {
          \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                                   (place-fret 5 3 1)
                                   (place-fret 4 5 2)
                                   (place-fret 3 5 3)
                                   (place-fret 2 5 4)
                                   (place-fret 1 3 1)
                                   (barre 5 1 3))
        }
      }
    }

    %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
       % verbose style
       % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
       % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
    c'1^\markup {
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                   (finger-code . below-string)
                   (number-type . arabic)
                   (label-dir . -1)
                   (mute-string . "M")
                   (orientation . landscape)
                   (barre-type . none)
                   (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                   (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
        \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                                 (place-fret 5 3 1)
                                 (place-fret 4 5 2)
                                 (place-fret 3 5 3)
                                 (place-fret 2 5 4)
                                 (place-fret 1 3 1)
                                 (barre 5 1 3))
      }
    }

    %% simple D chord
       % terse style
       % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
       % label below string
    d'1^\markup {
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                   (finger-code . below-string)
                   (dot-radius . 0.35)
                   (dot-position . 0.5)
                   (fret-count . 3))) {
        \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
      }
    }
  }
>>

#(define RH rightHandFinger)

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  <c-3\5\RH 1 >4
  <e-2\4\RH 2 >4
  <g-0\3\RH 3 >4
  <c-1\2\RH 4 >4
}

%%%%%%%  Cut here ----- Start of `flamenco.ly`.

% Text indicators.
abanico = ^\markup \small { \italic Abanico }
rasgueado = ^\markup \small { \italic Ras. }
alzapua = ^\markup \small { \italic Alzapua }

% Finger stroke symbols.
strokeUp = \markup {
  \combine
    \override #'(thickness . 1.3) \draw-line #'(0 . 2)
    \raise #2 \arrow-head #Y #UP ##f }
strokeDown = \markup {
  \combine
    \arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
    \override #'(thickness . 1.3) \draw-line #'(0 . 2) }

% Golpe symbol.
golpe = \markup {
  \filled-box #'(0 . 1) #'(0 . 1) #0
  \hspace #-1.6
  \with-color #white
  \filled-box #'(0.15 . 0.85) #'(0.15 . 0.85) #0
}

% Strokes, fingers, and golpe command.
RHp = \rightHandFinger #1
RHi = \rightHandFinger #2
RHm = \rightHandFinger #3
RHa = \rightHandFinger #4
RHx = \rightHandFinger #5
RHu = \rightHandFinger \strokeUp
RHd = \rightHandFinger \strokeDown
RHg = \rightHandFinger \golpe

% Various shorthands.
tupletOff = {
  \once \omit TupletNumber
  \once \omit TupletBracket
}

tupletsOff = {
  \omit TupletNumber
  \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
}

tupletsOn = {
  \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'default
  \undo \omit TupletNumber
}

headsOff = {
  \hide TabNoteHead
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

headsOn = {
  \override TabNoteHead.transparent = ##f
  \override NoteHead.transparent = ##f
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##f
}

%%%%%%%  Cut here ----- End of `flamenco.ly`.

part = \relative c' {
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up)
  \key a\major

  <a, e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    r4
    r2^\markup\golpe |
  <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi\RHg>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    r2 |
  <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHa>16\rasgueado
    \headsOff
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHm>
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>~
    \headsOn
    <a e' a cis e>2
    r4 |
  \tupletOff
    \tuplet 5/4 {
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHx>16\rasgueado
      \headsOff
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHa>
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHm>
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
      <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>~
      \headsOn
    }
    <a e' a cis e>2
    r4 |
  <>\abanico
    \tupletsOff
    \repeat unfold 4 {
      \tuplet 3/2 {
        <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHp>8
        \headsOff
        <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHx>
        <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
        \headsOn
      }
    }
    \tupletsOff |
  <>\alzapua
  \override Beam.positions = #'(2 . 2)
    \repeat unfold 4 {
      \tuplet 3/2 {
        a8\RHp
        <e' a\RHu\RHg>
        <e a\RHd>
      }
    }
    \tupletsOn |
  <a, e' a\RHu\RHm>1 \bar "|."
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \context Staff = "part" {
      \clef "G_8"
      \part
    }
    \context TabStaff {
      \part
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
  }
}

<<
  \chords {
    a1 a \bar "||" \break
    \repeat unfold 3 {
      c c c d d \bar "||" \break
    }
  }

  \new Voice {
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override TextScript.size = 1.2
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .finger-code = #'below-string
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .dot-color = #'black

    % 1
    %
    % A chord for ukulele.
    a'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((string-count . 4)
                      (dot-color . white)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)))
      \fret-diagram "4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"

    % 2
    %
    % A chord for ukulele, with formatting defined in definition
    % string: 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below,
    % string dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of
    % fret spacing.
    a'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((dot-color . white)
                      (open-string . "o")))
      \fret-diagram
        "s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in normal orientation
    %%

    % 3
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 4
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: double barre used
    % to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 5
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 6
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (string-thickness-factor . 0.3)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 7
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in landscape orientation
    %%
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .orientation = #'landscape

    % 8
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight
    % barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 9
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: Double barre
    % used to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 10
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 11
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 12
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in opposing-landscape orientation.
    %%
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .orientation = #'opposing-landscape

    % 13
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight
    % barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 14
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: double barre
    % used to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 15
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 16
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 17
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
  }
>>

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##t
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.spacing-increment = 3
  }
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

% Make a blank new fretboard table.
#(define custom-fretboard-table-one
   (make-fretboard-table))

% Make a new fretboard table as a copy of `default-fret-table`.
#(define custom-fretboard-table-two
   (make-fretboard-table default-fret-table))

% Add a chord to `custom-fretboard-table-one`.
\storePredefinedDiagram #custom-fretboard-table-one
                        \chordmode {c}
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "3-(;3;5;5;5;3-);"

% Add a chord to `custom-fretboard-table-two`.
\storePredefinedDiagram #custom-fretboard-table-two
                        \chordmode {c}
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "x;3;5;5;5;o;"

<<
  \chords {
    c1 | d1 |
    c1 | d1 |
    c1 | d1 |
  }
  \new FretBoards {
    \chordmode {
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #default-fret-table
      c1 | d1 |
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #custom-fretboard-table-one
      c1 | d1 |
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #custom-fretboard-table-two
      c1 | d1 |
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \clef "treble_8"
    <<
      \chordmode {
        c1 | d1 |
        c1 | d1 |
        c1 | d1 |
      }
      {
        s1_\markup "Default table" | s1 |
        s1_\markup \column { "New table" "from empty" } | s1 |
        s1_\markup \column { "New table" "from default" } | s1 |
      }
    >>
  }
>>

pinchedHarmonics = {
  \textSpannerDown
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup {\halign #-0.5 \teeny "PH" }
  \override TextSpanner.style = #'dashed-line
  \override TextSpanner.dash-period = 0.6
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.attach-dir = 1
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . 1) }
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = -0.5
}

harmonics = {
  % artificial harmonics (AH)
  \textLengthOn
  <\parenthesize b b'\harmonic>4_\markup { \teeny "AH 16" }
  <\parenthesize g g'\harmonic>4_\markup { \teeny "AH 17" }
  <\parenthesize d' d''\harmonic>2_\markup { \teeny "AH 19" }

  % pinched harmonics (PH)
  \pinchedHarmonics
  <a'\harmonic>2\startTextSpan
  <d''\harmonic>4
  <e'\harmonic>4\stopTextSpan

  % tapped harmonics (TH)
  <\parenthesize g\4 g'\harmonic>4_\markup { \teeny "TH 17" }
  <\parenthesize a\4 a'\harmonic>4_\markup { \teeny "TH 19" }
  <\parenthesize c'\3 c''\harmonic>2_\markup { \teeny "TH 17" }

  % touch harmonics (TCH)
  a4( <e''\harmonic>2. )_\markup { \teeny "TCH" }
}

frettedStrings = {
  % artificial harmonics (AH)
  \harmonicByFret 4 g4\3
  \harmonicByFret 5 d4\4
  \harmonicByFret 7 g2\3

  % pinched harmonics (PH)
  \harmonicByFret 7 d2\4
  \harmonicByFret 5 d4\4
  \harmonicByFret 7 a4\5

  % tapped harmonics (TH)
  \harmonicByFret 5 d4\4
  \harmonicByFret 7 d4\4
  \harmonicByFret 5 g2\3

  % touch harmonics (TCH)
  a4 \harmonicByFret 9 g2.\3
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff
    \with { \omit StringNumber } {
      \new Voice {
        \clef "treble_8"
        \harmonics
      }
    }
    \new TabStaff {
      \new TabVoice {
        \frettedStrings
      }
    }
  >>
}

% Hide fret number: useful to draw slide into/from a casual point of
% the fretboard.

hideFretNumber = {
  \once \hide TabNoteHead
  \once \hide NoteHead
  \once \omit Stem
  \once \omit Flag
  \once \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
  \once \override Glissando.bound-details.left.padding = #0.3
}

music= \relative c' {
  \grace { \hideFretNumber d8\2 \glissando s2 } g2\2
  \grace { \hideFretNumber g8\2 \glissando s2 } d2 |

  \grace { \hideFretNumber c,8 \glissando s }
    f4\5^\markup \tiny { Slide into }
  \grace { \hideFretNumber f8 \glissando s } a4\4
  \grace { \hideFretNumber e'8\3 \glissando s }
    b4\3^\markup \tiny { Slide from }
  \grace { \hideFretNumber b'8 \glissando s2 } g4 |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef "G_8"
      \music
    }
    \new TabStaff {
      \music
    }
  >>
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

<<
  \new ChordNames \chordmode {
    c1 | f | g | c
  }
  \new FretBoards \chordmode {
    c1 | f | g | c
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \improvisationOn
    c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
    f4 f8 f f4 f8 f
    g4 g8 g g4 g8 g
    c4 c8 c c4 c8 c
  }
  \new Voice = "melody" \relative c'' {
    c2 e4 e4
    f2. r4
    g2. a4
    e4 c2.
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" {
    This is my song.
    I like to sing.
  }
>>

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    d4( e\2)
    a( g)
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    % chord hammer-on and pull-off
    \set doubleSlurs = ##t
    <g' b>8( <a c> <g b>)
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c' {
    << { \voiceOne g2( a) }
    \\ { \voiceTwo a,( b) }
    >> \oneVoice
  }
}

harmonies = \chordmode
{
  a8:13
  \once \override ChordNames.ChordName.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
  b8:13 s4. |
  s2 b2:13
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames \harmonies
    \new Staff {
      % Method 1.
      a8^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-0;4-2;3-0;2-0;1-2;"
      \once \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
      b4.~^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;"
        b4. a8 | \break

      % Method 2.
      <<
        { a8 b4.~ b4. a8 }
        { s2 s2^\markup \fret-diagram  "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;" }
      >> |
    }
  >>
}

\header {
  title = "Song"
  subtitle = "(tune)"
  composer = "Me"
  meter = "moderato"
  piece = "Swing"
  tagline = \markup \column {
              "LilyPond example file by Amelie Zapf,"
              "Berlin 07/07/2003" }
}

% To make the example display properly in the documentation.
\paper {
  paper-width = 130\mm
  paper-height = 205\mm
}

% #(set-global-staff-size 16)

\include "english.ly"

%%%%%%%%%%%% Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

sl = { \override NoteHead.style = #'slash
       \hide Stem }
nsl = { \revert NoteHead.style
        \undo \hide Stem }
crOn = \override NoteHead.style = #'cross
crOff = \revert NoteHead.style

% Insert chord name style stuff here.

jazzChords = { }

%%%%%%%%%%%% Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

global = { \time 4/4 }

Key = { \key c \major }

% ############ Horns ############

% ------ Trumpet ------
trpt = \transpose c d \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
trpHarmony = \transpose c' d {
  \jazzChords
}
trumpet = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \trpt
}

% ------ Alto Saxophone ------
alto = \transpose c a \relative c' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
altoHarmony = \transpose c' a {
  \jazzChords
}
altoSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \alto
}

% ------ Baritone Saxophone ------
bari = \transpose c a' \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c1 |
  \sl d4^"Solo" d d d \nsl |
}
bariHarmony = \transpose c' a \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | s |
  d2:maj e:m7 |
}
bariSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \bari
}

% ------ Trombone ------
tbone = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
tboneHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
}
trombone = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \tbone
}

% ############ Rhythm Section #############

% ------ Guitar ------
gtr = \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 |
  \sl b4 b b b \nsl |
  c1 |
}
gtrHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | c2:min7+ d2:maj9 | s1 |
}
guitar = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \gtr
}

%% ------ Piano ------
rhUpper = \relative c'' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
rhLower = \relative c' {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  e1 | e | e |
}

lhUpper = \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  g1 | g | g |
}
lhLower = \relative c {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}

PianoRH = {
  \clef treble
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \rhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \rhLower
  >>
}
PianoLH = {
  \clef bass
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \lhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \lhLower
  >>
}

piano = <<
  \new Staff = "upper" \PianoRH
  \new Staff = "lower" \PianoLH
>>

% ------ Bass Guitar ------
Bass = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
bass = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \Bass
}

% ------ Drums ------
up = \drummode {
  \voiceOne
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
}
down = \drummode {
  \voiceTwo
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
}

drumContents = {
  \global
  <<
    \new DrumVoice \up
    \new DrumVoice \down
  >>
}

%%%%%%%%% It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\book { % For the LilyPond documentation.
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "horns" <<
        \new Staff = "trumpet" \with { instrumentName = "Trumpet" }
          \trumpet
        \new Staff = "altosax" \with { instrumentName = "Alto Sax" }
          \altoSax
        \new ChordNames = "barichords" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariHarmony
        \new Staff = "barisax" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariSax
        \new Staff = "trombone" \with { instrumentName = "Trombone" }
          \trombone
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "rhythm" <<
        \new ChordNames = "chords" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \gtrHarmony
        \new Staff = "guitar" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \guitar
        \new PianoStaff = "piano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Piano"
          midiInstrument = "acoustic grand"
        } \piano
        \new Staff = "bass" \with { instrumentName = "Bass" }
          \bass
        \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "Drums" }
          \drumContents
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff
        \RemoveEmptyStaves
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \override BarNumber.padding = 3
        \override RehearsalMark.padding = 2
        skipBars = ##t
      }
    }
    \midi { }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
  <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8

  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
  \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn.tie-configuration
     = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
          (-5 . ,DOWN)
          (-3 . ,UP)
          (-1 . ,UP))
  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}

%\layout {
%  \context {
%    \Score
%    stringOneTopmost = ##f
%  }
%  \context {
%    \TabStaff
%    tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
%  }
%}

m = {
  \cadenzaOn
  e, b, e gis! b e'
  \bar "||"
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \clef "G_8"
    <>_"default" \m
    <>_"italian (historic)"\m
  }
  \new TabStaff
  {
    \m
    \set Score.stringOneTopmost = ##f
    \set TabStaff.tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
    \m
  }
>>

music = \relative c {
  c4 d e f
  g4 a b c
  d4 e f g
}

<<
  \new Staff {
    \clef "G_8"
    \music
  }
  \new TabStaff \with {
    tablatureFormat = #fret-letter-tablature-format
  } {
    \music
  }
>>

openStringHarmonics = {
  \textSpannerDown
  \override TextSpanner.staff-padding = 3
  \override TextSpanner.dash-fraction = 0.3
  \override TextSpanner.dash-period = 1

  % first harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "1st harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 12 e,2\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/2 e,\6\stopTextSpan

  % second harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "2nd harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 7 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/3 e,\6
  \harmonicByFret 19 e,\6
  \harmonicByRatio #2/3 e,\6\stopTextSpan
  %\harmonicByFret 19 < e,\6 a,\5 d\4 >
  %\harmonicByRatio #2/3 < e,\6 a,\5 d\4 >

  % third harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "3rd harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 5 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/4 e,\6
  \harmonicByFret 24 e,\6
  \harmonicByRatio #3/4 e,\6\stopTextSpan
  \break

  % fourth harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "4th harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 4 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/5 e,\6
  \harmonicByFret 9 e,\6
  \harmonicByRatio #2/5 e,\6
  \harmonicByFret 16 e,\6
  \harmonicByRatio #3/5 e,\6\stopTextSpan

  % fifth harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "5th harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 3 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/6 e,\6\stopTextSpan
  \break

  % sixth harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "6th harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 2.7 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/7 e,\6\stopTextSpan

  % seventh harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "7th harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 2.3 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/8 e,\6\stopTextSpan

  % eighth harmonic
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup\small "8th harm. "
  \harmonicByFret 2 e,\6\startTextSpan
  \harmonicByRatio #1/9 e,\6\stopTextSpan
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \with { \omit StringNumber } {
      \new Voice {
        \clef "treble_8"
        \openStringHarmonics
      }
    }
    \new TabStaff {
      \new TabVoice {
        \openStringHarmonics
      }
    }
  >>
}

#(define RH rightHandFinger)

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"

  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up down)
  <c\RH 1 e\RH 2 g\RH 3 c\RH 4 >4

  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up right down)
  <c\RH 1 e\RH 2 g\RH 3 c\RH 4 >4

  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(left)
  <c\RH 1 e\RH 2 g\RH 3 c\RH 4 >2

  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
  c\RH 1
}

upper = \relative c' {
  \time 12/8
  \key e \minor
  \voiceOne
  r4. r8 e, fis g16 b g e e' b c b a g fis e
}

lower = \relative c {
  \key e \minor
  \voiceTwo
  r16 e d c b a g4 fis8 e fis g a b c
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup = "tab with traditional" <<
    \new Staff = "guitar traditional" <<
      \clef "treble_8"
      \new Voice = "upper" \upper
      \new Voice = "lower" \lower
    >>

    \new TabStaff = "guitar tab" <<
      \new TabVoice = "upper" \upper
      \new TabVoice = "lower" \lower
    >>
  >>
}

% Add fretboards for the cuatro.
%
%   Note: This section could be put into a separate file
%         `predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly`
%         and be \included into each of your compositions.

cuatroTuning = #`(,(ly:make-pitch 0 6 0)
                  ,(ly:make-pitch 1 3 SHARP)
                  ,(ly:make-pitch 1 1 0)
                  ,(ly:make-pitch 0 5 0))

dSix = { <a\4 b\1 d\3 fis\2> }
dMajor = { <a\4 d\1 d\3 fis \2> }
aMajSeven = { <a\4 cis\1 e\3 g\2> }
dMajSeven = { <a\4 c\1 d\3 fis\2> }
gMajor = { <b\4 b\1 d\3 g\2> }

\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \dSix
                        #cuatroTuning
                        "o;o;o;o;"
\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \dMajor
                        #cuatroTuning
                        "o;o;o;3-3;"
\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \aMajSeven
                        #cuatroTuning
                        "o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \dMajSeven
                        #cuatroTuning
                        "o;o;o;1-1;"
\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \gMajor
                        #cuatroTuning
                        "2-2;o;1-1;o;"

% End of potential include file `predefined-cuatro-fretboards.ly`.

#(set-global-staff-size 16)

primerosNames = \chordmode {
  d:6 d a:maj7 d:maj7
  g
}
primeros = {
  \dSix \dMajor \aMajSeven \dMajSeven
  \gMajor
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \primerosNames
    }

    \new Staff {
      \new Voice \with {
        \remove "New_fingering_engraver"
      }
      \relative c'' {
        \primeros
      }
    }

    \new FretBoards {
      \set Staff.stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
%      \override FretBoard
%        #'(fret-diagram-details string-count) = 4
      \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code = #'in-dot
      \primeros
    }

    \new TabStaff \relative c'' {
      \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #cuatroTuning
      \primeros
    }

  >>

  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration =
        \musicLength 16
    }
  }
  \midi { }
}

slides = {
  c'8\3(\glissando d'8\3)
  c'8\3\glissando d'8\3
  \hideNotes
  \grace { g16\glissando }
  \unHideNotes
  c'4\3
  \afterGrace d'4\3\glissando {
  \stemDown \hideNotes
  g16 }
  \unHideNotes
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff { \clef "treble_8" \slides }
    \new TabStaff { \slides }
  >>

  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \override Glissando.minimum-length = 4
      \override Glissando.springs-and-rods =
                  #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
      \override Glissando.thickness = 2
      \omit StringNumber
      % or:
      %\override StringNumber.stencil = ##f
    }
  }
}

\new TabStaff {
  \relative c {
    \tabFullNotation
    g16 b d g b d g b
    \stemDown
    \override Beam.concaveness = 10000
    g,,16 b d g b d g b
  }
}

stringNumberSpanner =
  #(define-music-function (StringNumber) (string?)
    #{
      \override TextSpanner.style = #'solid
      \override TextSpanner.font-size = #-5
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
        \markup { \circle \number $StringNumber }
    #})

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  \textSpannerDown
  \stringNumberSpanner "5" a8\startTextSpan b c d
    e f\stopTextSpan \stringNumberSpanner "4" g\startTextSpan a |
  bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}

drh = \drummode {
        cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh
        hhc4 r4 r2
      }
drl = \drummode {
        bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >>
        bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh
      }
timb = \drummode {
         timh4 ssh timl8 ssh r timh r4
         ssh8 timl r4 cb8 cb
       }

\score {
  <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "timbales"
      drumStyleTable = #timbales-style
      \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #2
      \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
    }
    <<
      \timb
    >>
    \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "drums" }
    <<
      \new DrumVoice { \stemUp \drh }
      \new DrumVoice { \stemDown \drl }
    >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { \tempo 4 = 120 }
}

#(define mydrums '((ridebell default #f  3)
                   (cowbell  default #f -2)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Different Bells" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
  \override DrumStaff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)

  \time 2/4
  rb8 8 cb8 16 rb16-> ~ |
  16 8 16 cb8 8 |
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \key g \major
  \time #'((3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8)
           (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8))
  \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
  \set Timing.beatStructure = 3,2,2,3,2,2,2,2,3,2,2
  c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
  c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
  c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
}

drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    bd4.^\markup { Drums } sn4 bd \bar ";"
    sn4. bd4 sn \bar ";"
    bd sn bd4. sn4 bd
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \melody
  \drum
}

% These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;
% if you like, you can change it or you can use special note heads
% for the woodblocks.
#(define mydrums '((hiwoodblock default #f  3)
                   (lowoodblock default #f -2)))

woodstaff = {
  % This defines a staff with only two lines.
  % It also defines the positions of the two lines.
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)

  % This is necessary; if not entered,
  % the barline would be too short!
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)
  % small correction for the clef:
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
}

\new DrumStaff {
  % with this you load your new drum style table
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)

  \woodstaff

  \drummode {
    \time 2/4
    wbh8 16 16 8-> 8 |
    wbl8 16 16-> ~ 16 16 r8 |
  }
}

\header {
  title = "Song"
  subtitle = "(tune)"
  composer = "Me"
  meter = "moderato"
  piece = "Swing"
  tagline = \markup \column {
              "LilyPond example file by Amelie Zapf,"
              "Berlin 07/07/2003" }
}

% To make the example display properly in the documentation.
\paper {
  paper-width = 130\mm
  paper-height = 205\mm
}

% #(set-global-staff-size 16)

\include "english.ly"

%%%%%%%%%%%% Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

sl = { \override NoteHead.style = #'slash
       \hide Stem }
nsl = { \revert NoteHead.style
        \undo \hide Stem }
crOn = \override NoteHead.style = #'cross
crOff = \revert NoteHead.style

% Insert chord name style stuff here.

jazzChords = { }

%%%%%%%%%%%% Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

global = { \time 4/4 }

Key = { \key c \major }

% ############ Horns ############

% ------ Trumpet ------
trpt = \transpose c d \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
trpHarmony = \transpose c' d {
  \jazzChords
}
trumpet = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \trpt
}

% ------ Alto Saxophone ------
alto = \transpose c a \relative c' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
altoHarmony = \transpose c' a {
  \jazzChords
}
altoSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \alto
}

% ------ Baritone Saxophone ------
bari = \transpose c a' \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c1 |
  \sl d4^"Solo" d d d \nsl |
}
bariHarmony = \transpose c' a \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | s |
  d2:maj e:m7 |
}
bariSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \bari
}

% ------ Trombone ------
tbone = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
tboneHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
}
trombone = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \tbone
}

% ############ Rhythm Section #############

% ------ Guitar ------
gtr = \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 |
  \sl b4 b b b \nsl |
  c1 |
}
gtrHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | c2:min7+ d2:maj9 | s1 |
}
guitar = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \gtr
}

%% ------ Piano ------
rhUpper = \relative c'' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
rhLower = \relative c' {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  e1 | e | e |
}

lhUpper = \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  g1 | g | g |
}
lhLower = \relative c {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}

PianoRH = {
  \clef treble
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \rhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \rhLower
  >>
}
PianoLH = {
  \clef bass
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \lhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \lhLower
  >>
}

piano = <<
  \new Staff = "upper" \PianoRH
  \new Staff = "lower" \PianoLH
>>

% ------ Bass Guitar ------
Bass = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
bass = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \Bass
}

% ------ Drums ------
up = \drummode {
  \voiceOne
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
}
down = \drummode {
  \voiceTwo
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
}

drumContents = {
  \global
  <<
    \new DrumVoice \up
    \new DrumVoice \down
  >>
}

%%%%%%%%% It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\book { % For the LilyPond documentation.
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "horns" <<
        \new Staff = "trumpet" \with { instrumentName = "Trumpet" }
          \trumpet
        \new Staff = "altosax" \with { instrumentName = "Alto Sax" }
          \altoSax
        \new ChordNames = "barichords" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariHarmony
        \new Staff = "barisax" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariSax
        \new Staff = "trombone" \with { instrumentName = "Trombone" }
          \trombone
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "rhythm" <<
        \new ChordNames = "chords" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \gtrHarmony
        \new Staff = "guitar" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \guitar
        \new PianoStaff = "piano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Piano"
          midiInstrument = "acoustic grand"
        } \piano
        \new Staff = "bass" \with { instrumentName = "Bass" }
          \bass
        \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "Drums" }
          \drumContents
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff
        \RemoveEmptyStaves
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \override BarNumber.padding = 3
        \override RehearsalMark.padding = 2
        skipBars = ##t
      }
    }
    \midi { }
  }
}

stick = \markup \with-dimensions #'(0.80 . 5.2) #'(0.85 . 5.2) {
  \postscript "
    0 6 translate
    0.8 -0.8 scale
    0 0 0 setrgbcolor
    [] 0 setdash
    1 setlinewidth
    0 setlinejoin
    0 setlinecap
    gsave [1 0 0 1 0 0] concat
    gsave [1 0 0 1 -3.5406095 -199.29342] concat
    gsave
    0 0 0 setrgbcolor
    newpath
    7.1434065 200.94354 moveto
    7.2109628 200.90454 7.2785188 200.86554 7.3460747 200.82654 curveto
    8.2056347 202.31535 9.0651946 203.80414 9.9247546 205.29295 curveto
    9.8571989 205.33195 9.7896429 205.37095 9.7220864 205.40996 curveto
    8.8625264 203.92115 8.0029664 202.43233 7.1434065 200.94354 curveto
    closepath
    eofill
    grestore
    gsave
    0 0 0 setrgbcolor
    newpath
    4.9646672 203.10444 moveto
    5.0036707 203.03688 5.0426744 202.96933 5.0816777 202.90176 curveto
    6.5704792 203.76133 8.0592809 204.6209 9.5480824 205.48045 curveto
    9.5090791 205.54801 9.4700754 205.61556 9.4310717 205.68311 curveto
    7.94227 204.82356 6.4534687 203.96399 4.9646672 203.10444 curveto
    closepath
    eofill
    grestore
    gsave
    <<
    /ShadingType 3
    /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB
    /Coords [113.13708 207.87465 0 113.13708 207.87465 16.162441]
    /Extend [true true]
    /Domain [0 1]
    /Function <<
    /FunctionType 3
    /Functions
    [
    <<
    /FunctionType 2
    /Domain [0 1]
    /C0 [1 1 1]
    /C1 [0.72941178 0.72941178 0.72941178]
    /N 1
    >>
    ]
    /Domain [0 1]
    /Bounds [ ]
    /Encode [ 0 1 ]
    >>
    >>
    newpath
    7.6422017 200.76488 moveto
    7.6505696 201.02554 7.3905363 201.24867 7.1341335 201.20075 curveto
    6.8759501 201.16916 6.6949602 200.87978 6.7801462 200.63381 curveto
    6.8480773 200.39155 7.1438307 200.25377 7.3728389 200.35861 curveto
    7.5332399 200.42458 7.6444521 200.59122 7.6422017 200.76488 curveto
    closepath
    clip
    gsave [
      0.052859054 0.063089841 -0.020912282 0.017521108 5.7334261 189.76443
    ] concat
    shfill
    grestore
    grestore
    0 0 0 setrgbcolor
    [] 0 setdash
    0.027282091 setlinewidth
    0 setlinejoin
    0 setlinecap
    newpath
    7.6422017 200.76488 moveto
    7.6505696 201.02554 7.3905363 201.24867 7.1341335 201.20075 curveto
    6.8759501 201.16916 6.6949602 200.87978 6.7801462 200.63381 curveto
    6.8480773 200.39155 7.1438307 200.25377 7.3728389 200.35861 curveto
    7.5332399 200.42458 7.6444521 200.59122 7.6422017 200.76488 curveto
    closepath
    stroke
    gsave
    <<
    /ShadingType 3
    /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB
    /Coords [113.13708 207.87465 0 113.13708 207.87465 16.162441]
    /Extend [true true]
    /Domain [0 1]
    /Function <<
    /FunctionType 3
    /Functions
    [
    <<
    /FunctionType 2
    /Domain [0 1]
    /C0 [1 1 1]
    /C1 [0.72941178 0.72941178 0.72941178]
    /N 1
    >>
    ]
    /Domain [0 1]
    /Bounds [ ]
    /Encode [ 0 1 ]
    >>
    >>
    newpath
    5.2721217 202.83181 moveto
    5.2804896 203.09247 5.0204563 203.3156 4.7640539 203.26768 curveto
    4.5058701 203.23609 4.3248803 202.94671 4.4100662 202.70074 curveto
    4.4779975 202.45848 4.7737511 202.3207 5.0027593 202.42554 curveto
    5.1631598 202.49149 5.2743721 202.65813 5.2721217 202.83181 curveto
    closepath
    clip
    gsave [
      0.052859054 0.063089841 -0.020912282 0.017521108 3.363346 191.83136
    ] concat
    shfill
    grestore
    grestore
    0 0 0 setrgbcolor
    [] 0 setdash
    0.027282091 setlinewidth
    0 setlinejoin
    0 setlinecap
    newpath
    5.2721217 202.83181 moveto
    5.2804896 203.09247 5.0204563 203.3156 4.7640539 203.26768 curveto
    4.5058701 203.23609 4.3248803 202.94671 4.4100662 202.70074 curveto
    4.4779975 202.45848 4.7737511 202.3207 5.0027593 202.42554 curveto
    5.1631598 202.49149 5.2743721 202.65813 5.2721217 202.83181 curveto
    closepath
    stroke
    grestore
    grestore
  "
}

\score {
  b1^\stick
}

#(define mydrums '((bassdrum   default #f  4)
                   (snare      default #f -4)
                   (tambourine default #f  0)))

U = \stemUp
D = \stemDown

global = {
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2*2
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2
}

drumsA = {
  \context DrumVoice <<
    \global
    \drummode {
      \autoBeamOff
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      sn4 \D sn4 |
      \U tamb8 \D sn \U sn16 \D sn \U sn8 |
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      \U sn4 s8 \U tamb
    }
  >>
}

drumsB = \drummode {
  s4 bd8 s2*2 s4 bd8 s4 bd8 s
}

\layout {
  indent = 40\mm
  \context {
    \DrumStaff
    drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = \markup \center-column {
        "Tambourine"
        "et"
        "caisse claire s. timbre" }
    } \drumsA
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "Grosse Caisse"
    }\drumsB
  >>
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

#(define mydrums '((tamtam default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tamtam" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  tt 1 \pp \laissezVibrer
}

#(define mydrums '((tambourine default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tambourine" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  \time 6/8
  tamb8. 16 8 8 8 8 |
  tamb4. 8 8 8 |
  % The trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest
  % is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!
  tamb2.*5/6 \startTrillSpan s8 \stopTrillSpan |
}

\relative c'' {
  \textLengthOn
  c1^\markup
       \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo #'()

  c^\markup \override #'(size . 1.5)
      \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo #'()
  c^\markup \override #'(thickness . 0.15)
      \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo #'()
}

lineup =
  \tweak outside-staff-padding #0
  \tweak staff-padding #0
  \tweak padding #0.2
  \tweak parent-alignment-X #CENTER
  \tweak self-alignment-X #CENTER
  \etc

\relative c' {
  g\open
  g\lineup ^\markup \combine
              \musicglyph "scripts.open"
              \musicglyph "scripts.tenuto"
  g\lineup ^\markup \combine
              \musicglyph "scripts.open"
              \musicglyph "scripts.stopped"
  g\stopped
}

slap =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
  #{
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stencil =
      #ly:text-interface::print
    \temporary \override NoteHead.text =
      \markup
        \translate #'(1 . 0)
          \override #'(thickness . 1.4)
            \overlay { \draw-line #'(-1.2 . 0.4)
                       \draw-line #'(-1.2 . -0.4) }
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stem-attachment =
      #(lambda (grob)
        (let* ((stem (ly:grob-object grob 'stem))
               (dir (ly:grob-property stem 'direction UP))
               (is-up (eqv? dir UP)))
          (cons dir (if is-up 0 -0.8))))
    #music
    \revert NoteHead.stencil
    \revert NoteHead.text
    \revert NoteHead.stem-attachment
  #})

\relative c' {
  c4 \slap c d r
  \slap { g4 a } b r
}

\relative c'' {
  \textLengthOn
  c1^\markup
    \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo
                      #'((cc . (one three))
                         (lh . (gis))
                         (rh . (ees)))

  c^\markup
    \override #'(graphical . #f)
      \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo
                        #'((cc . (one three))
                           (lh . (gis))
                           (rh . (ees)))
}

% range chart for paetzold contrabass recorder

centermarkup = {
  \once \override TextScript.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
  \once \override TextScript.X-offset = #(lambda (g)
    (+ (ly:self-alignment-interface::centered-on-x-parent g)
       (ly:self-alignment-interface::x-aligned-on-self g)))
}

\new Staff \with {
  \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
  \omit Stem
  \omit Flag
  \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
} {
  \clef bass
  \set Score.timing = ##f

  f,1*1/4 \glissando

  \clef violin
  gis'1*1/4

  a'4^\markup "1)"

  \centermarkup
    \once \override TextScript.padding = 2
    bes'1*1/4_\markup \override #'(baseline-skip . 1.7) \column {
      \fontsize #-5
      \slashed-digit #0 \finger 1 \finger 2
      \finger 3 \finger 4 \finger 5 \finger 6 \finger 7 }

  b'1*1/4

  c''4^\markup "1)"

  cis''1*1/4

  deh''1*1/4

  \centermarkup
    \once \override TextScript.padding = 2
    \once \override Staff.HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
    e''1*1/4_\markup \override #'(baseline-skip . 1.7) \column {
      \fontsize #-5
      \slashed-digit #0 \finger 1 \finger 2
      \finger 4 \finger 5 } \startGroup

  f''1*1/4^\markup "2)" \stopGroup
}

#(print-keys-verbose 'piccolo (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'flute (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'flute-b-extension (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'tin-whistle (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'oboe (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'bass-clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'low-bass-clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'soprano-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'alto-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'tenor-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'baritone-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'bassoon (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'contrabassoon (current-error-port))

\score {c''1}

\relative c' {
  \textLengthOn
  c1^\markup \center-column { "tin whistle"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'tin-whistle #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "piccolo"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "flute"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'flute #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "oboe"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'oboe #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "clarinet"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'clarinet #'() }
  \break

  c1^\markup \center-column { "bass clarinet"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'bass-clarinet #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "saxophone"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'saxophone #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "bassoon"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'bassoon #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "contrabassoon"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'contrabassoon #'() }
}

\paper {
  system-system-spacing.padding = 5
}

bass = {
  \clef bass
  g4 b, c d |
  e d8 c d2
}

continuo = \figuremode {
  <_>4 <6>4 <5/>4
  \bassFigureStaffAlignmentUp
  <_+>4 <6> |
  \set Staff.useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
  \bassFigureStaffAlignmentDown
  <4>4. <4>8 <_+>4
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff = bassStaff \bass
    \context Staff = bassStaff \continuo
  >>
}

\new ChordNames \with {
  \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 3)
  \consists "Bar_engraver"
}

\chordmode {
  f1:maj7 f:7 bes:7
}

#(set-global-staff-size 26)

\figures {
  \set figuredBassPlusDirection = #RIGHT
  <6\\> <7\\> <9\\> r
  <2\+> <4\+> <5\+> r

  \set figuredBassPlusStrokedAlist =
    #'((2 . "figbass.twoplus")
       ;; (4 . "figbass.fourplus")
       ;; (5 . "figbass.fiveplus")
       (6 . "figbass.sixstroked")
       ;; (7 . "figbass.sevenstroked")
       ;; (9 . "figbass.ninestroked")
      )
  <6\\> <7\\> <9\\> r
  <2\+> <4\+> <5\+> r
}

\relative c' {
  <\tweak font-size #+2 c e g c
   \tweak font-size #-2 e>1
   ^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}

\chords {
  c:7sus4
  \set chordNameSeparator = \markup { \typewriter | }
  c:7sus4
}

#(set-global-staff-size 26)

\figures {
  <5\+> <5+ 4\+> <6 4- 2\+> r
  \set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #RIGHT
  <5\+> <5+ 4\+> <6 4- 2\+> r
  \set figuredBassPlusDirection = #RIGHT
  <5\+> <5+ 4\+> <6 4- 2\+> r
  \set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #LEFT
  <5\+> <5+ 4\+> <6 4- 2\+> r
}

% Step 1: Define music with chords and markup for maj9 and 6(add9).
chExceptionMusic = {
  <c e g b d'>-\markup { \super "maj9" }
  <c e g a d'>-\markup { \super "6(add9)" }
}

% Step 2: Create extended exception list.
chExceptions =
#(append (sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions chExceptionMusic #t)
         ignatzekExceptions)

theMusic = \chordmode {
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
  % Step 3: Register extended exception list.
  \set chordNameExceptions = #chExceptions
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
}

<<
  \new ChordNames \theMusic
  \new Voice \theMusic
>>

\layout {
  line-width = 10\cm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\chords {
  c:7+
  \set majorSevenSymbol = \markup { j7 }
  c:7+
}

%%%% Legacy chord naming functions (formerly in scm/chord-generic-names.scm)
%%%% Copyright (C) 2003--2023 Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>

#(set-global-staff-size 19.7)

#(define-public (banter-chordnames pitches bass inversion context)
  (old_chord->markup 'banter pitches bass inversion context))

#(define-public (jazz-chordnames pitches bass inversion context)
  (old_chord->markup 'jazz pitches bass inversion context))

#(define (define-translator-property symbol type? description)
  (if (not (and (symbol? symbol)
    (procedure? type?)
    (string? description)))
      (ly:error "error in call of define-translator-property"))
  (if (not (equal? (object-property symbol 'translation-doc) #f))
      (ly:error (G_ "symbol ~S redefined") symbol))

  (set-object-property! symbol 'translation-type? type?)
  (set-object-property! symbol 'translation-doc description)
  symbol)

#(for-each
  (lambda (x)
    (apply define-translator-property x))
  `((chordNameExceptionsFull ,list? "An alist of full chord
exceptions.  Contains @code{(@var{chord} . @var{markup})} entries.")
    (chordNameExceptionsPartial ,list? "An alist of partial chord
exceptions.  Contains @code{(@var{chord} . (@var{prefix-markup}
@var{suffix-markup}))} entries.")))

#(define-public (old_chord->markup
                style pitches bass inversion context)
  "Entry point for @code{Chord_name_engraver}.
@var{pitches}, @var{bass}, and @var{inversion} are lily pitches."
  (define (default-note-namer pitch)
    (note-name->markup pitch #f))

  (define (markup-or-empty-markup markup)
    "Return MARKUP if markup, else empty-markup"
    (if (markup? markup) markup empty-markup))

  (define (accidental->markup alteration)
    "Return accidental markup for ALTERATION."
    (if (= alteration 0)
        (make-line-markup (list empty-markup))
        (conditional-kern-before
         (alteration->text-accidental-markup alteration)
         (= alteration FLAT) 0.094725)))

  (define (list-minus a b)
    "Return list of elements in A that are not in B."
    (lset-difference eq? a b))

  (define (markup-join markups sep)
    "Return line-markup of MARKUPS, joining them with markup SEP"
    (if (pair? markups)
        (make-line-markup (list-insert-separator markups sep))
        empty-markup))

  (define (conditional-kern-before markup bool amount)
    "Add AMOUNT of space before MARKUP if BOOL is true."
    (if bool
        (make-line-markup
         (list (make-hspace-markup amount)
           markup))
        markup))

  (define (step-nr pitch)
    (let* ((pitch-nr (+ (* 7 (ly:pitch-octave pitch))
                        (ly:pitch-notename pitch)))
           (root-nr (+ (* 7 (ly:pitch-octave (car pitches)))
                       (ly:pitch-notename (car pitches)))))
      (+ 1 (- pitch-nr root-nr))))

  (define (next-third pitch)
    (+ pitch
       (ly:make-pitch 0 2 (if (or (= (step-nr pitch) 3)
                                  (= (step-nr pitch) 5))
                              FLAT 0))))

  (define (step-alteration pitch)
    (let* ((normalized-pitch (- pitch (car pitches)))
           (alteration (ly:pitch-alteration normalized-pitch)))
      (if (= (step-nr pitch) 7) (+ alteration SEMI-TONE) alteration)))

  (define (pitch-unalter pitch)
    (let ((alteration (step-alteration pitch)))
      (if (= alteration 0)
          pitch
          (ly:make-pitch (ly:pitch-octave pitch) (ly:pitch-notename pitch)
                         (- (ly:pitch-alteration pitch) alteration)))))

  (define (step-even-or-altered? pitch)
    (let ((nr (step-nr pitch)))
      (if (!= (modulo nr 2) 0)
          (!= (step-alteration pitch) 0)
          #t)))

  (define (step->markup-plusminus pitch)
    (let ((alt (step-alteration pitch)))
      (make-line-markup
       (list
        (number->string (step-nr pitch))
        (cond
         ((= alt DOUBLE-FLAT) "--")
         ((= alt FLAT) "-")
         ((= alt NATURAL) "")
         ((= alt SHARP) "+")
         ((= alt DOUBLE-SHARP) "++"))))))

  (define (step->markup-accidental pitch)
    (make-line-markup
     (list (accidental->markup (step-alteration pitch))
           (make-simple-markup (number->string (step-nr pitch))))))

  (define (step->markup-ignatzek pitch)
    (make-line-markup
     (if (and (= (step-nr pitch) 7)
              (= (step-alteration pitch) 1))
         (list (ly:context-property context 'majorSevenSymbol))
         (list (accidental->markup (step-alteration pitch))
               (make-simple-markup (number->string (step-nr pitch)))))))

  ;; tja, kennok
  (define (make-sub->markup step->markup)
    (lambda (pitch)
      (make-line-markup (list (make-simple-markup "no")
                              (step->markup pitch)))))

  (define (step-based-sub->markup step->markup pitch)
    (make-line-markup (list (make-simple-markup "no") (step->markup pitch))))

  (define (get-full-list pitch)
    (if (<= (step-nr pitch) (step-nr (last pitches)))
        (cons pitch (get-full-list (next-third pitch)))
        '()))

  (define (get-consecutive nr pitches)
    (if (pair? pitches)
        (let* ((pitch-nr (step-nr (car pitches)))
               (next-nr (if (!= (modulo pitch-nr 2) 0) (+ pitch-nr 2) nr)))
          (if (<= pitch-nr nr)
              (cons (car pitches) (get-consecutive next-nr (cdr pitches)))
              '()))
        '()))

  ;;; FIXME -- exceptions no longer work. -vv

  (define (full-match exceptions)
    (if (pair? exceptions)
        (let* ((e (car exceptions))
               (e-pitches (car e)))
          (if (equal? e-pitches pitches)
              e
              (full-match (cdr exceptions))))
        #f))

  (define (partial-match exceptions)
    (if (pair? exceptions)
        (let* ((e (car exceptions))
               (e-pitches (car e)))
          (if (equal? e-pitches (take pitches (length e-pitches)))
              e
              (partial-match (cdr exceptions))))
        #f))

  ;; FIXME: exceptions don't work anyway.
  (if #f (begin
           (write-me "pitches: " pitches)))
  (let* ((full-exceptions
          (ly:context-property context 'chordNameExceptionsFull))
         (full-exception (full-match full-exceptions))
         (full-markup (if full-exception (cadr full-exception) '()))
         (partial-exceptions
          (ly:context-property context 'chordNameExceptionsPartial))
         (partial-exception (partial-match partial-exceptions))
         (partial-pitches (if partial-exception (car partial-exception) '()))
         (partial-markup-prefix
          (if partial-exception (markup-or-empty-markup
                                 (cadr partial-exception)) empty-markup))
         (partial-markup-suffix
          (if (and partial-exception (pair? (cddr partial-exception)))
              (markup-or-empty-markup (caddr partial-exception)) empty-markup))
         (root (car pitches))
         (full (get-full-list root))
         ;; kludge alert: replace partial matched lower part of all with
         ;; 'normal' pitches from full
         ;; (all pitches)
         (all (append (take full (length partial-pitches))
                      (drop pitches (length partial-pitches))))

         (highest (last all))
         (missing (list-minus full (map pitch-unalter all)))
         (consecutive (get-consecutive 1 all))
         (rest (list-minus all consecutive))
         (altered (filter step-even-or-altered? all))
         (cons-alt (filter step-even-or-altered? consecutive))
         (base (list-minus consecutive altered)))

    (if #f (begin
             (write-me "full:" full)
             ;; (write-me "partial-pitches:" partial-pitches)
             (write-me "full-markup:" full-markup)
             (write-me "partial-markup-perfix:" partial-markup-prefix)
             (write-me "partial-markup-suffix:" partial-markup-suffix)
             (write-me "all:" all)
             (write-me "altered:" altered)
             (write-me "missing:" missing)
             (write-me "consecutive:" consecutive)
             (write-me "rest:" rest)
             (write-me "base:" base)))

    (case style
      ((banter)
       ;;    root
       ;;    + steps:altered + (highest all -- if not altered)
       ;;    + subs:missing

       (let* ((root->markup default-note-namer)
              (step->markup step->markup-plusminus)
              (sub->markup (lambda (x)
                              (step-based-sub->markup step->markup x)))
              (sep (make-simple-markup "/")))

         (if
          (pair? full-markup)
          (make-line-markup (list (root->markup root) full-markup))

          (make-line-markup
           (list
            (root->markup root)
            partial-markup-prefix
            (make-super-markup
             (markup-join
              (append
               (map step->markup
                    (append altered
                            (if (and (> (step-nr highest) 5)
                                     (not
                                      (step-even-or-altered? highest)))
                                (list highest) '())))
               (list partial-markup-suffix)
               (map sub->markup missing))
              sep)))))))

      ((jazz)
       ;;    root
       ;;    + steps:(highest base) + cons-alt
       ;;    + 'add'
       ;;    + steps:rest
       (let* ((root->markup default-note-namer)
              (step->markup step->markup-ignatzek)
              (sep (make-simple-markup " "))
              (add-prefix (make-simple-markup " add")))

         (if
          (pair? full-markup)
          (make-line-markup (list (root->markup root) full-markup))

          (make-line-markup
           (list
            (root->markup root)
            partial-markup-prefix
            (make-super-markup
             (make-line-markup
              (list

               ;; kludge alert: omit <= 5
               ;;(markup-join (map step->markup
               ;;                        (cons (last base) cons-alt)) sep)

               ;; This fixes:
               ;;  c     C5       -> C
               ;;  c:2   C5 2     -> C2
               ;;  c:3-  Cm5      -> Cm
               ;;  c:6.9 C5 6add9 -> C6 add 9 (add?)
               ;;  ch = \chords { c c:2 c:3- c:6.9^7 }
               (markup-join (map step->markup
                                 (let ((tb (last base)))
                                   (if (> (step-nr tb) 5)
                                       (cons tb cons-alt)
                                       cons-alt))) sep)

               (if (pair? rest)
                   add-prefix
                   empty-markup)
               (markup-join (map step->markup rest) sep)
               partial-markup-suffix))))))))

      (else empty-markup))))

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%
%%%% Here begins the actual snippet:

chs = \transpose c' c' {
  <c e g>1
  <c es g>  % m = minor triad
  <c e gis>
  <c es ges> \break
  <c e g bes>
  <c es g bes>
  <c e g b>  % triangle = maj
  <c es ges beses>
  <c es ges b> \break
  <c e gis bes>
  <c es g b>
  <c e gis b>
  <c es ges bes> \break
  <c e g a>  % 6 = major triad with added sixth
  <c es g a>  % m6 = minor triad with added sixth
  <c e g bes d'>
  <c es g bes d'> \break
  <c es g bes d' f' a' >
  <c es g bes d' f' >
  <c es ges bes d' >
  <c e g bes des' > \break
  <c e g bes dis'>
  <c e g bes d' f'>
  <c e g bes d' fis'>
  <c e g bes d' f' a'> \break
  <c e g bes d' fis' as'>
  <c e gis bes dis'>
  <c e g bes dis' fis'>
  <c e g bes d' f' as'> \break
  <c e g bes des' f' as'>
  <c e g bes d' fis'>
  <c e g b d'>
  <c e g bes d' f' as'> \break
  <c e g bes des' f' as'>
  <c e g bes des' f' a'>
  <c e g b d'>
  <c e g b d' f' a'> \break
  <c e g b d' fis'>
  <c e g bes des' f ' a'>
  <c f g>
  <c f g bes> \break
  <c f g bes d'>
  <c e g d'>  % add9
  <c es g f'>
  <c e g b fis'>  % Lydian
  <c e g bes des' ees' fis' aes'>  % altered chord
}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% alternate Jazz notation

efullmusicJazzAlt = {
  <c e gis>1-\markup { "+" }
  <c e g b>-\markup {
    \normal-size-super
    % \override #'(font-family . math) "N"
    \override #'(font-family . math) "M"
  }
  %%c:3.5.7 = \markup { \override #'(font-family . math) "M" }
  %%c:3.5.7 = \markup { \normal-size-super "maj7" }

  <c es ges>-\markup { \super "o" }  % should be $\circ$ ?
  <c es ges bes>-\markup { \super \combine "o" "/" }
  <c es ges beses>-\markup { \super  "o7" }
}

efullJazzAlt = #(sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions efullmusicJazzAlt #f)

epartialmusicJazzAlt = {
  <c d>1-\markup { \normal-size-super "2" }
  <c es>-\markup { "m" }
  <c f>-\markup { \normal-size-super "sus4" }
  <c g>-\markup { \normal-size-super "5" }
  %% TODO, partial exceptions
  <c es f>-\markup { "m" }-\markup { \normal-size-super "sus4" }
  <c d es>-\markup { "m" }-\markup { \normal-size-super "sus2" }
}

epartialJazzAlt = #(sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions epartialmusicJazzAlt #f)

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      %% Already set by default:
      %\set chordNameFunction = #ignatzek-chord-names
      \set instrumentName = "Ignatzek"
      \set shortInstrumentName = "Def"
      \chs
    }

    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordNameFunction = #jazz-chordnames
      \set majorSevenSymbol = \whiteTriangleMarkup
      \set chordNameSeparator = "/"
      \set chordNameExceptionsFull = \efullJazzAlt
      \set chordNameExceptionsPartial = \epartialJazzAlt
      \set instrumentName = "Alternative"
      \set shortInstrumentName = "Alt"
      \chs
    }

    %% This is the Banter (1987) style.  It gives exceedingly
    %% verbose (wide) names, making the output file take up to 4 pages.

    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordNameFunction = #banter-chordnames
      \override ChordName.font-size = -3
      \set instrumentName = "Banter"
      \set shortInstrumentName = "Ban"
      \chs
    }

  \new Staff \transpose c c' { \chs }
  >>
  \layout {
    #(layout-set-staff-size 16)
    system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 0
    \context {
      \ChordNames
      \consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    }
  }
}

% The code below prints two warnings for the second chord,
% which may be omitted by uncommenting the following line.
%
% #(for-each (lambda (x) (ly:expect-warning "No string for pitch")) (iota 2))

mus = {
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'>
  \set maximumFretStretch = 5
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'\1>
}

<<
  \new FretBoards \mus
  \new TabVoice \mus
>>

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

\override Staff.Beam.collision-voice-only = ##t

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = up \relative c' <<
    { r4
      \override Stem.cross-staff = ##t
      \override Stem.length = #19 % this is in half-spaces,
          % so it makes stems 9.5 staffspaces long
      \override Stem.Y-offset = #-6 % stems are normally lengthened
          % upwards, so here we must lower the stem by the amount
          % equal to the lengthening - in this case (19 - 7) / 2
          % (7 is default stem length)
      e e e }
    { s4
      \change Staff = "bottom"
      \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
      c, c c
    }
  >>

  \new Staff = bottom \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    g8 a g a g a g a
  }
>>

\paper {
  line-width = 10\cm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\new ChordGrid \with {
  \override ChordSquare.measure-division-lines-alist =
    #'(((1) . ())
       ((1/3 1/3 1/3) . ((-1 -0.4 0 1) (0 -1 1 0.4))))
  \override ChordSquare.measure-division-chord-placement-alist =
    #'(((1) . ((0 . 0)))
       ((1/3 1/3 1/3) . ((-0.7 . 0.5) (0 . 0) (0.7 . -0.5))))
}
\chordmode {
  \time 3/4
  c2.
  c4 c4 c4
}

<<
  \chords {
    R1
    \set noChordSymbol = "—"
    R1
    \set noChordSymbol = \markup \italic "Ssh!"
    R1
  }
  {
    R1*3
  }
>>

scm = \chordmode {
  c1/c | cis/cis
  b1/b | bis/bis | bes/bes
}

\layout {
  indent = 3\cm
  ragged-right = ##f

  \context {
    \ChordNames
    \consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
  }
  \context {
    \Score
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-Y = -1.2
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
  }
}

<<
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"default"
    \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"german"
    \germanChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"semi-german"
    \semiGermanChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"italian"
    \italianChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"french"
    \frenchChords \scm
  }
  \context Voice { \scm }
>>

fixA = {
  \once \override Stem.length = #12
}

fixB = {
  \once \override NoteHead.X-offset = #1.7
  \once \override Stem.length = #7
  \once \override Stem.rotation = #'(45 0 0)
  \once \override Stem.extra-offset = #'(-0.1 . -0.2)
  \once \override Flag.style = #'no-flag
  \once \override Accidental.extra-offset = #'(4 . -.1)
}

\relative c' {
  << { \fixA <b d!>8 } \\ { \voiceThree \fixB dis } >> s
}

bassfigures = \figuremode {
  \set useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
  <6 4>4 <6 4\!> <6 4\!> <6 4\!> |
  <6\! 4\!>  <6 4> <6 4\!> <6 4>
}

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' { c1 c1 }
  \new FiguredBass \bassfigures
>>

#(define Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver
   (lambda (ctx)
     "For sequential `ChordNames` with the same root but a different bass,
the root markup is dropped: D D/C D/B -> D /C /B.
The behaviour may be controlled by setting the `chordChanges` context
property."
     (let ((chord-pitches '())
           (last-chord-pitches '())
           (bass-pitch #f))
       (make-engraver
        ((initialize this-engraver)
         (let ((chord-note-namer (ly:context-property ctx
                                                      'chordNoteNamer)))
           ;; Set 'chordNoteNamer, respect user setting if already done
           (ly:context-set-property! ctx 'chordNoteNamer
                                     (if (procedure? chord-note-namer)
                                         chord-note-namer
                                         note-name->markup))))

        (listeners
         ((note-event this-engraver event)
          (let* ((pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch))
                 (pitch-name (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                 (pitch-alt (ly:pitch-alteration pitch))
                 (bass (ly:event-property event 'bass #f))
                 (inversion (ly:event-property event 'inversion #f)))
            ;; Collect notes of the chord
            ;;  - to compare inversed chords we need to collect the
            ;;    bass note as usual member of the chord, whereas an
            ;;    added bass must be treated separate from the usual
            ;;    chord-notes
            ;;  - notes are stored as pairs containing their
            ;;    pitch-name (an integer), i.e. disregarding their
            ;;    octave and their alteration
            (cond (bass (set! bass-pitch pitch))
                  (inversion
                   (set! bass-pitch pitch)
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))
                  (else
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))))))

        (acknowledgers
         ((chord-name-interface this-engraver grob source-engraver)
          (let ((chord-changes (ly:context-property ctx
                                                    'chordChanges #f)))
            ;; If subsequent chords are equal apart from their bass,
            ;; reset the 'text-property.
            ;; Equality is done by comparing the sorted lists of this
            ;; chord's elements and the previous chord.  Sorting is
            ;; needed because inverted chords may have a different
            ;; order of pitches.  `chord-changes` needs to be true.
            (if (and bass-pitch
                     chord-changes
                     (equal?
                      (sort chord-pitches car<)
                      (sort last-chord-pitches car<)))
                (ly:grob-set-property!
                 grob 'text
                 (make-line-markup
                  (list
                   (ly:context-property ctx 'slashChordSeparator)
                   ((ly:context-property ctx 'chordNoteNamer)
                    bass-pitch
                    (ly:context-property ctx
                                         'chordNameLowercaseMinor))))))
            (set! last-chord-pitches chord-pitches)
            (set! chord-pitches '())
            (set! bass-pitch #f))))

        ((finalize this-engraver)
         (set! last-chord-pitches '()))))))

myChords = \chordmode {
  % \germanChords

  \set chordChanges = ##t
  d2:m d:m/cis

  d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b

  e1:7
  \set chordChanges = ##t
  e
  \break

  \once \set chordChanges = ##f
  e1/f
  e2/gis e/+gis e e:m/f d:m d:m/cis d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b
}

<<
  \new ChordNames
    \with { \consists #Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver }
    \myChords
  \new Staff \myChords
>>

harmonies = \chordmode {
  c'1:m c:m \break
  c'1:m c:m d
}

<<
  \new ChordNames {
    \set chordChanges = ##t
    \harmonies
  }
  \new Staff {
    \harmonies
  }
>>

<<
  \chords { c2 g:sus4 f e }
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    a4 e c8 e r4
    b2 c4( d)
  }
  \addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Voice = "one" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

verseI = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"1."
  This is the first verse
}

verseII = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"2."
  This is the second verse.
}

theChords = \chordmode {
  % insert chords for chordnames and fretboards here
  c2 g4 c
}

staffMelody = \relative c' {
   \key c \major
   \clef treble
   % Type notes for melody here
   c4 d8 e f4 g
   \bar "|."
}

\score {
  <<
    \context ChordNames { \theChords }
    \context FretBoards { \theChords }
    \new Staff {
      \context Voice = "voiceMelody" { \staffMelody }
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsI" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseI
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsII" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseII
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  f4 e8[ c] d4 g |
  a2 ~ a
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  c4:m f:min7 g:maj c:aug |
  d2:dim b4:5 e:sus
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Staff \melody
  >>
  \layout{ }
  \midi { }
}

<<
  \relative c' {
    \repeat unfold 3 {
      c8 c b b a a c16 c b b
    }
  }
  \figures {
    \set useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
    \set figuredBassCenterContinuations = ##t
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
    \set figuredBassCenterContinuations = ##f
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
  }
>>

\score {
  <<
    \chords { c1 c1 }
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
    {
      \repeat volta 2 { c'1 \alternative { c' } }
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Volta_engraver"
    }
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 0
      c16[] r8.
      r8.
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 0
      16[]
    }
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      16 16
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 2
      16 r r
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 2
      16 16 16
    }
    \new RhythmicStaff {
      16 16
      \set stemRightBeamCount = 2
      16 r16
      16[] r16
      \set stemLeftBeamCount = 2
      16 16
    }
  >>
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      \dynamicUp
      r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
    }
    \\
    {
      \override DynamicLineSpanner.layer = #0
      des,2\mf\< ~
      \override TextScript.layer = #2
      \once\override TextScript.staff-padding = #6
      \once\override TextScript.vertical-skylines = #'()
      des16_\markup \with-dimensions #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 0)
                    \with-color #white
                    \filled-box #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 2) #0
      r8. des4 ~ des16->\sff r8.
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \accepts TimingStaffGroup
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \name TimingStaffGroup
    \alias StaffGroup
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
}

<<
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \scaleDurations 8/5 {
        \time 6/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 6/8
        b8 b b b b b
        \time 4/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 2/4
        b4 b
      }
    }
  >>
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef bass
      \time 2/4
      c2 d e f
    }
  >>
>>

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  \override Glissando.style = #'zigzag
  c4 c
  \cadenzaOn
  c4\glissando
  \hideNotes
  c,,4
  \unHideNotes
  \cadenzaOff
  \bar "|"
}

#(define ((flared-tie coords) grob)
   (define (pair-to-list pair)
     (list (car pair) (cdr pair)))

   (define (normalize-coords goods x y dir)
     (map
      (lambda (coord)
        (cons (* x (car coord)) (* y dir (cdr coord))))
      goods))

   (define (my-c-p-s points thick)
     (make-connected-path-stencil points thick 1.0 1.0 #f #f))

   ;; Calling `ly:tie::print` and assigning its return value to a
   ;; variable in this outer `let` triggers LilyPond to position the
   ;; tie, allowing us to extract its extents.  We only proceed,
   ;; however, if the tie doesn't get discarded (for whatever reason).
   (let ((sten (ly:tie::print grob)))
     (if (grob::is-live? grob)
         (let* ((layout (ly:grob-layout grob))
                (line-thickness (ly:output-def-lookup layout
                                                      'line-thickness))
                (thickness (ly:grob-property grob 'thickness 0.1))
                (used-thick (* line-thickness thickness))
                (dir (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
                (xex (ly:stencil-extent sten X))
                (yex (ly:stencil-extent sten Y))
                (lenx (interval-length xex))
                (leny (interval-length yex))
                (xtrans (car xex))
                (ytrans (if (> dir 0)(car yex) (cdr yex)))
                ;; Add last point.
                (coord-list (append coords '((1.0 . 0.0))))
                (uplist
                 (map pair-to-list
                      (normalize-coords coord-list lenx (* leny 2) dir))))
           (ly:stencil-translate
            (my-c-p-s uplist used-thick)
            (cons xtrans ytrans)))
         '())))

% Define a default tie shape consisting of three straight lines.
#(define flare-tie
   (flared-tie '((0.1 . 0.3) (0.9 . 0.3))))

\relative c' {
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <a c e a c e a c e>~ q
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  q~ q\break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 14"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 14
  a'4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 0.5"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 0.5
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  \revert Tie.details.height-limit

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0))"
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil =
        #(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1)))
  a4~ a
  <>_\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))
  a'4~ a
}

slap =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
  #{
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stencil =
      #ly:text-interface::print
    \temporary \override NoteHead.text =
      \markup
        \translate #'(1 . 0)
          \override #'(thickness . 1.4)
            \overlay { \draw-line #'(-1.2 . 0.4)
                       \draw-line #'(-1.2 . -0.4) }
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stem-attachment =
      #(lambda (grob)
        (let* ((stem (ly:grob-object grob 'stem))
               (dir (ly:grob-property stem 'direction UP))
               (is-up (eqv? dir UP)))
          (cons dir (if is-up 0 -0.8))))
    #music
    \revert NoteHead.stencil
    \revert NoteHead.text
    \revert NoteHead.stem-attachment
  #})

\relative c' {
  c4 \slap c d r
  \slap { g4 a } b r
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \key g \major
  \time #'((3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8)
           (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8))
  \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
  \set Timing.beatStructure = 3,2,2,3,2,2,2,2,3,2,2
  c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
  c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
  c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
}

drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    bd4.^\markup { Drums } sn4 bd \bar ";"
    sn4. bd4 sn \bar ";"
    bd sn bd4. sn4 bd
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \melody
  \drum
}

speakOn = \override Stem.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
            (is-rest? (ly:grob? (ly:grob-object x-parent 'rest))))
       (if is-rest?
           empty-stencil
           (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
            (ly:stem::print grob)
            Y
            (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
            (grob-interpret-markup
	     grob
             (markup #:center-align #:fontsize -4
                     #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
            -1.7))))

speakOff = \revert Stem.stencil

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    a4 b a c
    \speakOn
    g4 f r g8 a
    b4 r r8 d e4
    \speakOff
    c4 a g f
  }
}

\set Staff.keyAlterations =
  #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)

\include "arabic.ly"

\relative do' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((0 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (2 . ,FLAT)
                                 (5 . ,FLAT)
                                 (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT))
  % \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  re reb \dwn reb resd
  dod dob dosd \dwn dob |
  dobsb dodsd do do |
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

\score {
  \context PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff = "up" {
      \time 4/8
      \key c \minor
      <<
        {
          \revert Stem.direction
          \change Staff = down
          \set subdivideBeams = ##t
          g16.[
          \change Staff = up
          c'''32
          \change Staff = down
          g32
          \change Staff = up
          c'''32
          \change Staff = down
          g16]
          \change Staff = up
          \stemUp
          \set followVoice = ##t
          c'''32([ b''16 a''16 gis''16 g''32)]
        }
        \\
        { s4 \tuplet 3/2 { d'16[ f' g'] } as'32[ b''32 e'' d''] }
        \\
        { s4 \autoBeamOff d''8.. f''32  }
        \\
        { s4 es''4 }
      >>
    }
    \new Staff = "down" {
      \clef bass
      \key c \minor
      \set subdivideBeams = ##f
      \override Stem.french-beaming = ##t
      \override Beam.beam-thickness = #0.3
      \override Stem.thickness = #4.0
      g'16[ b16 fis16 g16]
      <<
        \makeClusters {
          as16 <as b> <g b> <g cis>
        }
        \\
        {
          \override Staff.Arpeggio.arpeggio-direction = #DOWN
          <cis, e, gis, b, cis>4\arpeggio
        }
      >>
    }
  >>
  \midi {
    \tempo 8 = 60
  }
  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
    \context {
      \Staff
      \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
    }
  }
}

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

{
  c'16^\markup { traditional } d' r f'
  g'16[^\markup \column { "beams" "over rests" } f' r d']

  % N.B. use Score.Stem to set for the whole score.
  \override Staff.Stem.stemlet-length = #0.75

  c'16[^\markup \column { "stemlets" "over rests" } d' r f']
  g'16[^\markup \column { "stemlets" "and no rests" } f'
  \once \hide Rest
  r16 d']
}

bass = {
  \clef bass
  g4 b, c d |
  e d8 c d2
}

continuo = \figuremode {
  <_>4 <6>4 <5/>4
  \bassFigureStaffAlignmentUp
  <_+>4 <6> |
  \set Staff.useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
  \bassFigureStaffAlignmentDown
  <4>4. <4>8 <_+>4
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff = bassStaff \bass
    \context Staff = bassStaff \continuo
  >>
}

m = { c1 e f ges cis' \bar "||" }

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \new VaticanaVoice {
    \clef "vaticana-fa2"
    \key es \major
    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Vaticana clefs, custos and note heads"

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.punctum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.inclinatum
    <>^"vaticana.inclinatum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.quilisma
    <>^"vaticana.quilisma" \m

    \clef "vaticana-fa1"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.plica
    <>^"vaticana.plica" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.reverse.plica
    <>^"vaticana.reverse.plica" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.punctum.cavum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.cavum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.lpes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.lpes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.upes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.upes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.vupes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.vupes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.linea.punctum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.linea" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.epiphonus
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.epiphonus" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.cephalicus
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.cephalicus" \m

    \break

    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Medicaea clefs, custos and note heads"
    \set VaticanaStaff.alterationGlyphs =
      #alteration-medicaea-glyph-name-alist
    \override VaticanaStaff.Custos.style = #'medicaea

    \clef "medicaea-fa2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.punctum
    <>^"medicaea.punctum" \m

    \clef "medicaea-do2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.inclinatum
    <>^"medicaea.inclinatum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.virga
    <>^"medicaea.virga" \m

    \clef "medicaea-fa1"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.rvirga
    <>^"medicaea.rvirga" \m

    \break

    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Hufnagel clefs, custos and note heads"
    \set Staff.alterationGlyphs =
      #alteration-hufnagel-glyph-name-alist
    \override VaticanaStaff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
    \clef "hufnagel-fa2"

    \break

    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.punctum
    <>^"hufnagel.punctum" \m

    \clef "hufnagel-do2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.lpes
    <>^"hufnagel.lpes" \m

    \clef "hufnagel-do-fa"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.virga
    <>^"hufnagel.virga" \m
  }

  \layout {
    % Compensate `\with-true-dimensions` for PDF output.
    line-width = 159\mm

    \context {
      \Score
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextMark.break-align-symbols = #'(left-edge clef staff-bar)
      \override TextMark.padding = 4
      \omit BarNumber
    }
    \context {
      \VaticanaStaff
      alterationGlyphs =
        #alteration-vaticana-glyph-name-alist
    }
  }
}

chant = \relative c' {
  \set Score.timing = ##f
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g f) a2 \finalis \break
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g a) g2( f) \finalis
}

verba = \lyricmode {
  Lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met,
  lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met.
}

\score {
  \new GregorianTranscriptionStaff <<
    \new GregorianTranscriptionVoice = "melody" \chant
    \new GregorianTranscriptionLyrics = "one" \lyricsto melody \verba
  >>
}

{
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.style = #'neomensural
  s1
}

stemOff = \hide Staff.Stem
stemOn  = \undo \stemOff

\score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \key g \minor
    \cadenzaOn
    \stemOff a'\breve bes'4 g'4
    \stemOn a'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve g'4 a'4
    \stemOn f'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve^\markup { \italic flexe }
    \stemOn g'2 \fine
  }
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions  % work around a cropping issue
  \score {
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Custos_engraver" } \relative c' {
      \override Staff.Custos.neutral-position = #4

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
      c1^"hufnagel" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'medicaea
      c1^"medicaea" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'vaticana
      c1^"vaticana" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'mensural
      c1^"mensural" \break
      <d a' f'>1
    }
  }

% A short excerpt from the Jubilate Deo by Orlande de Lassus

global = {
  \set Score.skipBars = ##t
  \key g \major
  \time 4/4

  % the actual music
  \skip 1*8

  % let finis bar go through all staves
  \override Staff.BarLine.transparent = ##f

  % finis bar
  \bar "|."
}

discantusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c1"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  c''1.
}

discantusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c'' {
    \clef "treble"
    d'2. d'4 |
    b e' d'2 |
    c'4 e'4.( d'8 c' b |
    a4) b a2 |
    b4.( c'8 d'4) c'4 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    c'1 |
    b\breve |
  }
}

discantusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te De -- o,
  om -- nis ter -- ra, __ om-
  "..."
  -us.
}

altusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c3"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  e'1\rest f'1.
}

altusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c'' {
    \clef "treble"
    r2 g2. e4 fis g |
    a2 g4 e |
    fis g4.( fis16 e fis4) |
    g1 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    g1 |
    g\breve |
  }
}

altusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te
  De -- o, om -- nis ter -- ra,
  "..."
  -us.
}

tenorIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  \clef "petrucci-c4"
  \key f \major
  \time 2/2
  r\longa
  r\breve
  r1 c'1.
}

tenorNotes = {
  \transpose c' c' {
    \clef "treble_8"
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    % two measures
    r2 d'2. d'4 b e' |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    e'1 |
    d'\breve |
  }
}

tenorLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi -- la -- te
  "..."
  -us.
}

bassusIncipit = \new PetrucciStaff {
  % The original print shows the b flat
  % for the f major key signature twice.
  \override Staff.KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \clef "mensural-f"
  \key f\major
  \time 2/2
  \tweak Y-offset #1 r\longa \tweak Y-offset #1 r\longa
  f1.
}

bassusNotes = {
  \transpose c' c' {
    \clef "bass"
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    R1 |
    g2. e4 |
    \once \hide NoteHead
    e1 |
    g\breve |
  }
}

bassusLyrics = \lyricmode {
  Ju -- bi-
  "..."
  -us.
}

\score {
  <<
    \new StaffGroup = choirStaff <<
      \new Voice = "discantusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Discantus"
        \incipit #1 \discantusIncipit
        \global
        \discantusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto discantusNotes { \discantusLyrics }
      \new Voice = "altusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Altus"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \altusIncipit
        \altusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto altusNotes { \altusLyrics }
      \new Voice = "tenorNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Tenor"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \tenorIncipit
        \tenorNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto tenorNotes { \tenorLyrics }
      \new Voice = "bassusNotes" <<
        \set Staff.instrumentName = "Bassus"
        \global
        \incipit #1 \bassusIncipit
        \bassusNotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto bassusNotes { \bassusLyrics }
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      %% no bar lines in staves or lyrics
      \hide BarLine
    }
    %% the next two instructions keep the lyrics between the bar lines
    \context {
      \Lyrics
      \consists "Bar_engraver"
      \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      %% no slurs
      \hide Slur
      %% Comment in the below "\remove" command to allow line
      %% breaking also at those bar lines where a note overlaps
      %% into the next measure.  The command is commented out in this
      %% short example score, but especially for large scores, you
      %% will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve
      %% overall spacing if you comment in the following command.
      %%\remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    }
    indent = 5\cm
    incipit-width = 2.5\cm
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    measureBarType = "-span|"
  }
}

music = \fixed c'' {
  c1
  d2 \section e2
  f1 \fine
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \music
  \new Staff \music
>>

restsA = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 s32
  s64 s128 s256 s512 s1024 s1024
}
restsB = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32
  r64 r128 r256 r512 r1024 s1024
}

\new Staff \relative c {
  \omit Score.TimeSignature
  \cadenzaOn

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'mensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { mensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'neomensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { neomensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'classical
  <>^\markup \typewriter { classical } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'z
  <>^\markup \typewriter { z-style } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'default
  <>^\markup \typewriter { default } \restsB \bar "" \break
}

\layout {
  line-width = 150\mm
}

menrest = #(define-music-function (note) (ly:music?)
              #{
                \tag #'mens $(make-music 'RestEvent note)
                \tag #'mod $(make-music 'RestEvent note 'pitch '())
              #})
Be = \tag #'mod
       #(begin
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "stem does not fit in beam"))
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "beam was started here"))
          (make-span-event 'BeamEvent START))
Am = \tag #'mod ]

MenStyle = {
  \override Score.BarNumber.transparent = ##t
  \override Stem.neutral-direction = #up
  \omit Slur
  \omit Beam
}

finalis = \section

Music = \relative c'' {
  \key f \major
  g1 d'2 \menrest bes4 bes a2 \menrest r4 g4 fis4. fis8 fis4 fis \break
  g e f4.([ g8] a4[ g8 f] g2.\Be fis8 e\Am fis2) g\breve \finalis
}

MenLyr = \lyricmode {
  So farre, deere life, deare life,
  from thy bright beames ab- ſen- ted,
}
ModLyr = \lyricmode {
  So far, dear life, dear life,
  from your bright beams ab -- sen -- ted, __
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mens {
    <<
      \new PetrucciStaff {
        \new PetrucciVoice = "Cantus" {
          \clef "petrucci-c1" \time 4/4 \MenStyle \Music
        }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Cantus" \MenLyr
    >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \PetrucciVoice
      % No longer necessary starting with version 2.25.23.
      \override Flag.style = #'mensural
    }
  }
}

\markup\vspace #1

\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mod {
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice = "Sop" \with {
          \remove "Note_heads_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
          \remove "Rest_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_rest_engraver"
        } \shiftDurations 1 0 { \time 2/4 \autoBeamOff \Music }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" \ModLyr
    >>
  }
}

upline =
\tweak stencil
  #(lambda (grob)
    (grob-interpret-markup grob #{ \markup \draw-line #'(0 . 1) #}))
  \stopped

\relative c' {
  a'4^\upline a( c d')_\upline
}

\include "arabic.ly"

\relative sol' {
  \key re \kurd
  \accidentalStyle forget
  \cadenzaOn
  sol4 sol sol sol fad mib sol1 fad8 mib re4. r8 mib1 fad sol
}

\include "makam.ly"

\relative c' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,(- KOMA)) (3 . ,BAKIYE))
  c4 cc db fk
  gbm4 gfc gfb efk
  fk4 db cc c
}

{
  b1^\markup {
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
  f'_\markup {
    \override #'(text-direction . -1)
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)

\include "turkish-makam.ly"

\header {
  title = "Hüseyni Saz Semaisi"
  composer = "Lavtacı Andon"
  tagline = ##f
}

\relative {
  \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  \set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f

  \key a \huseyni
  \time 10/8

  a'4 g'16[ fb] e8.[ d16] d[ c d e] c[ d c8] bfc |
  a16[ bfc a8] bfc c16[ d c8] d16[ e d8] e4 fb8 |
  d4 a'8 a16[ g fb e] fb8[ g] a8.[ b16] a16[ g] |
  g4 g16[ fb] fb8.[ e16] e[ g fb e] e4 r8 |
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
}

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    <<
      {
        \voiceOne
        \set subdivideBeams = ##t
        b32[^"subdivide beams" a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        b32_"default"[ a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
    >>
    \oneVoice
    \once \set beamMinimumSubdivision = #1/8
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMinimum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/8" } [ a g f c' b a g]
    \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #1/16
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMaximum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/16" } [ a g f c' b a g]
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.Y-offset = #3.5

  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark #14
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1
}

(scorify-music music)

(let* ((layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout)))
   ; modificamos el layout aquí, y después lo asignamos:
   (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout))

#(define-public (add-score score)
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores
                      (cons score (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores))))

#(define-public (add-text text)
   (add-score (list text)))

#(define-public (add-music music)
   (collect-music-aux (lambda (score)
                        (add-score score))
                      music))

#(define-public (toplevel-book-handler book)
   (map (lambda (score)
          (ly:book-add-score! book score))
        (reverse! (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores)))
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores (list))
   (print-book-with-defaults book))

#(define-public (book-score-handler book score)
   (add-score score))

#(define-public (book-text-handler book text)
   (add-text text))

#(define-public (book-music-handler book music)
   (add-music music))

% Some example code to show how to use these functions.  Each call to
% `\oneNoteScore` constructs a global markup followed by a single
% staff with a single quarter note.  The pitch of this note is taken
% from the variable `pitch`; the start value 0 corresponds to pitch C.
% After emitting the score, variable `pitch` gets increased by 1.
%
% `\oneNoteScore` calls Scheme function `add-one-note-score` to do all
% the work.

#(define add-one-note-score #f)
#(let ((pitch 0))
   (set! add-one-note-score
         (lambda ()
           (let* ((music
                   (make-music
                    'EventChord
                    'elements (list (make-music
                                     'NoteEvent
                                     'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1/1)
                                     'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 pitch 0)))))
                  (score (scorify-music music))
                  (layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout))
                  (note-name (case pitch
                               ((0) "do")
                               ((1) "ré")
                               ((2) "mi")
                               ((3) "fa")
                               ((4) "sol")
                               ((5) "la")
                               ((6) "si")
                               (else "huh")))
                  (title (markup #:large #:line
                                 ("Score with a" note-name))))
             (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
             (add-text title)
             (add-score score))
           (set! pitch (modulo (1+ pitch) 7)))))

oneNoteScore =
#(define-void-function () ()
   (add-one-note-score))

\book {
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

\book {
  \oneNoteScore
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

% Top-level scores are also handled correctly.
\oneNoteScore
\oneNoteScore

\paper { tagline = ##f }

\relative c'' {
  aeses4 aes ais a
  \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  aeses4 aes ais a
}

\relative c' {
  \key d \major
  a4 b cis d
  \key g \minor
  a4 bes c d
  \set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f
  \key d \major
  a4 b cis d
  \key g \minor
  a4 bes c d
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords =\lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "women" <<
        \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "altos"

      \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "men" <<
        \clef bass
        \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "basses"

      \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
      \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
      \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
      \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    >>

    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \sopMusic >>
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      >>
      \new Staff <<
        \clef bass
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
        << \global \bassMusic >>
      >>
    >>
  >>
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
    \new Staff
    \key f \major
    c1 c^"Unwanted extra space" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
    c1 | c^"Fixed here" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \once \set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility =
           #end-of-line-invisible
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c | c c c c |
  \repeat segno 2 {
    c4 c c c | c c c c |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 {
        c4 c c c | c c c c |
        % If you don't use \break at Coda, use \noBreak here
        % and after \bar "" below.
        \noBreak
        \section % double bar line
        \cadenzaOn % pause bar count
        \stopStaff % remove staff lines
        % Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space
        \repeat unfold 4 {
          s1
          \bar ""
        }
        % Place JumpScript where the staff would normally be.
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.Y-offset = 0
        \startStaff % resume bar count
        \cadenzaOff % show staff lines again
      }
    }
  }
  \sectionLabel "Coda"
  % Show Coda on a new line
  \break
  \repeat unfold 6 { c4 c c c }
  \fine
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
    % To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:
    % \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
  }
}
\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    % To use the setting globally, comment this line,
    % uncomment the line in the \layout block above
    \override Staff.VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

{
  r16[ g16 \tuplet 3/2 { r16 e'8] }
  g16( a \tuplet 3/2 { b d' e') }
  g8[( a \tuplet 3/2 { b d') e']\( ~ }
  \time 2/4
  \tuplet 5/4 { e'32 a b d' e' } a'4.\)
}

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    <<
      {
        \voiceOne
        \set subdivideBeams = ##t
        b32[^"subdivide beams" a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        b32_"default"[ a g f c' b a g
        b32 a g f c' b a g]
      }
    >>
    \oneVoice
    \once \set beamMinimumSubdivision = #1/8
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMinimum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/8" } [ a g f c' b a g]
    \once \set beamMaximumSubdivision = #1/16
    b32^\markup \center-column { "beamMaximum-"
                                 "Subdivision 1/16" } [ a g f c' b a g]
  }
}

\relative c' {
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDotted
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDashed
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
}

music = \relative c'' {
  \tuplet 3/2 { c16[ d e } f8]
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c4 d e }
}

\new Voice {
  \relative c' {
    \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
    \textMark "default" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "'if-no-beam" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##t
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#t" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##f
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#f" \music
    \omit TupletBracket
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "omit" \music
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
    }
    \\
    {
      \slurUp
      bes,16[ s e](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes f[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes fis](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes g[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes gis](
      \hideNotes a)
    }
  >>
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
  <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8

  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
  \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn.tie-configuration
     = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
          (-5 . ,DOWN)
          (-3 . ,UP)
          (-1 . ,UP))
  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  % from upper staff-line (position 2) to center (position 0)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(2 . 0)
  c8 c
  % from center to one above center (position 1)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(0 . 1)
  c8 c
}

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c'' {
    \override Ambitus.X-offset = 2.0
    \voiceOne
    c4 a d e
    f1
  }
  \new Voice \with {
    \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
  } \relative c' {
    \voiceTwo
    es4 f g as
    b1
  }
>>

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \relative c'' {
      c1 | c | c | c | c
    }
    \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
      \new Staff {
        c1 | c
        <<
          { c1 | d }
          \new Staff {
            \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
            c1 | b
          }
        >>
        c1
      }
    }
  >>
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
    \new Staff
    \key f \major
    c1 c^"Unwanted extra space" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
    c1 | c^"Fixed here" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \once \set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility =
           #end-of-line-invisible
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
  }
}

\new ChordNames \with {
  \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 3)
  \consists "Bar_engraver"
}

\chordmode {
  f1:maj7 f:7 bes:7
}

\new Staff \with {
  \consists Ambitus_engraver
} \relative {
  \ambitusAfter key-signature
  \key d \major
  es'8 g bes cis d2
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
    \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  }
}

{
  \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a"
    c''\startGroup d''\stopGroup
    \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a'"
    e''\startGroup d''\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak outside-staff-priority #801
      \tweak HorizontalBracketText.text
        \markup \bold \huge "b" \startGroup
     -\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup
    e''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a'" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text foo \startGroup
    d'' e'' f'' | \break
  g'' a'' b'' c'''\stopGroup
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  a8 b g f b g |
  \set suspendMelodyDecisions = ##t
  a  b g f b g |
  \unset suspendMelodyDecisions
  c  b d c b c |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Melody_engraver"
    \autoBeamOff
  }
}

\score {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \relative c''' {
      \set midiInstrument = "flute"
      \voiceOne
      \key g \major
      \time 2/2
      r2 g-"Flute" ~
      g fis ~
      fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
      e4 d8 cis d2
    }
    \new Voice \relative c'' {
      \set midiInstrument = "clarinet"
      \voiceTwo
      b1-"Clarinet"
      a2. b8 a
      g2. fis8 e
      fis2 r
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi {
    \context {
      \Staff
      \remove "Staff_performer"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      \consists "Staff_performer"
    }
    \tempo 2 = 72
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \accepts TimingStaffGroup
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \name TimingStaffGroup
    \alias StaffGroup
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
}

<<
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \scaleDurations 8/5 {
        \time 6/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 6/8
        b8 b b b b b
        \time 4/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 2/4
        b4 b
      }
    }
  >>
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef bass
      \time 2/4
      c2 d e f
    }
  >>
>>

\new Staff \with {
  \consists "Span_arpeggio_engraver"
}
\relative c' {
  \set Staff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  <<
    { <e' g>4\arpeggio <d f> <d f>2 }
    \\
    { <d, f>2\arpeggio <g b>2 }
  >>
}

#(set-global-staff-size 10)   % for the documentation
% #(set-global-staff-size 20) % for letter and A4

\book {
  \score {
    { \repeat unfold 12 { s1 \break } }

    \layout {
      indent = 0
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \remove "Clef_engraver"
        \remove "Bar_engraver"
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
      }
    }
  }

  % for the documentation
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a6")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 90\mm
    left-margin = 7.5\mm
    bottom-margin = 5\mm
    top-margin = 5\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }

  % uncomment these lines for "letter" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "letter")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 7.5\in
    left-margin = 0.5\in
    bottom-margin = 0.25\in
    top-margin = 0.25\in
    tagline = ##f
   }
  %}

  % uncomment these lines for "A4" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a4")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 180\mm
    left-margin = 15\mm
    bottom-margin = 10\mm
    top-margin = 10\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }
  %}
}

<<
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Voice \relative c' {
      <c e>2\arpeggio <d f>2\arpeggio
      <c e>1\arpeggio
    }
    \new Voice \relative c {
      \clef bass
      <c g'>2\arpeggio <b g'>2\arpeggio
      <c g'>1\arpeggio
    }
  >>

  \new Staff \relative c {
    \set Score.connectArpeggios = ##t
    \clef bass
    c2\arpeggio g\arpeggio
    c1\arpeggio
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Span_arpeggio_engraver"
  }
}

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #8
  \override KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeyCancellation.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeySignature.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))
  \override KeyCancellation.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))

  \override Clef.stencil =
    #(lambda (grob)
        (grob-interpret-markup grob
           #{ \markup\combine
                \musicglyph "clefs.C"
                \translate #'(-3 . -2)
                  \musicglyph "clefs.F"
           #}))
    clefPosition = #3
    middleCPosition = #3
    middleCClefPosition = #3
}

{
  \key d\minor f bes, f bes, |
  \key d\major fis b, fis b, |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \PianoStaff
    \consists "Span_stem_engraver"
  }
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff {
    <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\! |
    e'8 f' g'4
      \voiceTwo
      % Down to lower staff
      \crossStaff { e'8 e'8 } e'4 |
  }

  \new Staff {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    % Up to upper staff
    \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8 } d |
    g8 f g4 \voiceTwo g8 g g4 |
  }
>>

#(use-modules (oop goops))

%%%
%%% Grob utilities
%%%
%%% These are literal rewrites of some C++ methods used by the ambitus
%%% engraver.

#(define (ly:separation-item::add-conditional-item grob grob-item)
   "Add GROB-ITEM to the array of conditional elements of GROB.

This is a rewrite of function `Separation_item::add_conditional_item` from
file `lily/separation-item.cc`."
   (ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob
    grob 'conditional-elements grob-item))

#(define (ly:accidental-placement::accidental-pitch accidental-grob)
   "Get the pitch from the grob cause of ACCIDENTAL-GROB.

This is a rewrite of function `accidental_pitch` from file
`lily/accidental-placement.cc`."
   (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property
                       (ly:grob-parent accidental-grob Y) 'cause)
                      'pitch))

#(define (ly:accidental-placement::add-accidental grob accidental-grob)
   "Add ACCIDENTAL-GROB to the list of accidentals grobs of GROB.
ACCIDENTAL-GROB is an `Accidental` grob; GROB is an `AccidentalPlacement`
grob.

This is a rewrite of function `Accidental_placement::add_accidental` from
file `lily/accidental-placement.cc`."
   (let ((pitch (ly:accidental-placement::accidental-pitch
                 accidental-grob)))
     (set! (ly:grob-parent accidental-grob X) grob)
     (let* ((accidentals (ly:grob-object grob 'accidental-grobs))
            (handle (assq (ly:pitch-notename pitch) accidentals))
            (entry (if handle (cdr handle) '())))
       (set! (ly:grob-object grob 'accidental-grobs)
             (assq-set! accidentals
                        (ly:pitch-notename pitch)
                        (cons accidental-grob entry))))))

%%%
%%% Ambitus data structures.
%%%

%%% The <ambitus> class holds the various grobs that are created to
%%% print an ambitus:
%%%
%%% - `ambitus-group`: the grob that groups all the components of an
%%%   ambitus (`Ambitus` grob);
%%% - `ambitus-line`: the vertical line between the upper and lower
%%%   ambitus notes (`AmbitusLine` grob);
%%% - `ambitus-up-note` and `ambitus-down-note`: the note head and
%%%   accidental for the lower and upper note of the ambitus (see
%%%   `<ambitus-note>` class below).
%%%
%%% The other slots define the key and clef context of the engraver:
%%%
%%% - `start-c0`: position of middle c at the beginning of the piece.
%%%   It is used to place the ambitus notes according to their pitch;
%%% - `start-key-sig`: the key signature at the beginning of the
%%%   piece.  It is used to determine whether accidentals shall be
%%%   printed next to ambitus notes.

#(define-class <ambitus> ()
   (ambitus-group #:accessor ambitus-group)
   (ambitus-line #:accessor ambitus-line)
   (ambitus-up-note #:getter ambitus-up-note
                    #:init-form (make <ambitus-note>))
   (ambitus-down-note #:getter ambitus-down-note
                      #:init-form (make <ambitus-note>))
   (start-c0 #:accessor ambitus-start-c0
             #:init-value #f)
   (start-key-sig #:accessor ambitus-start-key-sig
                  #:init-value '()))

%%% Accessor for the lower and upper note data of an ambitus.
#(define-method (ambitus-note (ambitus <ambitus>) direction)
   "Return lower or upper note of AMBITUS depending on DIRECTION."
   (if (= direction UP)
       (ambitus-up-note ambitus)
       (ambitus-down-note ambitus)))

%%% The `<ambitus-note>` class holds the grobs that are specific to
%%% ambitus (lower and upper) notes:
%%%
%%% - `head`: an `AmbitusNoteHead` grob;
%%% - `accidental`: an `AmbitusAccidental` grob, to be possibly
%%%   printed next to the ambitus note head.
%%%
%%% Moreover,
%%%
%%% - `pitch` is the absolute pitch of the note;
%%% - `cause` is the note event that causes this ambitus note, i.e.,
%%%   the lower or upper note of the considered music sequence.

#(define-class <ambitus-note> ()
   (head #:accessor ambitus-note-head
         #:init-value #f)
   (accidental #:accessor ambitus-note-accidental
               #:init-value #f)
   (cause #:accessor ambitus-note-cause
          #:init-value #f)
   (pitch #:accessor ambitus-note-pitch
          #:init-value #f))

%%%
%%% Ambitus engraving logic.
%%%
%%% This is rewrite of the code from file `lily/ambitus-engraver.cc`.

#(define (make-ambitus translator)
   "Build an ambitus object: initialize all the grobs and their
relations.

The `Ambitus` grob contains all other grobs:

 Ambitus
  |- AmbitusLine
  |- AmbitusNoteHead    for upper note
  |- AmbitusAccidental  for upper note
  |- AmbitusNoteHead    for lower note
  |- AmbitusAccidental  for lower note

The parent of an accidental is the corresponding note head, and the
accidental is set as the `accidental-grob` property of the note head
so that is printed by the function that prints notes."
   ;; Make the ambitus object.
   (let ((ambitus (make <ambitus>)))
     ;; Build the `Ambitus` grob, which will contain all other grobs.
     (set! (ambitus-group ambitus)
           (ly:engraver-make-grob translator 'Ambitus '()))
     ;; Build the `AmbitusLine` grob (the line between lower and upper
     ;; note).
     (set! (ambitus-line ambitus)
           (ly:engraver-make-grob translator 'AmbitusLine '()))
     ;; Build the upper and lower `AmbitusNoteHead` and
     ;; `AmbitusAccidental`.
     (for-each
      (lambda (direction)
        (let ((head (ly:engraver-make-grob translator
                                           'AmbitusNoteHead '()))
              (accidental (ly:engraver-make-grob translator
                                                 'AmbitusAccidental '()))
              (group (ambitus-group ambitus)))
          ;; The parent of the `AmbitusAccidental` grob is the
          ;; `AmbitusNoteHead` grob.
          (set! (ly:grob-parent accidental Y) head)
          ;; The `AmbitusAccidental` grob is set as the
          ;; `accidental-grob` object of `AmbitusNoteHead`.  This is
          ;; later used by the function that prints notes.
          (set! (ly:grob-object head 'accidental-grob) accidental)
          ;; Both the note head and the accidental grobs are added to
          ;; the main ambitus grob.
          (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element group head)
          (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element group accidental)
          ;; The note head and the accidental grobs are added to the
          ;; ambitus object.
          (set! (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                head)
          (set! (ambitus-note-accidental (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                accidental)))
      (list DOWN UP))

     ;; The parent of the ambitus line is the lower ambitus note head.
     (set! (ly:grob-parent (ambitus-line ambitus) X)
           (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))
     ;; The ambitus line is added to the ambitus main grob.
     (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element (ambitus-group ambitus)
                                           (ambitus-line ambitus))
     ambitus))

#(define-method (initialize-ambitus-state
                 (ambitus <ambitus>) translator)
   "Initialize the state of AMBITUS by getting the starting position of
middle C and key signature from TRANSLATOR's context."
   (if (not (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus))
       (begin
         (set! (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus)
               (ly:context-property (ly:translator-context translator)
                                    'middleCPosition 0))
         (set! (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus)
               (ly:context-property (ly:translator-context translator)
                                    'keyAlterations)))))

#(define-method (update-ambitus-notes (ambitus <ambitus>) note-grob)
   "Update upper and lower ambitus pitches of AMBITUS using NOTE-GROB."
   ;; Get the event that caused the `note-grob` creation and check
   ;; that it is a `note-event`.
   (let ((note-event (ly:grob-property note-grob 'cause)))
     (if (ly:in-event-class? note-event 'note-event)
         ;; Get the pitch from the note event.
         (let ((pitch (ly:event-property note-event 'pitch)))
           ;; If this pitch is lower than the current ambitus' lower
           ;; note pitch (or it has not been initialized yet), then
           ;; this pitch is the new ambitus' lower pitch.  The same is
           ;; done for the upper pitch (but in the opposite
           ;; direction).
           (for-each
            (lambda (direction pitch-compare)
              (if (or (not (ambitus-note-pitch
                            (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
                      (pitch-compare
                       pitch (ambitus-note-pitch
                              (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
                  (begin
                    (set! (ambitus-note-pitch
                           (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                          pitch)
                    (set! (ambitus-note-cause
                           (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                          note-event))))
            (list DOWN UP)
            (list ly:pitch<?
                  (lambda (p1 p2) (ly:pitch<? p2 p1))))))))

#(define-method (typeset-ambitus (ambitus <ambitus>) translator)
   "Typeset AMBITUS.

- Place the lower and upper ambitus notes according to their pitch and
  the position of the middle C.
- Typeset or delete the note accidentals, according to the key
  signature.  An accidental, if it is to be printed, is added to an
  `AccidentalPlacement` grob (a grob dedicated to the placement of
  accidentals near a chord).
- Both note heads are added to the ambitus line grob so that a line
  gets printed between them."
   ;; Check whether there are lower and upper pitches.
   (if (and (ambitus-note-pitch (ambitus-note ambitus UP))
            (ambitus-note-pitch (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))
       ;; Make an `AccidentalPlacement` grob, for placement of note
       ;; accidentals.
       (let ((accidental-placement
              (ly:engraver-make-grob
               translator
               'AccidentalPlacement (ambitus-note-accidental
                                     (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))))
         ;; For lower and upper ambitus notes.
         (for-each
          (lambda (direction)
            (let ((pitch (ambitus-note-pitch
                          (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
              ;; Set the cause and the staff position of the ambitus
              ;; note according to the associated pitch.
              (set! (ly:grob-property
                     (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                     'cause)
                    (ambitus-note-cause (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
              (set! (ly:grob-property
                     (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                     'staff-position)
                    (+ (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus)
                       (ly:pitch-steps pitch)))
              ;; Determine whether an accidental shall be printed for
              ;; this note, according to the key signature.
              (let* ((handle
                      (or (assoc (cons (ly:pitch-octave pitch)
                                       (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                                 (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus))
                          (assoc (ly:pitch-notename pitch)
                                 (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus))))
                     (sig-alter (if handle (cdr handle) 0)))
                (cond
                 ((= (ly:pitch-alteration pitch) sig-alter)
                  ;; The note alteration is in the key signature
                  ;; => it does not have to be printed.
                  (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-accidental
                                     (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
                  (set! (ly:grob-object (ambitus-note-head
                                         (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                                        'accidental-grob)
                        '()))
                 (else
                  ;; Otherwise the accidental shall be printed.
                  (set! (ly:grob-property
                         (ambitus-note-accidental
                          (ambitus-note ambitus direction)) 'alteration)
                        (ly:pitch-alteration pitch)))))
              ;; Add the `AccidentalPlacement` grob to the conditional
              ;; items of the `AmbitusNoteHead`.
              (ly:separation-item::add-conditional-item
               (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
               accidental-placement)
              ;; Add the `AmbitusAccidental` to the list of the
              ;; `AccidentalPlacement` grob accidentals.
              (ly:accidental-placement::add-accidental
               accidental-placement
               (ambitus-note-accidental (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
              ;; Add the `AmbitusNoteHead` grob to the `AmbitusLine` grob.
              (ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob
               (ambitus-line ambitus)
               'note-heads
                (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))))
          (list DOWN UP))
         ;; Add the `AccidentalPlacement` grob to the main `Ambitus` grob.
         (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element
          (ambitus-group ambitus) accidental-placement))
       ;; No lower and upper pitches => nothing to print.
       (begin
         (for-each
          (lambda (direction)
            (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-accidental
                               (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
            (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-head
                               (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
          (list DOWN UP))
         (ly:grob-suicide! ambitus-line))))

%%%
%%% Ambitus engraver definition.
%%%
#(define ambitus-engraver
   (lambda (context)
     (let ((ambitus #f))
       ;; When music is processed, make the ambitus object if not
       ;; already built.
       (make-engraver
        ((process-music translator)
         (if (not ambitus)
             (set! ambitus (make-ambitus translator))))

        ;; Set the ambitus clef and key signature state.
        ((stop-translation-timestep translator)
         (if ambitus
             (initialize-ambitus-state ambitus translator)))

        ;; When a note head grob is built, update the ambitus notes.
        (acknowledgers
         ((note-head-interface engraver grob source-engraver)
          (if ambitus
              (update-ambitus-notes ambitus grob))))

        ;; Finally, typeset the ambitus according to its upper and
        ;; lower notes (if any).
        ((finalize translator)
         (if ambitus
             (typeset-ambitus ambitus translator)))))))

%%%
%%% Example
%%%

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff { c'4 des' e' fis' gis' }
    \new Staff { \clef "bass" c4 des ~ des ees b, }
  >>
  \layout { \context { \Staff \consists #ambitus-engraver } }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with {
      instrumentName = "Flute"
      shortInstrumentName = "Fl"
    } \relative c' {
      \repeat unfold 3 { c'4 c c c | c c c c | c c c c | \break }
    }

    \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_Strings" <<
      \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin I"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi I"
        } \relative c'' {
          a1 | R1*7 | \repeat unfold 12 a16 a4 |
        }
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinII" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin II"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi II"
        } \relative c' {
          e1 | R1*8 |
        }
      >>

      \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
        instrumentName = "Cello"
        shortInstrumentName = "Ce"
      } \relative c {
        \clef bass \repeat unfold 9 { c1 } |
      }
    >>
  >>
}

\layout {
  indent = 3.0\cm
  short-indent = 1.5\cm

  \context {
    \GrandStaff
    \consists Keep_alive_together_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \RemoveEmptyStaves
  }
}

topVoice = \relative c' {
  \key d \major
  es8([ g] a[ fis])
  b4
  b16[-. b-. b-. cis-.]
  d4->
}

% empty staff and voice contexts
MyStaff = \context {
  \type Engraver_group
  \name Staff
  \accepts Voice
  \defaultchild Voice
}
MyVoice = \context {
  \type Engraver_group
  \name Voice
}

% add note heads
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Note_heads_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add staff
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Staff_symbol_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add clef
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Clef_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add stems
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Stem_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add beams, slurs, and accents
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Beam_engraver
  \consists Slur_engraver
  \consists Script_engraver
  \consists Rhythmic_column_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add accidentals, bar, time signature, and key signature
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Accidental_engraver
  \consists Bar_engraver
  \consists Time_signature_engraver
  \consists Key_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

\new ChoirStaff <<
  \new Staff {
    \relative c'' {
      \stemUp
      c'4. d8 e8 f g4
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \relative c {
      % this moves them up one staff space from the default position
      \override Score.GridLine.extra-offset = #'(0.0 . 1.0)
      \stemDown
      \clef bass
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 5.0
      c4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 1.0
      g'4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 3.0
      f4
      \once \override Score.GridLine.thickness = 5.0
      e4
    }
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    % set up grids
    \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
    % set the grid interval to one quarter note
    gridInterval = #1/4
    }
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
    % this moves them to the right half a staff space
    \override NoteColumn.X-offset = -0.5
  }
}

\new ChoirStaff {
  \relative c'' <<
    \new Staff {
      \time 12/8
      \stemUp
      c4. d8 e8 f g4 f8 e8. d16 c8
    }
    \new Staff {
      % hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible
      \hideNotes
      \hide Staff.BarLine
      \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-count = #0
      \hide Staff.TimeSignature
      \hide Staff.Clef

      % dummy notes to force regular note spacing
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
    % center grid lines horizontally below note heads
    \override NoteColumn.X-offset = #-0.5
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
    gridInterval = #1/8
    % set line length and positioning:
    % two staff spaces above center line on hidden staff
    % to four spaces below center line on visible staff
    \override GridPoint.Y-extent = #'(2 . -4)
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists #Measure_counter_engraver
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    c'4 d' e' f'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
  \bar "||"
  g'4 f' e' d'
  \override Staff.MeasureCounter.count-from = #2
  \startMeasureCount
  \repeat unfold 5 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  g'4 f'
  \bar ""
  \break
  e'4 d'
  \repeat unfold 7 {
    g'4 f' e' d'
  }
  \stopMeasureCount
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists Measure_spanner_engraver
  }
}

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    \key d \minor
    R1*2
    \tweak text "Answer"
    \startMeasureSpanner
    \tuplet 3/2 8 {
      a16[ b c] d[ c b]  c[ d e] f[ e d]
    }
    e8 a gis g
    fis f e d~ d c b e
    \stopMeasureSpanner
  }
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \key d \minor
    \tweak text "Subject"
      \tweak direction #DOWN
      \startMeasureSpanner
    \tuplet 3/2 8 {
      d16[ e f] g[ f e] f[ g a] bes[ a g]
    }
    a8 d cis c
    b bes a g~ g f e a
    \stopMeasureSpanner
    \tweak text "Counter-subject"
      \tweak direction #DOWN
      \startMeasureSpanner
    f8 e a r r16 b, c d e fis g e
    a gis a b c fis, b a gis e a4 g8
    \stopMeasureSpanner
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    measureBarType = "-span|"
  }
}

music = \fixed c'' {
  c1
  d2 \section e2
  f1 \fine
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \music
  \new Staff \music
>>

\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
  \override StaffGroup.SystemStartSquare.collapse-height = 4
  \set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy
    = #'(SystemStartSquare
          (SystemStartBrace
            (SystemStartBracket a
              (SystemStartSquare b))
            c)
          d)

  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    % Permit automatic line breaks within tuplets.
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    % Allow beams to be broken at line breaks.
    \override Beam.breakable = ##t
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^"manually forced line break"
  a8
  \repeat unfold 5 { \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b g16 a] } }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b \break g16 a] }
  \repeat unfold 5 { \tuplet 3/2 { c8[ b g16 a] } }
  c8 \bar "||"
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^"automatic line break"
  \repeat unfold 28 a16
  \tuplet 11/8 { a16[ b c d e f e d c b a] }
  \repeat unfold 28 a16 \bar "||"
}

#(define Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver
   (lambda (ctx)
     "For sequential `ChordNames` with the same root but a different bass,
the root markup is dropped: D D/C D/B -> D /C /B.
The behaviour may be controlled by setting the `chordChanges` context
property."
     (let ((chord-pitches '())
           (last-chord-pitches '())
           (bass-pitch #f))
       (make-engraver
        ((initialize this-engraver)
         (let ((chord-note-namer (ly:context-property ctx
                                                      'chordNoteNamer)))
           ;; Set 'chordNoteNamer, respect user setting if already done
           (ly:context-set-property! ctx 'chordNoteNamer
                                     (if (procedure? chord-note-namer)
                                         chord-note-namer
                                         note-name->markup))))

        (listeners
         ((note-event this-engraver event)
          (let* ((pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch))
                 (pitch-name (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                 (pitch-alt (ly:pitch-alteration pitch))
                 (bass (ly:event-property event 'bass #f))
                 (inversion (ly:event-property event 'inversion #f)))
            ;; Collect notes of the chord
            ;;  - to compare inversed chords we need to collect the
            ;;    bass note as usual member of the chord, whereas an
            ;;    added bass must be treated separate from the usual
            ;;    chord-notes
            ;;  - notes are stored as pairs containing their
            ;;    pitch-name (an integer), i.e. disregarding their
            ;;    octave and their alteration
            (cond (bass (set! bass-pitch pitch))
                  (inversion
                   (set! bass-pitch pitch)
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))
                  (else
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))))))

        (acknowledgers
         ((chord-name-interface this-engraver grob source-engraver)
          (let ((chord-changes (ly:context-property ctx
                                                    'chordChanges #f)))
            ;; If subsequent chords are equal apart from their bass,
            ;; reset the 'text-property.
            ;; Equality is done by comparing the sorted lists of this
            ;; chord's elements and the previous chord.  Sorting is
            ;; needed because inverted chords may have a different
            ;; order of pitches.  `chord-changes` needs to be true.
            (if (and bass-pitch
                     chord-changes
                     (equal?
                      (sort chord-pitches car<)
                      (sort last-chord-pitches car<)))
                (ly:grob-set-property!
                 grob 'text
                 (make-line-markup
                  (list
                   (ly:context-property ctx 'slashChordSeparator)
                   ((ly:context-property ctx 'chordNoteNamer)
                    bass-pitch
                    (ly:context-property ctx
                                         'chordNameLowercaseMinor))))))
            (set! last-chord-pitches chord-pitches)
            (set! chord-pitches '())
            (set! bass-pitch #f))))

        ((finalize this-engraver)
         (set! last-chord-pitches '()))))))

myChords = \chordmode {
  % \germanChords

  \set chordChanges = ##t
  d2:m d:m/cis

  d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b

  e1:7
  \set chordChanges = ##t
  e
  \break

  \once \set chordChanges = ##f
  e1/f
  e2/gis e/+gis e e:m/f d:m d:m/cis d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b
}

<<
  \new ChordNames
    \with { \consists #Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver }
    \myChords
  \new Staff \myChords
>>

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff { \mark \default c''1 \textMark "molto" c'' }
    \new Staff { \mark \default c'1 \textMark "molto" c' }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove Mark_engraver
      \remove Text_mark_engraver
      \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    }
    \context {
      \Staff
      \consists Mark_engraver
      \consists Text_mark_engraver
      \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    }
  }
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \omit BarNumber
    % or:
    % \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c \break
  c4 c c c
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup { <<
  \set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiter = #'SystemStartSquare
    \new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
    \new Staff { c'4 d' e' f' }
  >> }
}

bars = {
  \tempo "Allegro" 4=120
  s1*2
  \repeat unfold 5 { \mark \default s1*2 }
  \bar "||"
  \tempo "Adagio" 4=40
  s1*2
  \repeat unfold 8 { \mark \default s1*2 }
  \bar "|."
}
winds = \repeat unfold 120 { c''4 }
trumpet = { \repeat unfold 8 g'2 R1*16 \repeat unfold 4 g'2 R1*8 }
trombone = { \repeat unfold 4 c'1 R1*8 d'1 R1*17 }
strings = \repeat unfold 240 { c''8 }

#(set-global-staff-size 16)
\paper {
  systems-per-page = 5
  ragged-last-bottom = ##f
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  indent = 16\mm
  short-indent = 5\mm
  \context {
    \name MarkLine
    \type Engraver_group
    \consists Output_property_engraver
    \consists Axis_group_engraver
    \consists Mark_engraver
    \consists Metronome_mark_engraver
    \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-empty = ##t
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-layer = #'any
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing.padding = 1
    keepAliveInterfaces = #'()
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-empty = ##t
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-layer = ##f
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \accepts MarkLine
    \consists Keep_alive_together_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove Mark_engraver
    \remove Metronome_mark_engraver
    \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override BarNumber.Y-offset = #3
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new StaffGroup = "winds" \with {
      instrumentName = "Winds"
      shortInstrumentName = "W."
    } <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff \winds
    >>
    \new StaffGroup = "brass" <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff = "trumpet" \with {
        instrumentName = "Trumpet"
        shortInstrumentName = "Tp."
      } \trumpet
      \new Staff = "trombone" \with {
        instrumentName = "Trombone"
        shortInstrumentName = "Tb."
      } \trombone
    >>
    \new StaffGroup = "strings" \with {
      instrumentName = "Strings"
      shortInstrumentName = "Str."
    } <<
      \new MarkLine \bars
      \new Staff = "strings" { \strings }
    >>
  >>
}

\layout {
  line-width = 150\mm
}

menrest = #(define-music-function (note) (ly:music?)
              #{
                \tag #'mens $(make-music 'RestEvent note)
                \tag #'mod $(make-music 'RestEvent note 'pitch '())
              #})
Be = \tag #'mod
       #(begin
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "stem does not fit in beam"))
          (ly:expect-warning (G_ "beam was started here"))
          (make-span-event 'BeamEvent START))
Am = \tag #'mod ]

MenStyle = {
  \override Score.BarNumber.transparent = ##t
  \override Stem.neutral-direction = #up
  \omit Slur
  \omit Beam
}

finalis = \section

Music = \relative c'' {
  \key f \major
  g1 d'2 \menrest bes4 bes a2 \menrest r4 g4 fis4. fis8 fis4 fis \break
  g e f4.([ g8] a4[ g8 f] g2.\Be fis8 e\Am fis2) g\breve \finalis
}

MenLyr = \lyricmode {
  So farre, deere life, deare life,
  from thy bright beames ab- ſen- ted,
}
ModLyr = \lyricmode {
  So far, dear life, dear life,
  from your bright beams ab -- sen -- ted, __
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mens {
    <<
      \new PetrucciStaff {
        \new PetrucciVoice = "Cantus" {
          \clef "petrucci-c1" \time 4/4 \MenStyle \Music
        }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Cantus" \MenLyr
    >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \PetrucciVoice
      % No longer necessary starting with version 2.25.23.
      \override Flag.style = #'mensural
    }
  }
}

\markup\vspace #1

\score {
  \keepWithTag #'mod {
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice = "Sop" \with {
          \remove "Note_heads_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_heads_engraver"
          \remove "Rest_engraver"
          \consists "Completion_rest_engraver"
        } \shiftDurations 1 0 { \time 2/4 \autoBeamOff \Music }
      }
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" \ModLyr
    >>
  }
}

global = {
  \key g \major

  % verse
  \time 3/4
  s2.*2
  \break

  % refrain
  \time 2/4
  s2*2
  \bar "|."
}

SoloNotes = \relative g' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  g4 g g |
  b4 b b |

  % refrain
  R2*2 |
}

SoloLyrics = \lyricmode {
  One two three |
  four five six |
}

SopranoNotes = \relative c'' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 c |
  g4 g |
}

SopranoLyrics = \lyricmode {
  la la |
  la la |
}

BassNotes = \relative c {
  \clef "bass"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 e |
  d4 d |
}

BassLyrics = \lyricmode {
  dum dum |
  dum dum |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "SoloVoice" << \global \SoloNotes >>
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SoloVoice" \SoloLyrics

    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Voice = "SopranoVoice" << \global \SopranoNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SopranoVoice" \SopranoLyrics

      \new Voice = "BassVoice" << \global \BassNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "BassVoice" \BassLyrics
    >>
  >>

  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
    \context { \Staff
      % these lines prevent empty staves from being printed
      \RemoveEmptyStaves
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    }
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \chords { c1 c1 }
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
    {
      \repeat volta 2 { c'1 \alternative { c' } }
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Volta_engraver"
    }
  }
}

voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    c1
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { d1 }
      \volta 2 { e1 }
    }
  }
}

<<
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
      \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
>>

\new ChoirStaff {
  \relative c'' <<
    \new Staff {
      \time 12/8
      \stemUp
      c4. d8 e8 f g4 f8 e8. d16 c8
    }
    \new Staff {
      % hides staff and notes so that only the grid lines are visible
      \hideNotes
      \hide Staff.BarLine
      \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-count = #0
      \hide Staff.TimeSignature
      \hide Staff.Clef

      % dummy notes to force regular note spacing
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #4.0
      c8 c c
      \once  \override Score.GridLine.thickness = #3.0
      c8 c c
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \consists "Grid_line_span_engraver"
    % center grid lines horizontally below note heads
    \override NoteColumn.X-offset = #-0.5
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Grid_point_engraver"
    gridInterval = #1/8
    % set line length and positioning:
    % two staff spaces above center line on hidden staff
    % to four spaces below center line on visible staff
    \override GridPoint.Y-extent = #'(2 . -4)
  }
}

{
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions =
    #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
  d'4 e' f' g'
}

#(set-global-staff-size 26)

\new VaticanaScore <<
  \new VaticanaVoice = "cantus" {
    \clef "vaticana-do3"

    % Verse 1 — Sálve, Regína
    a\melisma \[ a \flexa g \pes a\melismaEnd \] d
      \divisioMinima
    \[ a\melisma \flexa g\melismaEnd \]
      \[ f\melisma \flexa e f \pes g \flexa f\melismaEnd \]
      \[ e\melisma \flexa d\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMaior
    c d \[d\melisma \flexa c\melismaEnd \] d
      \[ e\melisma \pes f\melismaEnd\] g
      \[d\melisma \pes e \flexa c\melismaEnd \] d
      \finalis

    % Verse 2 — Víta, dulcédo
    % a\melisma \[ a \flexa g \pes a\melismaEnd \] d
    %   \divisioMinima
    % \[ a\melisma \flexa g\melismaEnd \]
    %   \[ f\melisma \flexa e f \pes g \flexa f\melismaEnd \]
    %   \[ e\melisma \flexa d\melismaEnd \]
    %   \divisioMaior
    % c d \[e\melisma \pes f\melismaEnd \] g
    %   \[d\melisma \pes e \flexa c\melismaEnd \] d
    %   \finalis

    % Verse 3 — Ad te clamámus
    \[ d\melisma \pes f\melismaEnd\] a g
      \[ g\melisma \flexa f \pes a\melismaEnd\] e
      \divisioMaior
    g f \[ e\melisma \flexa d \pes g\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMinima
    c d \[ e\melisma \flexa d \pes g\melismaEnd \]
      \[ f\melisma \flexa e\melismaEnd \] d
      \finalis

    % Verse 4 — Ad te suspirámus
    \[ d\melisma \pes f\melismaEnd \] a c' g
      \[ g\melisma \flexa f \pes g\melismaEnd \] a
      \divisioMaior
    d \[ f\melisma \pes \deminutum g\melismaEnd \] g d
      \[ \virga f\melisma \inclinatum e \inclinatum d\melismaEnd \] c
      \divisioMaior
    d \[ d\melisma \flexa c \pes f\melismaEnd \]
      \[ g\melisma \pes a\melismaEnd \]
      g \[ f\melisma \flexa e\melismaEnd \] g
      \[ f\melisma \flexa \deminutum e\melismaEnd \]
      \[ d\melisma \flexa c \pes d\melismaEnd \]
      \finalis

    % Verse 5 — Eia ergo, Advocáta nóstra
    \[ f\melisma f \pes g\melismaEnd \] f
      \[ g\melisma \pes \deminutum a\melismaEnd \] a
      \divisioMinima
    c' g \[ \virga a\melisma \inclinatum g \inclinatum f\melismaEnd \]
      d g a
      \divisioMaior
    d' d' \[ c'\melisma \flexa b c' \pes d'\melismaEnd \] a
      \divisioMinima
    d' c' a \[ g\melisma \flexa f \pes a\melismaEnd \] g
      \[ d\melisma \pes e\melismaEnd \] f
      \[ \virga e\melisma \inclinatum d \inclinatum c\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMaior
    \[ c\melisma \pes d\melismaEnd \]
      f \[ g\melisma \flexa \deminutum f\melismaEnd \]
      \[ d\melisma \flexa c \pes d\melismaEnd \] d
      \finalis

    % Verse 6 — Et Jésum
    d a, \[ c\melisma \pes d\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMinima
    d \[ d\melisma \pes e\melismaEnd \]
      \[ e\melisma \flexa d d\melismaEnd \]
      c g f \[ e\melisma \flexa \deminutum d\melismaEnd \] g
      \[ f\melisma \flexa e\melismaEnd \]
      \[ d\melisma \flexa c \pes d\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMaior
    \[ d\melisma \pes a \] \virga bes\melismaEnd a
      \divisioMinima
    \[ \virga a\melisma \inclinatum g \inclinatum f\melismaEnd \]
      g d f
      \[ f\melisma \flexa e\melismaEnd \]
      \[ d\melisma \flexa c\melismaEnd \]
      \divisioMinima
    \[ e\melisma \pes f \flexa e\melismaEnd \] d d
      \finalis

    % Verse 7 ad finem — O clémens: O pía: O dúlcis Vírgo María
    a\melisma \[a \flexa g a \quilisma b \pes c'\melismaEnd \]
      \[ \virga b\melisma \inclinatum a \inclinatum g\melismaEnd \] a
      \finalis
    \[ g\melisma \pes a \quilisma b \pes c' \]
      \[ c' \flexa b\melismaEnd \]
      \[ a\melisma \flexa g\melismaEnd \]
      \[ g\melisma \pes a\melismaEnd \]
      \finalis
    \[ a\melisma \flexa d \virga f
      \inclinatum e \inclinatum d \inclinatum c d \]
      \divisioMinima
    \[ d \pes e f \pes g\melismaEnd \]
      \[ g\melisma \flexa \deminutum f\melismaEnd \]
      \[ g\melisma \pes a\melismaEnd \]
      d c d \[ d\melisma \pes g \flexa f f\melismaEnd \]
      \[ e\melisma \flexa d\melismaEnd \]
      \finalis
    s
  }

  \new VaticanaLyrics \lyricsto "cantus" {
    Sál -- ve, Re -- gí -- na,
      má -- ter mi -- se -- ri -- cór -- di -- "ae :"
    % Ví -- ta, dul -- cé -- do, et spes nó -- stra, sál -- ve.
    Ad te cla -- má -- mus, éx -- su -- les, fí -- li -- i Hé -- vae.
    Ad te su -- spi -- rá -- mus, ge -- mén -- tes et flén -- tes
      in hac la -- cri -- má -- rum vál -- le.
    E -- ia er -- go, Ad -- vo -- cá -- ta nó -- stra,
      íl -- los tú -- os mi -- se -- ri -- cór -- des
      ó -- cu -- los ad nos con -- vér -- te.
    Et Jé -- sum, be -- ne -- díc -- tum frúc -- tum vén -- tris tú -- i,
      nó -- bis post hoc ex -- sí -- li -- um os -- tén -- de.
    O clé -- "mens :"
    O pí -- "a :"
    O dúl -- cis Vír -- go Ma -- rí -- a.
  }
>>

theChords = \chordmode {
  \time 2/2
  f1 | c2 f2 | f1 | c2 f2| %\break
  f2 bes2 | f1 | c2:7 f | c1 | \break
}

verseOne = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"1."
  Fair is the sun - shine,
  Fair - er the moon - light
  And all the stars __ _  in heav'n a -- bove;
}

verseTwo = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"2."
  Fair are the mead - ows,
  Fair - er the wood - land,
  Robed in the flow -- ers of bloom -- ing spring;
}

Soprano = {
  \time 2/2
  \key f \major
  \stemUp
  f'2 f'4 f' | g'4 e' f'2 | a'4. a'8 a'4 a' | bes'4 g' a'2 |
  c''2 f''4 d'' |  c''2  bes'4  a' | bes'2 a' | g'1 |
}

Alto = {
  \key f \major
  c'2 c'4 c' | d'4 c' c'2 | f'4. f'8 f'4 fis' | g'4 e' f'2 |
  f'2 f'4 f' |  f'2  g'4  f' | e'2 f' | e'1 |
}

Tenor = {
  \key f \major
  \stemDown
  a2 a4 a | bes4 g a2  | c'4. c'8 d'4 d' | d'4 c' c'2 |
  a2 d'4 bes | a2 c'4 c' | c'2 c'  | c'1 |
}

Bass = {
  \key f \major
  f2 f4 f | bes,4 c  f2 | f4. e8 d4 c | bes,4 c f2 |
  f2 bes,4 d | f2 e4 f | g2 f | c1 |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames { \theChords }
    \context Staff = upper {
      \context Voice = sop {
        <<
          \Soprano
          \Alto
        >>
      }
    }
    \context Lyrics = "LyrOne" \lyricsto "sop" { \verseOne }
    \context Lyrics = "LyrTwo" \lyricsto "sop" { \verseTwo }
    \context Staff = lower {
      \new Voice {
        \clef bass
        \accidentalStyle modern-cautionary
        <<
          \Tenor
          \Bass
        >>
      }
    }
  >>

  \layout {
    indent = 0
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      \override StanzaNumber.padding = #1.8
    }
  }
}

\include "english.ly"

% Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 3
% Piano sonata 18, Movt II, Scherzo
% Measures 9 - 14

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" {
    \clef treble
    \key af \major
    \time 2/4
    \set Staff.fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
    \set Score.currentBarNumber = #9

    \partial 8 <af''-4 c''>8-. |
    \once \set doubleSlurs = ##t
    <bf''-5 df''-2>4( <af''-4 c''>8-.) \noBeam c''8-5-.\pp |
    bf'8..( af'32 g'8)-. f'8-. |
    e'4-2 r8
      \once \override Script.script-priority = #-100
      \afterGrace f'8(\trill^\finger "3-2" { e'16[ f'16] } |
    g'8..-3 f'32 e'8-1)-. d'8-2-. |
    c'4 r4 |
  }

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \key af \major
    \clef treble
    \override Fingering.direction = #down
    \set Staff.fingeringOrientations = #'(down)

    \partial 8 <af' af>8-.
    \once \set doubleSlurs = ##t
    <g'-2 ef'-3>4( <af' af>8)-. \noBeam \clef bass c'8-1-. |
    bf8..( af32 g8-1)-. f8-. |
    e4 r8 \afterGrace f8(\trill_\finger "2-1" { e16[ f16] } |
    g8..-1 f32 e8)-. d8 -. |
    c4 r4 |
  }
>>

% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 49 no. 1
% Piano sonata 19 - "Leichte Sonate"
% measures 1 - 12

\include "english.ly"

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" {
    \clef treble
    \key g \major
    \time 6/8

    \partial 2
      \textMark \markup \override #'(baseline-skip . 3)
                        \column { RONDO
                                  \italic Allegro }
      d'8-. d'-. g'-. a'-. |
    b'8[( g']) e'-. e'-. a'-. b'-. |
    c''8[( a']) e''-. d''-. c''-. b'-. |
    a'8-. g'-. a'-. \acciaccatura { g'16[ a'] } bf'8 a'-. g'-. |
    fs'8[( d']) d'-. d'-. g'-. a'-. |
    % 5
    b'8[( g']) e'-. e'-. a'-. b'-. |
    c''8[( a']) e''-. d''-. c''-. b'-. |
    a'8-. g'-. a'-. << { d' g' fs' } \\
                       { d'4 c'8 } >> |
    <b g'>4-- d'8-. g'-. b'-. d''-. |
    d''8( <c'' a'>-.) <c'' a'>-. d''( <b' g'>-.) <b' g'>-. |
    % 10
    d''8( <c'' a'>-.) <c'' a'>-. d''( <b' g'>-.) <b' g'>-. |
    d''8-. <c'' a'>-. <b' g'>-. d''-. <c'' a'>-. <b' g'>-.  |
    <d'' c'' a'>4\fermata r8 r4 r8 |
  }

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \clef bass
    \key g \major
    \time 6/8

    \partial 2 r8 r <d' b>-. <c' a>-. |
    <b g>4 r8 r <e' c'>-. <d' b>-. |
    <c' a>4 r8 r <a fs>-. <b g>-. |
    <c' a>8-. <b d'>-. <e' c'>-. <e' cs'>4.( |
    d'4) r8 r <d' b!>-. <c'! a>-. |
    % 5
    <b g>4 r8 r <e' c'>-. <d' b>-. |
    <c' a>4 r8 r <a fs>-. <b g>-. |
    <c' a>8-. <d' b>-. <e' c'>-. <b d>4 <a d>8-. |
    <g g,>4 \tenuto r8 r4 r8 |
    r8 <d' fs>-. <d' fs>-. r <d' g>-. <d' g>-. |
    % 10
    r8 <d' fs>-. <d' fs>-. r <d' g>-. <d' g>-. |
    r8 <d' fs>-. <d' g>-. r <d' fs>-. <d' g>-. |
    <d' fs>4\fermata r8 r4 r8 |
   }
>>

% Arcangelo Corelli, 12 Sonate da Camera, Op. 2
% Sonata II, Allemanda
% measures 1 - 7

extendOn = \bassFigureExtendersOn
extendOff = \bassFigureExtendersOff

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new GrandStaff <<
      \new Staff = "violinoI" \with { instrumentName = "Violino I." }
      {
        \time 4/4
        \tempo Adagio
        \partial 8 r16 a' |
        a'8.[ d''16 d''8. e''16] cis''8 a'4 a''16 bes'' |
        cis''8 d''16( e'') e''8. d''16 d''4 r8 d''16 e'' |
        f''8 f''4 g''16( f'') e''8 e''4 f''16( e'') |
        d''8. d''16 g''( f'') e''( d'') cis''8 cis''4 cis''16 cis'' |
        d''8 d'' c''8. c''16 c''8( b'4) b'16 b' |
        c''8 c'' bes'8. bes'16 bes'8( a'4) a''16 a'' |
        a''8 g'' g''8. g''16 g''8( f'') r f'' |
      }

      \new Staff = "violinoII" \with { instrumentName = "Violino II." }
      {
        \time 4/4
        \partial 8 r16 f' |
        f'8. g'16 g'4 a' r8 d''16 d'' |
        e''8 a' cis''8. d''16 d''4 r8 f''16 g'' |
        a''8 a'' d''8. d''16 g'8 g' c''8. c''16 |
        f'8. f''16 bes''( a'') g''( f'') e''8 e''4 e''16 e'' |
        a'8 fis'' g'' a'' d'' d''4 d''16 d'' |
        g'8 e'' f'' g'' c'' c''4 cis''16 cis'' |
        d''8 d'' e''8. e''16 e''8 a' r d'' |
      }
    >>

    \new Staff = "violone" \with {
      instrumentName = \markup {
        \center-column { Violone,
                         "e Cembalo." } } }
    {
      \time 4/4
      \clef bass
      \partial 8 r16 d |
      d4 bes, a, f |
      g8 f16 g a8 a, d4 d' ~ |
      d'8 c' b4 c'8 c'16 bes a4 |
      bes8 bes16 a g4 a8 a,4 a16 g |
      fis8 d e fis g8 g,4 g16 f |
      e8 c d e f8 f,4 a,8 |
      b,4 cis d r8 d' |
    }

    \new FiguredBass \figuremode {
      \set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #RIGHT
      \set figuredBassPlusDirection = #RIGHT
      \override BassFigureAlignment.stacking-dir = #DOWN
      s8 |
      s4 <6> <_+> <6> |
      <6 4\+ 2>8 <6> <_+> s s2 |
      <5>8 <6 4> <6 5>4 s <5>8 <6> |
      s4 <6 5 _-> <_+>2 |
      <6>8 <_+> <6> <6 5> <5 4> \extendOn <5 _!> \extendOff s4 |
      <6>4 <6->8 <6 5-> <5 4-> \extendOn <5 3>4 \extendOff <5 _+>8 |
      <7>8 <6> <5>4 <9 4>8 <8 3> s4 |
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  indent = 3\cm
}

% Johann Kaspar Mertz, Opern-Revue op. 8
% No. 17 ("Bellini, Norma")
% measures 123 - 133

%%%% shortcuts
% fingering orientations
sfol = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
sfor = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
sfod = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
sfou = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)

% string number orientations
ssnol = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(left)  %(down right up)
ssnou = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up)
ssnod = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(down)
ssnor = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(right)

% define fingering offset
FO = #(define-music-function (offsetX offsetY) (number? number?)
#{
  \once \override Voice.Fingering.extra-offset = #(cons offsetX offsetY)
#})

% markups
rit = \markup \bold \italic "rit."
dimin = \markup \italic "dim."
benmarcato = \markup \italic \bold "il canto ben marcato"
pdolce = #(make-dynamic-script
           (markup #:line (#:dynamic "p" #:normal-text #:italic "dol.")))

% triplet
T = \tuplet 3/2 \etc

%%% THE MUSIC %%%

melody = \relative c {
  \voiceOne
  \clef "treble_8"
  \key d \major
  \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
  \time 4/4

  \sfol
  e,32[ a' c e] e,[ a c e] e,,[ a' c e] e,[ a c e]
    f4\rest <e'-4>4-> | % m. 1
  e,,,32[ gis' b e] e,[ gis b e] e,,[ gis' b e] e,[ gis b e]
    f4\rest \FO #0.4 #0.5 <gis-1 e'-4>4 | % m. 2
  d4\rest <b e>-> d4\rest^\rit <b e>4-> | % m. 3
  <gis b e>1 \bar "||" % m. 4

  \tempo \markup \larger \italic "Andantino"
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  R1 | % m. 5
  e'4^\benmarcato e8. d16-4
    d4-4 \T { \sfou \FO #-0.3 #0.6 <c-2>4 b8 } | % m. 6
  \FO #-0.3 #0.3 <a-3>4 \T { c4 b8 } a4 e'8. e16 | % m. 7
  \FO #-0.3 #0.3 <g-4>4 \T { \sfol \FO #0.3 #0.0 <f-1>4 e8 }
    e4 \T { \sfou <d-4>4 c8 } | % m. 8
  b4 \T { d4-4 c8 } \sfou \FO #-1.7 #-1.5 <b-0>4 e | % m. 9
  e4 e8. d16-4 d4 \T { c4 b8 } | % m. 10
  \T { a4 a8 b4 c8 }
    \sfou \FO #-0.3 #0.3 <d-4>4^\< \T { e4 <d f>8\! } | % m. 11
}

bass = \relative c {
  \voiceTwo
  \key d \major
  \time 4/4

  e,8\fp[ e'] e,[ e'] e, \sfol <c''-1> <a'-2> c, | % m. 1
  e,,8\fp[ e'] e,[ e']
    e, \sfod \FO #0.2 #-0.2 <b''-1> \sfol \FO #0.3 #0.0 <e-1> b | % m. 2
  e,,8 e' gis e e, e' gis_\dimin e | % m. 3
  e,1 | % m. 4

  \T { a8\p e' a c a e a, e' a c a e } | % m. 5
  \T { a,8\pdolce e' a c a e }
    \T { e,8 \sfou <e'-3> <gis-1> c gis e } | % m. 6
  \T { a,8 <e'-2> a c e, b' a, e' a c a e } | % m. 7
  \T { f,8 f' a \sfol \FO #0.3 #-0.5 <d-4> a f }
    \T { fis, d' a' d a d, } | % m. 8
  \T { <g,-3>8 d' g d' g, d }
    \T { \sfod <gis,-4> \sfou <e'-2> <gis-1> b gis e } | % m. 9
  \T { a,8 e' a c a e e, e' gis c gis e } | % m. 10
  \T { a,8 e' a b a e f, f' a d a f } | % m. 11
}

\new Staff = "guitar" <<
  \context Voice = "upper" { \melody }
  \context Voice = "lower" { \bass }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override Fingering.staff-padding = #'()
    \omit TupletNumber
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##f
  }
}

\paper {
  system-system-spacing.padding = 3
}

% M. Ravel, Sonatine (1905)
% End of first movement

\include "english.ly"

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
  }
}

fermataLong = \markup {
  \override #'(direction . 1)
  \override #'(baseline-skip . 2) {
    \dir-column {
      \fermata
      \serif \italic \center-align long
    }
  }
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  \new Staff {
    \time 2/4
    \key fs \major
    <<
      \new Voice {
        \voiceOne
        \textMark \markup {
          \override #'(baseline-skip . 2.4) \column {
            \line \bold { Un peu retenu }
            \line \italic { très expressif } } }
        fs''8( es''16 cs'' as'4) |
        fs''8( es''16 cs'' as'4) |
        fs''8( es''16 cs'' as'8 cs''8) |
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        gs'8\rest \offset Y-offset #-3 \ppp fs'4( es'8) |
        gs'8\rest fs'4( es'8) |
        gs'8\rest fs'4( es'8) |
      }
    >>
    \clef bass
    \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = "rall."
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = "a tempo"
      <b! es'>4(\startTextSpan
      \override Script.stencil =
        #(lambda(grob)
           (grob-interpret-markup grob fermataLong))
      <ds' as'>8)\fermata \noBeam
      \clef treble
      <as fs'>8^(
               \tweak to-barline ##f
                 \tweak after-line-breaking ##f
                 \tweak endpoint-alignments #'(-1 . 0) ^\>
               \stopTextSpan | \noBreak
    <gs b cs'>4.\!)
      <as fs'>8^(
               \tweak to-barline ##f
                 \tweak after-line-breaking ##f
                 \tweak endpoint-alignments #'(-1 . 0) ^\> |
    <gs b cs'>4.\!)
    <<
      \new Voice {
        \voiceOne
        <as fs'>8( |
        \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
          "ral  -   -   len   -   -   tan   -   -   do"
          \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text =
            \markup \larger \upright \bold "Lent"
        cs'8\<\startTextSpan b16 cs'
          d'8\tweak to-barline ##f \> e'16 fs' |
        <as! cs' gs'>4.)\! s8 |
        r8 <cs'' as'' cs'''>4\arpeggio
          e''16(\stopTextSpan fs''16 |
        \voiceTwo
        <as'! cs'' gs''>2) |
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        s8 |
        <gs b>4 <fs bs>4 |
        s4. <a bs e'>8^(^> \tweak to-barline ##f _\> |
        <as! cs' gs'>4.)\!
        <a' bs'>8\tweak X-offset #-4 \ppp \tweak to-barline ##f \> |
        s8\!
          \voiceOne
          \ottava 1
          \once \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio.padding = 0.8
          <cs''' as''' cs''''>4. \arpeggio \fermata
          \ottava 0
          \bar "|."
      }
    >>
  }

  \new Staff <<
    \key fs \major
    \clef bass
    \new Voice {
      \voiceOne
      ds'4-- cs'4-- |
      ds'4-- cs'4-- |
      ds'4-- cs'4-- |
      r8 \clef treble <b' cs''>8[ \clef bass <es b cs'>8]\fermata
        s8^\tweak Y-offset 3 \pp |
      fs8\rest \clef treble <b' cs''>4-- s8 |
      fs8\rest \clef treble <b' cs''>4-- s8 |
      s2 |
      ds8\rest \clef treble <as' cs''>4 \clef bass s8 |
      s8 \clef treble <as'>4 \arpeggio \clef bass s8 |
      s8 \clef treble <as''>4. \arpeggio \fermata |
    }
    \new Voice {
      \voiceTwo
      ds'8[( <ds bs> cs' <ds as>]) |
      ds'8[( <ds bs> cs' <ds as>]) |
      ds'8[( <ds bs> cs' <ds as>]) |
      \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("P" "" "")
        <cs, gs, ds>4.\sustainOn \fermata
        <fs, cs>8(\sustainOff
                  \tweak to-barline ##f
                    \tweak after-line-breaking ##f _\> |
      <e, b,>4.)\! \clef bass
        <fs, cs>8( \tweak to-barline ##f
                     \tweak after-line-breaking ##f _\> |
      <e, b,>4.)\! \clef bass <fs, cs>8( |
      <e, b,>4 <d, a,> |
      <fs,, cs,>4.) <a, e>8( |
      <fs, cs>4.) <a e'>8^( |
      <fs cs'>2) |
    }
  >>
>>

\paper {
  system-system-spacing.padding = 4
}

% L. v. Beethoven
% Piano sonata 21 op. 53 - "à Monsieur Comte de Waldstein"
% first movement, measures 34 - 41

\include "english.ly"

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" <<
    \new Voice = "right hand voice 1" {
      \set Score.currentBarNumber = 34
      \voiceOne gs''2(^\markup \italic "dolce e molto ligato" fs''4 e'' |
      ds''2 cs'') |
      ds''2( e''4 fs'' |
      <gs'' e''>2 <fs'' ds''>) \clef bass |

      \oneVoice <gs' e' b>2( <fs' ds' a>4 <e' cs' gs> |
      <ds' bs fs>2 <cs' a e>) |
      \voiceOne b2\tweak height-limit 7
                  \tweak positions #'(6 . 2) ( cs'4 ds' \clef treble |
      <e' gs>4) r4 r2 |
    }

    \new Voice = "right hand voice 2" {
      \voiceTwo <e'' b'>2 <ds'' a'>4 <cs'' gs'> |
      <bs' fs'>2 e' |
      <b'! a'>2 b'4 <e'' cs''> |
      b'2.( a'4) \clef bass | \break

      s1 |
      s1 |
      <gs e>4( <a fs>2.) |
      s4 r4 r2 |
    }
  >>

  \new Dynamics {
    s1*2\p |
    s1\tweak style #'none \cresc |
    s1\sf\> |

    s1*4\p |
  }

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner.staff-padding = 6
    <gs' e'>2(\sustainOn <fs' ds' b>4\sustainOff <e' cs'> |
    <ds' bs gs>2 <cs' a>)\sustainOn \clef bass |
    <ds' b! a fs>2_(\sustainOff
      <e' b gs>4 <fs' cs' a>\sustainOn \clef treble |
    << { \voiceOne <gs' e'>2 <fs' ds'>) }
       \new Voice { \voiceTwo b1\sustainOff } >> \clef bass |

    \oneVoice <gs e>2( <fs ds b,>4 <e cs> |
    <ds bs, gs,>2 <cs a,>)\sustainOn |
    <b,! b,,!>1(\sustainOff |
    <e e,>4) r4 r2 |
  }
>>

% Beethoven, Op. 57
% Piano sonata 23 -
%   (Appassionata, "Dem Grafen Franz von Brunsvik gewidmet")
% Movt II, Andante con moto
% Measures 9 - 16

\include "english.ly"

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = RH {
    \clef treble
    \key df \major
    \time 2/4
    \set Score.currentBarNumber = #9

    \bar ".|:-|"
    \repeat volta 2 {
      \change Staff = LH \voiceOne <af ef c>4 <af gf c>8.. <af ef c>32 |
      <af f df>8. <df' af f>16 <c' af gf>8 <df' af f>8 |
      <af ef c>4 <af gf c>8.. <af ef c>32 |
      <af f df>8. \change Staff = RH f'16 f'^( ef' df'8)

      \change Staff = LH \voiceOne <af ef c>4 <af gf c>8.. <af ef c>32 |
      \change Staff = RH <af' df' af>8. <af' f' df'>16
        << { af'16( gf' f'8) } \\
           { <ef' c'>8 <df' af> } >> |
      ef'4\tweak height-limit 5 ^(
        \change Staff = LH \voiceOne <af ef c> |
      <df' f df>4.) r8
    }
  }

  \new Staff = LH {
    \clef bass
    \key df \major
    \time 2/4

    \repeat volta 2 {
      \voiceTwo <af, gf,>4 <af, ef,>8.. <af, gf,>32 |
      <af, f,>8. <af, df,>16 <af, ef,>8 <af, df,> |
      <af, gf,>4 <af, ef,>8.. <af, gf,>32 |
      << { \voiceTwo s4 gf8\tweak positions #'(-0.3 . -0.8) [ f] } \\
         { \voiceOne s8. \crossStaff {<af f>16 af s af8 } } \\
         { \voiceTwo <af, f,>8. <af, df,>16
             \once\shiftOn <af, c,>8 <af, df,> } >> |

      <af, gf,>4 <af, ef,>8.. <af, gf,>32 |
      \oneVoice <f f,>8.( <df df,>16 <ef ef,>8 <f f,>) |
      << { \voiceOne \crossStaff <gf bf>4 s |
           s2 } \\
         { \voiceTwo gf,4 af,( ~ |
           af,16.[ gf,32 f,16. ef,32]) df,8 r8 } >> |
    }
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \PianoStaff
    \consists "Span_stem_engraver"
  }
}

% Beethoven, Op. 81a
% Piano sonata 26 - (Les Adieux)
% Movt II - Abwesenheit (L'Absence)
% Measures 31 - 34

\include "english.ly"

% Circumvent issue #6876: `strict-grace-spacing` ignores
% accidentals of the following main note.
shiftedGrace =
#(define-music-function (offset music) (number? ly:music?)
   #{
     \override NoteHead.X-offset = #(- offset 0.85)
     \override Stem.X-offset = #offset
     \grace { $music }
     \revert NoteHead.X-offset
     \revert Stem.X-offset
   #})

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" {
    \clef treble
    \key c \minor
    \time 2/4
    \set Score.currentBarNumber = #31

    <c''' c''>8(^\markup \italic "a tempo" <g'' g'>) ~
      <g'' g'>8( <a'' a'>16 <f'' f'>) |
    <f'' f'>8[( \shiftedGrace #-0.15 { e''32 f'' e'' d'' }
      <e''! e'>16 <f'' f'>16]) <g'' g'>16-.([ <a'' a'>-.)]
      <bf'' bf'>32( <b'' b'>) <b'' b'>( <c''' c''>) |

    b''32([ c''' d''' c'''32)] g''8 ~
      g''32[ a''64( g'']) a''64([ g'') bf''( a''64)]
      bf''64([ a'') c'''( b''64)] c'''128[ b'' d''' c''' f'''64 f''] |
    <f'' f'>8[( \shiftedGrace #-0.15 { e''32 f'' e'' d''] }
      <e''! e'>16 <f'' f'>]) <g'' g'>16-.([ <af''! af'!>-.)]
      <bf'' bf'>32( <b'' b'>) <b'' b'>( <c''' c''>) |
   }

  \new Dynamics {
    s2\offset Y-offset 1 -\markup \italic "cantabile" |
    s4 s\tweak style #'none \cresc |
    s16.\offset Y-offset 1 \p \offset Y-offset 1 \> s32\! s4. |
    s4 s\tweak style #'none \cresc <>\! |
  }

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \set Staff.beatBase = #1/8
    \set Staff.beatStructure = 1,1,1,1
    \clef bass
    \key c \minor
    \time 2/4
    \repeat unfold 3 { <g e>32 c' <g e> c' } <a f> c' <a f> c' |
    \repeat unfold 2 { <bf g>32 c' <bf g> c' }
      <bf g> c' <a f> c' <g e> c' <g e> c' |

    \repeat unfold 3 { <g e>32 c' <g e> c' } <a f> c' <a f> c' |
    \repeat unfold 2 { <bf g>32 c' <bf g> c' }
      <bf g> c' <af! f> c' <g e> c' <g e> c' |
   }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration =
      \musicLength 1*1/40
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-grace-spacing = ##t
  }
}

\include "english.ly"

% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 111
% Piano sonata 32
% Movt II - Arietta - Adagio molto semplice e cantabile
% measures 108 - 118

trillFlat =
\once \override TrillSpanner.bound-details.left.text = \markup {
  \concat {
    \musicglyph "scripts.trill"
    \translate #'(-0.5 . 1.9) \fontsize #-7 \flat
  }
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" <<
    \set Score.currentBarNumber = #108
    \new Voice = "right hand 1" {
      \clef treble
      \key c \major
      \time 9/16

      \grace s32 s4. s8. |
      s4. \voiceOne a''8[(\p g''16]) |
      g''4.\dim af''8[( g''16]) |
      g''8.[ g''8. g''8.] |
      g''8.[\pp af''8.af''8.] |
      af''8.[ af''8.af''8.] |

      \trillFlat af''4.\startTrillSpan\< ~ af''8. ~ |
      af''4.\> ~ af''8. ~ |
      \oneVoice <af'' d''>8.[\p\cresc a''8. bf''8.] ~ |
      bf''8.[ b''8. c'''8.] ~ \bar "||"
      \key ef \major c'''8.[ cs'''8.] <>\stopTrillSpan <>\!
    }

    \new Voice = "right hand 2" {
      \override Voice.TrillSpanner.direction = #DOWN
      \grace cs''32 \voiceTwo d''4.\f\startTrillSpan ~ d''8. ~ |
      d''4. ~ d''8. ~ |
      d''8. <>\stopTrillSpan\trillFlat d''4.\startTrillSpan ~ |
      d''4. ~ d''8. ~ |
      d''4. ~ d''8. ~ |
      d''4. ~ d''8. ~ <> \stopTrillSpan |

      \trillFlat d''4.\startTrillSpan ~ d''8. ~ |
      d''4. ~ d''8. ~ |
      \once \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
        \hideNotes d''8.\stopTrillSpan s4. |
      s4. s8. |
      s4.
    }
  >>

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \clef bass
    \key c \major
    \time 9/16

    \grace s32 r8. r8. <c! c,!>8[(\tweak X-offset #-2 _\f <g, g,,>16]) |
    <g, g,,>4. \clef treble c''8[( b'16]) |
    b'4. c''8[( b'16]) |
    b'8.[ b'8. b'8.] |
    b'8.[ bf'8.] \clef bass <f f,>8[( <bf, bf,,>16]) |
    <bf, bf,,>4. \clef treble f'8[( bf16]) |

    <<
      \new Voice {
        \voiceOne
        \override Voice.TrillSpanner.direction = #UP
        f'4.~ \startTrillSpan f'8.~ |
        f'4.~ f'8.~ |
        f'8. <> \stopTrillSpan
      }
      \new Voice {
        \voiceTwo
        \override Voice.TrillSpanner.direction = #DOWN
        bf8.[ bf8. bf8.] |
        bf8.[ bf8. bf8.] |
        bf8.
      }
    >> \oneVoice r8. r8. |
    R1*9/16 \clef bass |
    \key ef \major r8. r8.
  }
>>

\include "catalan.ly"

% Piotr Ilitch Tchaïkovski
% Le Lac des Cygnes, op. 20
% Danse Napolitaine
% arr. Laurence Sardain (Mutopia 2006/12/22)

#(set-global-staff-size 18)

trompette = \relative do'' {
  \clef treble
  \key mib \major
  \time 2/4

  <>\tweak staff-padding #1.5 ^\markup { \larger \italic Comodo } R2 |
  r8 \once \override TextScript.padding = #2.0
    sib16-.^\markup { \dynamic p \italic grazioso } do-.
    mib16( re)-. do-. sib-. |
  re8-. r8 re4->( |
  re8) do16-. re-. mib( re) do-. re-. |
  do8-. r8 sib4-> |
}

tambourin = \drummode {
  \time 2/4
  r8 tamb16 16 8 8 |
  r8 16 16 8 8 |
  r8 8 r8 8 |
  r8 16 16 8 8 |
  r8 8 r8 8 |
}

upper = \relative do' {
  \clef treble
  \key mib \major
  \time 2/4

  r8\p <sol sib mib>16-. q-. q8-. q-. |
  r8 <sol sib mib>16-. q-. q8-. q-. |
  r8 <lab sib re>16-. q-. q8-. q-. |
  r8 <lab sib re>16-. q-. q8-. q-. |
  r8 <sol sib mib>16-. q-. q8-. q-. |
}

lower = \relative do {
  \clef bass
  \key mib \major
  \time 2/4

  mib4-. r4 |
  sib-. r |
  fa'-. r |
  sib,-. r |
  mib4-. r4 |
}

\score {
  <<
    \context Staff = "trumpet" \with {
      instrumentName = \markup {
        "Trumpet" \concat { B \teeny \raise #0.4 \flat } }
    } \transpose sib do' \trompette
    \context RhythmicStaff = "tambourin" \with {
      instrumentName = "Tambourine"
    } \tambourin
    \context PianoStaff = "prima" \with {
      instrumentName = "Piano"
    } <<
        \context Staff = "uppera" \upper
        \context Staff = "lowera" \lower
      >>
  >>
  \layout { indent = 2.5\cm }
}

\score {
  <<
    \context Staff = "trumpet" \with { midiInstrument = "trumpet" }
      \trompette
    \context DrumStaff = "tambourin"
      \tambourin
    \context Staff = "piano"
      <<
        \upper
        \lower
      >>
  >>
  \midi { \tempo 4 = 72 }
}

% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 110
% Piano sonata 31
% measures 1 - 7

\include "english.ly"

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "right hand" {
    \clef treble
    \key af \major
    \time 3/4
    \tempo "Moderato cantabile molto espressivo"

    <c'' af'>4.( <af' ef'>8 ) q8.[ q16] |
    <df'' g'>4 <bf' g'>2 |
    <af' ef''>4.( <af' df''>8[) <af' ef''>-.( <af' f''>-.)] |
    << { ef''8.[( d''16]) df''8\trill\fermata ~
           \oneVoice df''32[ c'' df'' ef''] }\\
       { g'4 g'8 s } >>
     \grace { df''32[ ef''] } f''8[ ef''16 df''] |
%
% 5
%
    c''4.( ef''4 af''8) |
    af''4( g''2) |
    bf''4.( g''4 ef''8) |
  }

  \new Dynamics {
    s2.-\tweak padding #-1
       -\tweak baseline-skip #0
       -\markup \center-column {
          \whiteout \line { \dynamic p \italic { con amabilità } }
          \line { \hspace #3 (sanft) } } |
    s2. |
    s2.\< |
    s8..\p s32\< s16..\> s64\! s8 s4\> |
%
% 5
%
    s2.*3\! |
  }

  \new Staff = "left hand" {
    \clef bass
    \key af \major
    \time 3/4

    <af, ef>4. \stemUp <c ef>8 q8.[ q16] \stemNeutral |
    <bf, ef>4 <df ef>2 |
    << { ef8[( af c' bf) c' df'] } \\
       { c4.( f8[) ef8-.( df-.]) } >> |
    <ef bf>4 q8_\fermata r r4 | \clef treble
%
% 5
%
    af16[ <c' ef'> q q] af[ <c' ef'> q q] af[ <c' ef'> q q] |
    bf16[ <df' ef'> q q] bf[ <df' ef'> q q] bf[ <df' ef'> q q] |
    df'16[ <ef' g' bf'> q q] df'[ <ef' g' bf'> q q]
      df'[ <ef' g' bf'> q q] |
  }
>>

% David Séverin
% Les cinq pieds (2007)
% for violon solo
% (this extract is in the public domain)

% Abbreviations
db = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.udownbow" }
dub = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.udownbow" " "
                \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" }
dubetc = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.udownbow" " "
                   \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" "..." }

ub = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" }
udb = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" " "
                \musicglyph "scripts.udownbow" }
udbetc = \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" " "
                   \musicglyph "scripts.udownbow" "..." }

accel = \markup \tiny \italic \bold "accel..."
ritar = \markup \tiny \italic \bold "ritar..."

% Strings
svib = \markup \small "s. vib."
pvib = \markup \small "p. vib."
mvib = \markup \small "m. vib."
sulp = \markup \small "s.p."
norm = \markup \small "n."

quatre = \markup \teeny "IV"

% Shifting Notes
shift = \once \override NoteColumn.force-hshift = 0.9
shifta = \once \override NoteColumn.force-hshift = 1.2

% Hairpin
aniente = \once \override Hairpin.circled-tip = ##t

% Tuplets
tupletbp = \once \override Staff.TupletBracket.padding = 2.25

% Functions
#(define-markup-command (colmark layout props args) (markup-list?)
   (let ((entries (cons (list '(baseline-skip . 2.3)) props)))
     (interpret-markup layout entries
                       (make-column-markup (map (lambda (arg)
                                                  (markup arg))
                                                (reverse args))))))
% Instruments
ViolinSolo = \relative c' {
  \set Score.rehearsalMarkFormatter = #format-mark-box-numbers
  \override Score.VoltaBracket.font-family = #'sans
  \override Score.VoltaBracket.extra-offset = #'(0 . 1)
  \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t

  \voiceOne

  % Measure 1
  \time 25/8 \mark \default
  r2^\markup \colmark { \italic "fatigué" " " \bold "lentement"} r4 r r8
  <<
    { \shift d2\glissando^\markup \colmark { \quatre \dubetc \svib }
      \shifta e1 } \\
    { d2\open\mf\< ~ \aniente d1\!\>
      r4 r\!^\markup \colmark { " " \fermata } }
  >>

  % Measure 2
  \time 7/4
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "1) n.      2) s.p."))
  <<
    { \shift d2\glissando^\markup \colmark { \quatre \udbetc }
      \shifta e1 } \\
    { d2\open\mf\< ~ d1\!\> ~ d4\!^\markup \colmark { " " \fermata } }
  >>
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))

  % Measure 3
  \time 15/4
  <<
    { \shift d2\glissando^\markup \colmark { \quatre \dubetc \pvib \norm }
      \shifta e1\glissando d2 } \\
    { d2\open\mf\< ~ d1 ~ d2\ff ~ d1\> ~
      d2^\markup \colmark { " " " " \svib } ~ d4\pp }
  >>
  \break

  % Measure 4
  \time 4/4 \stemUp \tupletDown
  \tuplet 3/2 { d4 ^\markup \colmark { \quatre \db \accel } d d }
  \tuplet 3/2 { d4 ^\markup \colmark { " " \db \sulp } d d }

  % Measure 5
  \time 5/4
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d8\mf\<^\markup \colmark { \quatre \db \norm } d_\open d }
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d8^\markup \colmark { " " \db \sulp } d_\open d }
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d16^\markup \colmark { " " \db \norm } d_\open d d d_\open d }
  d2\ff\>^\markup \colmark { " " \pvib }

  % Measure 6
  \time 5/8
  \once \override Beam.grow-direction = #RIGHT % \featherDurations 2/3
  d16-.[ d-. d-. d-. d-. d-. d-. d-. d-. d-.]
  \break

  % Measure 7
  \time 7/4
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d16^\markup \colmark { \quatre } d_\open d d d_\open d }
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d8^\markup \colmark { " " \db } d_\open d }
  \tupletbp \tuplet 3/2 {
    d8^\markup \colmark { " " \db " " \sulp } d_\open d }
  \tuplet 3/2 { d4^\markup \colmark { \quatre \db \ritar \norm } d d }
  \tuplet 3/2 { d4^\markup \colmark { " " \db " " \sulp } d d\ppp ~ }

  % Measure 8
  d4^\markup \colmark { " " " " \pvib \norm } deh2 d dih \<

  % Measure 9
  <<
    { \shift d2\glissando^\markup \colmark { \quatre } \shifta e1 } \\
    { d2\open ~ d1^\markup \colmark { " " " " \mvib } }
  >>
  \breathe r4\!
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \relative c' \ViolinSolo
    \hide Score.Rest
    \set Score.measureBarType = ""
  >>

  \layout {
    \context {
      \Staff
      \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    }
  }
}

\paper {
  system-system-spacing.padding = 5
}

% L. van Beethoven, op. 125
% Symphony No. 9 in D minor
% Finale measures 216 - 236
% Text: L. van Beethoven (introduction), F. von Schiller ("Ode to Joy")

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \override Score.BarNumber.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    \set Score.currentBarNumber = 216
    \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #all-bar-numbers-visible

    \autoBeamOff
    \clef bass \key d \minor \time 3/4
    \tempo "Recitativo"

    r4^\markup { \small Baritono } r a |
    \grace a8 e'2. ~ |
    e4( d8[ cis d e]) |
    e4 g, r8 g |
    bes2 a8 e |
    f4 f r |
    R2.*2 |

    gis2 gis4 |
    r4 d'4. b8 |
    b4 gis8\tweak height-limit #4 ([ a b cis] |
    e8[ d cis d)] b([ gis)] |
    e8 d d4 fis8([ e)] |
    d4 cis r \bar "||"

    \key d \major
    r4 r a' |
    d4.( e8[ fis e)] |
    e([ d)] d([ cis d a)] |
    g8([ fis)] fis([ e d c)] |
    c8([ b)] g'2~ |
    % put fermata closer to staff
    \once \override Script.outside-staff-priority = #1
    g4.\fermata ^\markup { \small \italic "ad libitum" } e8[ cis!] d |
    d8 a a4 r \bar "||"
  }

  \addlyrics {
    O Freun -- _ de, nicht die -- _ se Tö -- ne!
    Son -- dern laßt uns an -- _ ge -- neh -- me -- re an -- stim -- men,
    und freu -- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ den -- vol -- le -- re!
  }
}

% Tchaikovsky op. 71a
% The Nutcracker (suite)
% VII Dance of the Merlitons

#(set-global-staff-size 15)

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Flauto I,II" }
    \relative c'' {
      \tweak padding 3.5 \tweak font-size 1 \tempo "Moderato assai"
      \key d \major
      \time 2/4
      \compressMMRests R2*2
      <d a>16-.\p <cis g>-. <d a>-. <cis g>-. <d a>8-. <cis g>-.
      <e a,>-.\< <d a>32( <fis d> <a fis> <d a> <fis d>4--)\mf
      <g d>16-. <fis cis>-. <g d>-. <fis cis>-.
      <e b>(\> <d a>) <a fis>-. <fis d>-.\!
      <d bes>4--\sf \acciaccatura {<d' bes>8} <cis a>4--\mf
    }
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Flauto III" }
    \relative c' {
      \key d \major
      \time 2/4
      \compressMMRests R2*2_\markup{Gr.Fl.}
      fis16-.\p e-. fis-. e-. fis8-. e-.
      g8-.\< fis32( a d fis a4--)\mf
      b16-. a-. b-. a-. g(\> fis) d-. a-.\!
      g4--\sf \acciaccatura fis'8 g4--\mf
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  indent = 2\cm
}

\score {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \relative c''' {
      \set midiInstrument = "flute"
      \voiceOne
      \key g \major
      \time 2/2
      r2 g-"Flute" ~
      g fis ~
      fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
      e4 d8 cis d2
    }
    \new Voice \relative c'' {
      \set midiInstrument = "clarinet"
      \voiceTwo
      b1-"Clarinet"
      a2. b8 a
      g2. fis8 e
      fis2 r
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi {
    \context {
      \Staff
      \remove "Staff_performer"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      \consists "Staff_performer"
    }
    \tempo 2 = 72
  }
}

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \tempo 4 = 160
    c4 e g b
    c4 b d c
    \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t
    \tempo 4 = 96
    d,4 fis a cis
    d4 cis e d
  }
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

#(define (myDynamics dynamic)
    (if (equal? dynamic "rfz")
      0.9
      (default-dynamic-absolute-volume dynamic)))

\score {
  \new Staff {
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello"
    \set Score.dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction = #myDynamics
    \new Voice {
      \relative {
        a'4\pp b c-\rfz
      }
    }
  }
  \layout {}
  \midi {}
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \tempo 4 = 150
  c4.\mf g c16 b' c d
  e16 d e f g4 g'4 r
  R1
}

\score {
  \new Voice \melody
  \layout { }
}

\score {
  \new Voice {
    r\mf
    % 1-8 keyboard
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bright acoustic" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "honky-tonk" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harpsichord" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clav" \melody

    % 9-16 chrom percussion
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "celesta" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "music box" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "vibraphone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "marimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "xylophone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tubular bells" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "dulcimer" \melody

    % 17-24 organ
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "drawbar organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "percussive organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "rock organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "church organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reed organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "accordion" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harmonica" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "concertina" \melody

    % 25-32 guitar
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (nylon)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (steel)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (jazz)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (clean)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (muted)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "overdriven guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "distorted guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar harmonics" \melody

    % 33-40 bass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (finger)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (pick)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fretless bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 2" \melody

    % 41-48 strings
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "violin" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "viola" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "contrabass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tremolo strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pizzicato strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestral harp" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "timpani" \melody

    % 49-56 ensemble
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "choir aahs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "voice oohs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth voice" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestra hit" \melody

    % 57-64 brass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trombone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tuba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "muted trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "french horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "brass section" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 2" \melody

    % 65-72 reed
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "soprano sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "alto sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tenor sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "baritone sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "oboe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "english horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bassoon" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet" \melody

    % 73-80 pipe
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "piccolo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "recorder" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pan flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "blown bottle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shakuhachi" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "whistle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "ocarina" \melody

    % 81-88 synth lead
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 1 (square)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 2 (sawtooth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 3 (calliope)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 4 (chiff)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 5 (charang)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 6 (voice)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 7 (fifths)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 8 (bass+lead)" \melody

    % 89-96 synth pad
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 1 (new age)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 2 (warm)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 3 (polysynth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 4 (choir)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 5 (bowed)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 6 (metallic)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 7 (halo)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 8 (sweep)" \melody

    % 97-104 synth effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 1 (rain)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 2 (soundtrack)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 3 (crystal)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 4 (atmosphere)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 5 (brightness)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 6 (goblins)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 7 (echoes)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 8 (sci-fi)" \melody

    % 105-112 ethnic
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "sitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "banjo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shamisen" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "koto" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "kalimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bagpipe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fiddle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shanai" \melody

    % 113-120 percussive
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tinkle bell" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "agogo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "steel drums" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "woodblock" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "taiko drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "melodic tom" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reverse cymbal" \melody

    % 121-128 sound effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar fret noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "breath noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "seashore" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bird tweet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "telephone ring" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "helicopter" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "applause" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "gunshot" \melody
  }
  \midi { }
}

#(define my-instrument-equalizer-alist '())

#(set! my-instrument-equalizer-alist
  (append
    '(("flute" . (0.7 . 0.9))
      ("clarinet" . (0.3 . 0.6)))
    my-instrument-equalizer-alist))

#(define (my-instrument-equalizer s)
  (let ((entry (assoc s my-instrument-equalizer-alist)))
    (if entry
      (cdr entry))))

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \key g \major
      \time 2/2
      \set Score.instrumentEqualizer = #my-instrument-equalizer
      \set Staff.midiInstrument = "flute"
      \new Voice \relative {
        r2 g''\mp g fis~
        4 g8 fis e2~
        4 d8 cis d2
      }
    }
    \new Staff {
      \key g \major
      \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet"
      \new Voice \relative {
        b'1\p a2. b8 a
        g2. fis8 e
        fis2 r
      }
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi {  }
}

\paper {
  left-margin = 3\cm
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    instrumentName = \markup \left-column { "Left aligned"
                                            "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Left"
  } {
    c''1 \break c''1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
    instrumentName = \markup \center-column { Centered
                                              "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Centered"
  } {
    g'1 g'1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
    instrumentName = \markup \right-column { "Right aligned"
                                             "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Right"
  } {
    e'1 e'1
  }
>>

\layout {
  indent = 4\cm
  short-indent = 2\cm
  line-width = 6.5\cm
}

\paper {
  #(set-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
  print-all-headers = ##t
}

\book {
  \header {
    title = "title"
    subtitle = "subtitle"
    composer = "composer"
    arranger = "arranger"
    instrument = "instrument"
    meter = "meter"
    opus = "opus"
    piece = "piece"
    poet = "poet"
    copyright = "copyright"
    tagline = "tagline"
  }

  \bookpart {
    \score {
      \relative c'' { c1 | c | c | c }

      \header {
        title = "localtitle"
        subtitle = "localsubtitle"
        composer = "localcomposer"
        arranger = "localarranger"
        instrument = "localinstrument"
        meter = "localmeter"
        opus = "localopus"
        piece = "localpiece"
        poet = "localpoet"
        copyright = "localcopyright"
        tagline = "localtagline"
      }
    }
  }
}

#(print-keys-verbose 'piccolo (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'flute (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'flute-b-extension (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'tin-whistle (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'oboe (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'bass-clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'low-bass-clarinet (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'soprano-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'alto-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'tenor-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'baritone-saxophone (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'bassoon (current-error-port))
#(print-keys-verbose 'contrabassoon (current-error-port))

\score {c''1}

\paper {
  left-margin = 3\cm
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    instrumentName = \markup \left-column { "Left aligned"
                                            "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Left"
  } {
    c''1 \break c''1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
    instrumentName = \markup \center-column { Centered
                                              "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Centered"
  } {
    g'1 g'1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
    instrumentName = \markup \right-column { "Right aligned"
                                             "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Right"
  } {
    e'1 e'1
  }
>>

\layout {
  indent = 4\cm
  short-indent = 2\cm
  line-width = 6.5\cm
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Lyrics
    \override VerticalAxisGroup
              .nonstaff-nonstaff-spacing
              .minimum-distance = ##f
  }
}

aliceSings = \markup { \smallCaps "Alice" }
eveSings = \markup { \smallCaps "Eve" }

<<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice = "alice" {
      f'4^\aliceSings g' r2 |
      s1 |
      f'4^\aliceSings g' r2 |
      s1 | \break
      % ...

      \voiceOne
      s2 a'8^\aliceSings a' b'4 |
      \oneVoice
      g'1
    }
    \new Voice = "eve" {
      s1 |
      a'2^\eveSings g' |
      s1 |
      a'2^\eveSings g'
      % ...

      \voiceTwo
      f'4^\eveSings a'8 g' f'4 e' |
      \oneVoice
      s1
    }
  >>

  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "alice" {
    may -- be
    sec -- ond
    % ...
    Shut up, you fool!
  }

  \new Lyrics \lyricsto "eve" {
    that the
    words are
    % ...
    …and then I was like–
  }
>>

#(set-default-paper-size "a6")

\book {
  %% book paper, which is inherited by all children bookparts
  \paper {
    ragged-last-bottom = ##t
    %% Page footer: add a different part-tagline at part last page
    oddFooterMarkup = \markup {
      \column {
        \fill-line {
          %% Copyright header field only on book first page.
          \if \on-first-page \fromproperty #'header:copyright
        }
        \fill-line {
          %% Part tagline header field only on each part last page.
          \if \on-last-page-of-part \fromproperty #'header:parttagline
        }
        \fill-line {
          %% Tagline header field only on book last page.
          \if \on-last-page \fromproperty #'header:tagline
        }
      }
    }
  }

  %% book header, which is inherited by the first bookpart
  \header {
    title = "Book title"
    copyright = "Copyright line on book first page"
    parttagline = "Part tagline"
    tagline = "Book tagline"
  }

  \bookpart {
    %% a different page breaking function may be used on each part
    \paper { page-breaking = #ly:minimal-breaking }
    \header { subtitle = "First part" }
    \markup { The first book part }
    \markup { a page break }
    \pageBreak
    \markup { first part last page }
    \markup \wordwrap {
      with ragged-last-bottom (see the space below this text) }
  }

  \bookpart {
    \header { subtitle = "Second part" }
    { c'4 }
  }

}

 #(set-global-staff-size tamaño)

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    \dynamicDown c8\ff c c c c c c c
  }
  \new Staff \with {
    fontSize = #-3
    \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -3)
  } \relative c {
    \clef bass c8 c c c c\f c c c
  }
>>

#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
\layout {
  indent = 2.4\cm
}

#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems)
#(ly:set-option 'separate-page-formats "ps")
#(define output-suffix "1")

origScore = \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Instrument" }
\relative c' {
  c1
  d1
  \grace c16 e1
  \key d \major
  f1 \break
  \clef bass
  g,1
  fis1
}

\book {
  \score {
    \origScore
    \layout {
      % Each clip-region is a (START . END) pair
      % where both are rhythmic locations.  Syntax:
      %
      %   (make-rhythmic-locations BAR-NUMBER NUM DEN)
      %
      % means NUM/DEN whole-notes into bar numbered BAR-NUMBER

      clip-regions = #(list (cons (make-rhythmic-location 2 0 1)
                                  (make-rhythmic-location 4 0 1))
                            (cons (make-rhythmic-location 0 0 1)
                                  (make-rhythmic-location 4 0 1))
                            (cons (make-rhythmic-location 0 0 1)
                                  (make-rhythmic-location 6 0 1)))
    }
  }
}

#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems #f)
#(ly:set-option 'separate-page-formats #f)
#(define output-suffix #f)

\book {
  \score { \origScore }
  \markup { \bold \fontsize #6 clips }
  \score {
    \lyrics {
      "from-2.0.1-to-4.0.1-clip.eps"
      \markup \epsfile #X #30.0
                       #(format #f "~a-1-from-2.0.1-to-4.0.1-clip.eps"
                                (ly:parser-output-name))
    }
  }
}

#(set-global-staff-size 10)   % for the documentation
% #(set-global-staff-size 20) % for letter and A4

\book {
  \score {
    { \repeat unfold 12 { s1 \break } }

    \layout {
      indent = 0
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \remove "Clef_engraver"
        \remove "Bar_engraver"
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
      }
    }
  }

  % for the documentation
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a6")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 90\mm
    left-margin = 7.5\mm
    bottom-margin = 5\mm
    top-margin = 5\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }

  % uncomment these lines for "letter" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "letter")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 7.5\in
    left-margin = 0.5\in
    bottom-margin = 0.25\in
    top-margin = 0.25\in
    tagline = ##f
   }
  %}

  % uncomment these lines for "A4" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a4")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 180\mm
    left-margin = 15\mm
    bottom-margin = 10\mm
    top-margin = 10\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }
  %}
}

\paper {
  #(set-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
  print-all-headers = ##t
}

\book {
  \header {
    title = "title"
    subtitle = "subtitle"
    composer = "composer"
    arranger = "arranger"
    instrument = "instrument"
    meter = "meter"
    opus = "opus"
    piece = "piece"
    poet = "poet"
    copyright = "copyright"
    tagline = "tagline"
  }

  \bookpart {
    \score {
      \relative c'' { c1 | c | c | c }

      \header {
        title = "localtitle"
        subtitle = "localsubtitle"
        composer = "localcomposer"
        arranger = "localarranger"
        instrument = "localinstrument"
        meter = "localmeter"
        opus = "localopus"
        piece = "localpiece"
        poet = "localpoet"
        copyright = "localcopyright"
        tagline = "localtagline"
      }
    }
  }
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with {
      instrumentName = "Flute"
      shortInstrumentName = "Fl"
    } \relative c' {
      \repeat unfold 3 { c'4 c c c | c c c c | c c c c | \break }
    }

    \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_Strings" <<
      \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin I"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi I"
        } \relative c'' {
          a1 | R1*7 | \repeat unfold 12 a16 a4 |
        }
        \new Staff = "StaffViolinII" \with {
          instrumentName = "Violin II"
          shortInstrumentName = "Vi II"
        } \relative c' {
          e1 | R1*8 |
        }
      >>

      \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
        instrumentName = "Cello"
        shortInstrumentName = "Ce"
      } \relative c {
        \clef bass \repeat unfold 9 { c1 } |
      }
    >>
  >>
}

\layout {
  indent = 3.0\cm
  short-indent = 1.5\cm

  \context {
    \GrandStaff
    \consists Keep_alive_together_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \RemoveEmptyStaves
  }
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a5")

\paper {
  system-separator-markup = \slashSeparator
  tagline = ##f
}

notes = \relative c' {
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c
}

\book {
  \score {
    \new GrandStaff <<
      \new Staff \notes
      \new Staff \notes
    >>
  }
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a7" 'landscape)
#(set-global-staff-size 11)

\paper {
  print-all-headers = ##t
}

\book {
  \markuplist \table-of-contents
  \pageBreak

  \tocItem \markup { The first score }
  \score {
    {
      c'1 \pageBreak
      \mark \default \tocItem \markup { Mark A }
      d'1
    }
    \header { title = "First score" }
  }
  \pageBreak

  \tocItem \markup { The second score }
  \score {
    { e'1 }
    \header { title = "Second score" }
  }
}

#(set-global-staff-size 15)

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
  print-all-headers = ##t
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  indent = 0

  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \consists Text_mark_engraver
    \consists Staff_collecting_engraver
    systemStartDelimiterHierarchy =
      #'(SystemStartBrace (SystemStartBracket a b))
  }

  \context {
    \Score
    \remove Text_mark_engraver
    \remove Staff_collecting_engraver
    \override SystemStartBrace.style = #'bar-line
    \omit SystemStartBar
    \override SystemStartBrace.padding = #-0.1
    \override SystemStartBrace.thickness = #1.6
    \override StaffGrouper.staffgroup-staff-spacing.basic-distance = #15
  }
}

%%%% EXAMPLE

txt =
\lyricmode {
  Wer4 nur den lie -- ben Gott läßt wal2 -- ten4
  und4 hof -- fet auf ihn al -- le Zeit2.
}

% First StaffGroup "exercise"

eI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup {
    \bold Teacher:
    This is a simple setting of the choral. Please improve it. }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis2
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a gis
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

eII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo
  \partial 4 c4
  e e e gis
  a f e2
  b4 b d d
  c c d d
  c2.
  \bar ":|."
}

eIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a4
  c b a b
  c d b2
  gis4 g g b
  c a f e
  e2.
}

eIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a,4
  a' gis a e
  a, d e2
  e,4\fermata e' b g
  c f d e
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

exercise = \new StaffGroup = "exercise" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \eI
    \new Voice \eII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \eIII
    \new Voice \eIV
  >>
>>

% Second StaffGroup "simple Bach"

sbI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup { \bold" Pupil:" Here's my version! }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis2
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a gis
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

sbII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo
  \partial 4 c8 d
  e4 e e8 f g4
  f f e2
  b4 b8 c d4 d
  e8 d c4 b8 c d4
  c2.
  \bar ":|."
}

sbIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a8 b
  c4 b a b8 c
  d4 d8 c b2
  gis4 g g8 a b4
  b a8 g f4 e
  e2.
}

sbIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a,4
  a' gis a e
  f8 e d4 e2
  e,4\fermata e' b a8 g
  c4 f8 e d4 e
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

simpleBach = \new StaffGroup = "simple Bach" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \sbI
    \new Voice \sbII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \sbIII
    \new Voice \sbIV
  >>
>>

% Third StaffGroup "chromatic Bach"

cbI = \relative c' {
  \textMark \markup {
    \bold "Teacher:"
    \column {
      "Well, you simply copied and transposed a version of J.S.Bach."
      "Do you know this one?"
    }
  }
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 e4
  a b c b
  a b gis4. fis8
  e4\fermata g! g f
  e a a8 b gis4
  a2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

cbII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 c8 d
  e4 e e8 fis gis4
  a8 g! f!4 e2
  b4 e e d
  d8[ cis] d dis e fis e4
  e2.
  \bar ":|."
}

cbIII = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceOne

  \partial 4 a8 b
  c[ b] a gis8 a4 d,
  e8[ e'] d c b4. a8
  gis4 b c d8 c
  b[ a] a b c b b c16 d
  c2.
}

cbIV = \relative c' {
  \key a \minor
  \time 4/4
  \clef bass
  \voiceTwo

  \partial 4 a4
  c, e a, b
  c d e2
  e4\fermata e a b8 c
  gis[ g] fis f e dis e4
  a,2.\fermata
  \bar ":|."
}

chromaticBach = \new StaffGroup = "chromatic Bach" <<
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \cbI
    \new Voice \cbII
  >>

  \new Lyrics \txt

  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \cbIII
    \new Voice \cbIV
  >>
>>

% Score

\score {
  <<
    \exercise
    \simpleBach
    \chromaticBach
  >>

  \header {
    title = \markup \column {
              \combine \null \vspace #1
              "Exercise: Improve the given choral"
              " "
            }
  }

  \layout {
    \context {
      \Lyrics
      \override LyricText.X-offset = #-1
    }
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.Y-offset = #3.5

  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark #14
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1
}

{
  \compressEmptyMeasures
  R1 R1*10 R1*11 \bar "||"
  \set restNumberThreshold = 0
  R1 R1*10 R1*11 \bar "||"
  \set restNumberThreshold = 10
  R1 R1*10 R1*11
}

% piece.ly
% (This is the global definitions file.)

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

Violinone = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d e1
  \bar "|."
}

Violintwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 g e1
  \bar "|."
}

Viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d c1
  \bar "|."
}

Cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b a1
  \bar "|."
}

music = <<
  \tag #'score \tag #'vn1
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
    << \global \Violinone >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vn2
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
    << \global \Violintwo >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vla
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
    << \global \Viola >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vlc
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
    << \global \Cello >>
>>

% These are the other files you need to save on your computer

% score.ly
% (This is the main file.)

% Uncomment the line below when using a separate file.
% \include "piece.ly"

#(set-global-staff-size 14)

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \keepWithTag #'score \music
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

%{ Uncomment this block when using separate files.

% vn1.ly
% (This is the Violin 1 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn1 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vn2.ly
% (This is the Violin 2 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn2 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vla.ly
% (This is the Viola part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vla \music
  \layout { }
}

% vlc.ly
% (This is the Cello part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vlc \music
  \layout { }
}

%}

\score {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice \relative c''' {
      \set midiInstrument = "flute"
      \voiceOne
      \key g \major
      \time 2/2
      r2 g-"Flute" ~
      g fis ~
      fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
      e4 d8 cis d2
    }
    \new Voice \relative c'' {
      \set midiInstrument = "clarinet"
      \voiceTwo
      b1-"Clarinet"
      a2. b8 a
      g2. fis8 e
      fis2 r
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi {
    \context {
      \Staff
      \remove "Staff_performer"
    }
    \context {
      \Voice
      \consists "Staff_performer"
    }
    \tempo 2 = 72
  }
}

rhythm =
#(define-music-function (p) (ly:pitch?)
   "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given pitch"
  #{ \tuplet 3/2 { $p 8 8 8 } 4 4 8 8 4 #})

\new Staff {
  \time 5/4
  \rhythm c'
  \rhythm c''
  \rhythm g
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      d16( a') s a s a[ s a] s a[ s a]
    }
    \\
    {
      \slurUp
      bes,16[ s e](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes f[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes fis](
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes g[(
      \hideNotes a)
      \unHideNotes gis](
      \hideNotes a)
    }
  >>
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = "up" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    s4.
  }
  \new Staff = "down" \relative c'' {
    \key a \major
    \time 3/8
    \voiceOne
    \repeat tremolo 6 {
      <a e'>32
      {
        \change Staff = "up"
        \voiceTwo
        <cis a' dis>32
      }
    }
  }
>>

melody = \relative c' {
  \tempo 4 = 150
  c4.\mf g c16 b' c d
  e16 d e f g4 g'4 r
  R1
}

\score {
  \new Voice \melody
  \layout { }
}

\score {
  \new Voice {
    r\mf
    % 1-8 keyboard
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bright acoustic" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "honky-tonk" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harpsichord" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clav" \melody

    % 9-16 chrom percussion
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "celesta" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "music box" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "vibraphone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "marimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "xylophone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tubular bells" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "dulcimer" \melody

    % 17-24 organ
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "drawbar organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "percussive organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "rock organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "church organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reed organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "accordion" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harmonica" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "concertina" \melody

    % 25-32 guitar
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (nylon)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (steel)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (jazz)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (clean)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (muted)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "overdriven guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "distorted guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar harmonics" \melody

    % 33-40 bass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (finger)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (pick)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fretless bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 2" \melody

    % 41-48 strings
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "violin" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "viola" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "contrabass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tremolo strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pizzicato strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestral harp" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "timpani" \melody

    % 49-56 ensemble
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "choir aahs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "voice oohs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth voice" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestra hit" \melody

    % 57-64 brass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trombone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tuba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "muted trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "french horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "brass section" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 2" \melody

    % 65-72 reed
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "soprano sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "alto sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tenor sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "baritone sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "oboe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "english horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bassoon" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet" \melody

    % 73-80 pipe
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "piccolo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "recorder" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pan flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "blown bottle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shakuhachi" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "whistle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "ocarina" \melody

    % 81-88 synth lead
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 1 (square)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 2 (sawtooth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 3 (calliope)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 4 (chiff)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 5 (charang)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 6 (voice)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 7 (fifths)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 8 (bass+lead)" \melody

    % 89-96 synth pad
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 1 (new age)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 2 (warm)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 3 (polysynth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 4 (choir)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 5 (bowed)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 6 (metallic)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 7 (halo)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 8 (sweep)" \melody

    % 97-104 synth effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 1 (rain)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 2 (soundtrack)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 3 (crystal)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 4 (atmosphere)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 5 (brightness)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 6 (goblins)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 7 (echoes)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 8 (sci-fi)" \melody

    % 105-112 ethnic
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "sitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "banjo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shamisen" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "koto" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "kalimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bagpipe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fiddle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shanai" \melody

    % 113-120 percussive
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tinkle bell" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "agogo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "steel drums" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "woodblock" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "taiko drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "melodic tom" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reverse cymbal" \melody

    % 121-128 sound effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar fret noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "breath noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "seashore" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bird tweet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "telephone ring" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "helicopter" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "applause" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "gunshot" \melody
  }
  \midi { }
}

\relative c''' {
  \time 3/4
  \key f \major
  \set harmonicDots = ##t
  <bes f'\harmonic>2. ~
  <bes f'\harmonic>4. <a e'\harmonic>8( <gis dis'\harmonic> <g d'\harmonic>)
  <fis cis'\harmonic>2.
  <bes f'\harmonic>2.
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \key g \major
  \time #'((3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8)
           (2 . 8) (2 . 8) (3 . 8) (2 . 8) (2 . 8))
  \set Timing.beamExceptions = #'()
  \set Timing.beatStructure = 3,2,2,3,2,2,2,2,3,2,2
  c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
  c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
  c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
}

drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    bd4.^\markup { Drums } sn4 bd \bar ";"
    sn4. bd4 sn \bar ";"
    bd sn bd4. sn4 bd
  }
}

\new Staff {
  \melody
  \drum
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
  \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio.stencil =
    #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-bracket

  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \key b \major
    \time 6/8
    b8-.(\arpeggio fis'-.\> cis-.
      e-. gis-. b-.)\!\fermata^\laissezVibrer \bar "||"
  }

  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \key b \major
    << { <a e cis>2.\arpeggio } \\
       { <a, e a,>2. } >>
  }
>>

tuning = \markup \score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \clef bass
    <c, g, d g>1
  }
  \layout {
    indent = 0\cm
  }
}

\header {
  title = "Solo Cello Suites"
  subtitle = "Suite IV"
  subsubtitle = \markup { Originalstimmung: \raise #0.5 \tuning }
  tagline = ##f
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 4/8
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e } \tuplet 3/2 { c d e }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e } \tuplet 3/2 { c d e }
  g8 a g a
  g8 a g a
}

#(define mydrums '((bassdrum   default #f  4)
                   (snare      default #f -4)
                   (tambourine default #f  0)))

U = \stemUp
D = \stemDown

global = {
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2*2
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2
}

drumsA = {
  \context DrumVoice <<
    \global
    \drummode {
      \autoBeamOff
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      sn4 \D sn4 |
      \U tamb8 \D sn \U sn16 \D sn \U sn8 |
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      \U sn4 s8 \U tamb
    }
  >>
}

drumsB = \drummode {
  s4 bd8 s2*2 s4 bd8 s4 bd8 s
}

\layout {
  indent = 40\mm
  \context {
    \DrumStaff
    drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = \markup \center-column {
        "Tambourine"
        "et"
        "caisse claire s. timbre" }
    } \drumsA
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "Grosse Caisse"
    }\drumsB
  >>
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

\paper { tagline = ##f }

% first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:
date = #(strftime "%d-%m-%Y" (localtime (current-time)))

% use it in the title block:
\header {
  title = "Including the date!"
  subtitle = \date
}

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c4 c c c
  }
}
% and use it in a \markup block:
\markup {
  \date
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(2 . 4)
  c2-\markup { \whiteout \pad-markup #0.5 "middle C" } c
}

hairpinWithCenteredText =
#(define-music-function (text) (markup?)
  #{
    \once \override Voice.Hairpin.after-line-breaking =
      #(lambda (grob)
         (let* ((stencil (ly:hairpin::print grob))
                (par-y (ly:grob-parent grob Y))
                (dir (ly:grob-property par-y 'direction))
                (staff-line-thickness
                 (ly:output-def-lookup (ly:grob-layout grob)
                                       'line-thickness))
                (new-stencil
                 (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                  (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to stencil X CENTER)
                   Y dir
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                    (grob-interpret-markup
                     grob
                     (make-fontsize-markup
                      (magnification->font-size
                       (+ (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob)
                          (/ staff-line-thickness 2)))
                      text))
                    X CENTER))
                  X LEFT))
                (staff-space (ly:output-def-lookup
                 (ly:grob-layout grob) 'staff-space))
                (par-x (ly:grob-parent grob X))
                (dyn-text (grob::has-interface par-x
                                               'dynamic-text-interface))
                (dyn-text-stencil-x-length
                 (if dyn-text
                     (interval-length
                      (ly:stencil-extent
                       (ly:grob-property par-x 'stencil) X))
                     0))
                (x-shift
                 (if dyn-text (- (+ staff-space dyn-text-stencil-x-length)
                                 (* 0.5 staff-line-thickness))
                     0)))
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'Y-offset 0)
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob
                                  'stencil (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                                            new-stencil
                                            x-shift X))))
  #})

hairpinMolto = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \italic molto }
hairpinMore = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \larger moltissimo }

\relative c' {
  \hairpinMolto c2\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
  \break
  \hairpinMolto c2^\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
}

#(define (mc-squared grob grob-origin context)
   (let ((sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position)))
     (ly:grob-set-property!
      grob 'stencil
      (grob-interpret-markup grob
       #{ \markup \lower #0.5
           #(case sp
              ((-5) "m")
              ((-3) "c ")
              ((-2) #{ \markup \teeny \bold 2 #})
              (else "bla")) #}))))

\relative c' {
  <d f g b>2
  \applyOutput Voice.NoteHead #mc-squared
  <d f g b>2
}

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

% Association list of pitches to colors.
#(define color-mapping
   (list
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 FLAT) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 NATURAL) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))))

% Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
   (and
    (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
    (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))

#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
   (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
     (if color
         (cdr color))))

#(define (color-notehead grob)
   (pitch-to-color
    (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch)))

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \override NoteHead.color = #color-notehead
    c8 b d dis ees f g aes
  }
}

rhythm =
#(define-music-function (p) (ly:pitch?)
   "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given pitch"
  #{ \tuplet 3/2 { $p 8 8 8 } 4 4 8 8 4 #})

\new Staff {
  \time 5/4
  \rhythm c'
  \rhythm c''
  \rhythm g
}

\randomNotes n desde hasta duración

randomNotes =
#(define-music-function (n from to dur)
   (integer? ly:pitch? ly:pitch? ly:duration?)
   (let ((from-step (ly:pitch-steps from))
         (to-step (ly:pitch-steps to)))
     (make-sequential-music
      (map (lambda (_)
             (let* ((step (+ from-step
                             (random (- to-step from-step))))
                    (pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 step 0)))
               #{ $pitch $dur #}))
           (iota n)))))

\randomNotes 24 c' g'' 8

(scorify-music music)

(let* ((layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout)))
   ; modificamos el layout aquí, y después lo asignamos:
   (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout))

#(define-public (add-score score)
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores
                      (cons score (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores))))

#(define-public (add-text text)
   (add-score (list text)))

#(define-public (add-music music)
   (collect-music-aux (lambda (score)
                        (add-score score))
                      music))

#(define-public (toplevel-book-handler book)
   (map (lambda (score)
          (ly:book-add-score! book score))
        (reverse! (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores)))
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores (list))
   (print-book-with-defaults book))

#(define-public (book-score-handler book score)
   (add-score score))

#(define-public (book-text-handler book text)
   (add-text text))

#(define-public (book-music-handler book music)
   (add-music music))

% Some example code to show how to use these functions.  Each call to
% `\oneNoteScore` constructs a global markup followed by a single
% staff with a single quarter note.  The pitch of this note is taken
% from the variable `pitch`; the start value 0 corresponds to pitch C.
% After emitting the score, variable `pitch` gets increased by 1.
%
% `\oneNoteScore` calls Scheme function `add-one-note-score` to do all
% the work.

#(define add-one-note-score #f)
#(let ((pitch 0))
   (set! add-one-note-score
         (lambda ()
           (let* ((music
                   (make-music
                    'EventChord
                    'elements (list (make-music
                                     'NoteEvent
                                     'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1/1)
                                     'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 pitch 0)))))
                  (score (scorify-music music))
                  (layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout))
                  (note-name (case pitch
                               ((0) "do")
                               ((1) "ré")
                               ((2) "mi")
                               ((3) "fa")
                               ((4) "sol")
                               ((5) "la")
                               ((6) "si")
                               (else "huh")))
                  (title (markup #:large #:line
                                 ("Score with a" note-name))))
             (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
             (add-text title)
             (add-score score))
           (set! pitch (modulo (1+ pitch) 7)))))

oneNoteScore =
#(define-void-function () ()
   (add-one-note-score))

\book {
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

\book {
  \oneNoteScore
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

% Top-level scores are also handled correctly.
\oneNoteScore
\oneNoteScore

\paper { tagline = ##f }

{
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions =
    #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
  d'4 e' f' g'
}

\set Staff.keyAlterations =
  #`(((octava . paso) . alteración) ((octava . paso) . alteración) ...)

\include "arabic.ly"

\relative do' {
  \set Staff.keyAlterations = #`((0 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
                                 (2 . ,FLAT)
                                 (5 . ,FLAT)
                                 (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT))
  % \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
  re reb \dwn reb resd
  dod dob dosd \dwn dob |
  dobsb dodsd do do |
}

global = {
  \time 3/4 s2.*3 \break
  s2.*3
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
    \override SpacingSpanner.uniform-stretching = ##t
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
    proportionalNotationDuration = #1/64
  }
  \context {
    \Staff
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
    tupletFullLength = ##t
  }
}

Bassklarinette = \new Staff \with {
  \consists "Bar_number_engraver"
  barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 2)
  \override BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible
} <<
  \global
  {
    \clef treble
    \time 3/8 d''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 des''2( c''8) |
    \time 7/8 r4. ees''2 ~ |
    \time 2/4 \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { ees''4 r4 d''4 ~ } |
    \time 3/8 \tupletUp \tuplet 4/3 { d''4 r4 } |
    \time 2/4 e''2 |
    \time 3/8 es''4. |
    \time 3/4 r8 d''2 r8 |
  }
>>

Perkussion = \new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff <<
    \global
    {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 r4 c'2 ~ |
      c'2. |
      R2. |
      r2 g'4 ~ |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
  \new Staff <<
    \global {
      \clef percussion
      \time 3/4 R2. |
      g'2. ~ |
      g'2. |
      r4 g'2 ~ |
      g'2 r4 |
      g'2. |
    }
  >>
>>

\score {
  <<
    \Bassklarinette
    \Perkussion
  >>
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff \relative c'' {
      c1 | c | c | c | c
    }
    \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
      \new Staff {
        c1 | c
        <<
          { c1 | d }
          \new Staff {
            \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
            c1 | b
          }
        >>
        c1
      }
    }
  >>
}

drh = \drummode {
        cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh
        hhc4 r4 r2
      }
drl = \drummode {
        bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >>
        bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh
      }
timb = \drummode {
         timh4 ssh timl8 ssh r timh r4
         ssh8 timl r4 cb8 cb
       }

\score {
  <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "timbales"
      drumStyleTable = #timbales-style
      \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #2
      \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
    }
    <<
      \timb
    >>
    \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "drums" }
    <<
      \new DrumVoice { \stemUp \drh }
      \new DrumVoice { \stemDown \drl }
    >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { \tempo 4 = 120 }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
}

\layout {
  line-length = 80\mm
}

{
  \textMark "mark a" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark b" c'1 |
  \break
  \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
  \textMark "mark c" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark d" c'1 |
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \once \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  c2\startGroup
  d2\stopGroup
}

\relative c' {
  <\tweak font-size #+2 c e g c
   \tweak font-size #-2 e>1
   ^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}

%{
You may have to install additional fonts.

Red Hat Fedora: dejavu-fonts-all

Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu: fonts-dejavu-core
                          fonts-dejavu-extra
%}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  g2 e4
  a2 f4
  g2.
}
\addlyrics {
  \set stanza = #"1. "
  Hi, my name is Bert.
}
\addlyrics {
  \override StanzaNumber.fonts.serif = "DejaVu Sans"
  \set stanza = #"2. "
  \override LyricText.font-family = #'typewriter
  Oh, ché -- ri, je t'aime
}

\relative c' {
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDotted
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
  \slurDashed
  c4( d e c)
  \slurSolid
  c4( d e c)
}

piuF = \markup { \italic più \dynamic f }

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c-\piuF
  }
}

piuF = #(make-dynamic-script
          #{ \markup { \normal-text \italic più \dynamic f } #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c2\f c\piuF
  }
}

scm = \chordmode {
  c1/c | cis/cis
  b1/b | bis/bis | bes/bes
}

\layout {
  indent = 3\cm
  ragged-right = ##f

  \context {
    \ChordNames
    \consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
  }
  \context {
    \Score
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-Y = -1.2
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
  }
}

<<
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"default"
    \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"german"
    \germanChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"semi-german"
    \semiGermanChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"italian"
    \italianChords \scm
  }
  \new ChordNames {
    \set instrumentName = #"french"
    \frenchChords \scm
  }
  \context Voice { \scm }
>>

\relative c'' {
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.Y-offset = #3.5

  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark #14
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1 \mark \default
  c1
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  c1 c c c
}

\addlyrics {
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
  "left-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
  "centered"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = 1
  "right-aligned"
  \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #-1.5
  "very right"
}

normalPos = \once \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction

<<
  { c''1 R c'' \normalPos R c'' R } \\
  { c'1 R c' \normalPos R c' R }
>>

\new RhythmicStaff {
  % Defaults.
  \time 2/4 \tuplet 3/2 { c4 4 4 }
  \time 4/4 \tuplet 5/4 { 4 1 }
  \time 3/4 2.
}

\new RhythmicStaff {
  % Set tuplets to be extendable...
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  % ...to cover all items up to the next note
  \set tupletFullLengthNote = ##t
  \time 2/4 \tuplet 3/2 { c4 4 4 }
  % ...or to cover just whitespace.
  \set tupletFullLengthNote = ##f
  \time 4/4 \tuplet 5/4 { 4 1 }
  \time 3/4 2.
}

\markup { Processed with LilyPond version #(lilypond-version) }

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff \with { instrumentName = "Piano" }
  <<
    \new Staff = "upper" \upper
    \new Staff = "lower" \lower
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff = upper { \new Voice = "singer" \upper }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "singer" \text
    \new Staff = lower { \lower }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "mel" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto mel \text
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff = "upper" \upper
      \new Staff = "lower" \lower
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context { \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves }
  }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Voice = "one" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  f4 e8[ c] d4 g |
  a2 ~ a
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  c4:m f:min7 g:maj c:aug |
  d2:dim b4:5 e:sus
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Staff \melody
  >>
  \layout{ }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score{
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" {
      \autoBeamOff
      \melody
    }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

\score {
  \new Staff \melody
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

<<
  \relative c'' { a1 | a }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { \skip1 bla1 }
>>

<<
  \relative c'' { a4 b c d }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode { a4 "" _ gap }
>>

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

violinOne = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

violinTwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 f
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d
  c1
  \bar "|."
}

cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b
  a1
  \bar "|."
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
      << \global \violinOne >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
      << \global \violinTwo >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
      << \global \viola >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
      << \global \cello >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
  <
    \tweak font-size #3 c
    \tweak color #red d-\tweak font-size #8 -4
    \tweak style #'cross g
    \tweak duration-log #2 a
  >2
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \sopMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "altos" {
        \voiceTwo
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "altos"
    \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "basses" {
        \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "basses"
    \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

voltaMusic = \relative c'' {
  \repeat volta 2 {
    c1
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { d1 }
      \volta 2 { e1 }
    }
  }
}

<<
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Volta_engraver" }
      \voltaMusic
    \new Staff \voltaMusic
  >>
>>

addScript =
#(define-music-function (script music) (ly:event? ly:music?)
   (map-some-music
    (lambda (mus)
      (define (append-script-at! prop)
        (set! (ly:music-property mus prop)
              (append (ly:music-property mus prop)
                      (list (ly:music-deep-copy script))))
        mus)

      (case (ly:music-property mus 'name)
        ((EventChord)
         (append-script-at! 'elements))
        ((NoteEvent)
         (append-script-at! 'articulations))
        (else #f)))
    music))

{
  \addScript _6 { c'4-3 <c' e' g'> }
}

#(define-markup-command (arrow-at-angle layout props angle-deg length fill)
   (number? number? boolean?)
   (let* ((PI-OVER-180 (/ (atan 1 1) 34))
          (degrees->radians (lambda (degrees) (* degrees PI-OVER-180)))
          (angle-rad (degrees->radians angle-deg))
          (target-x (* length (cos angle-rad)))
          (target-y (* length (sin angle-rad))))
     (interpret-markup layout props
       (markup
        #:translate (cons (/ target-x 2) (/ target-y 2))
        #:rotate angle-deg
        #:translate (cons (/ length -2) 0)
        #:concat (#:draw-line (cons length 0)
                   #:arrow-head X RIGHT fill)))))

splitStaffBarLineMarkup = \markup \with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
  \combine
  \arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
  \arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
}

splitStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob splitStaffBarLineMarkup)
      0))
  \break
}

convDownStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . -.13)\arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

convUpStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . .14)\arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

\paper {
  indent = 10\mm
  short-indent = 10\mm
  line-width = 8\cm
}

separateSopranos = {
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "AI AII"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "AI AII"
  \splitStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "up"
}
convSopranos = {
  \convDownStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "shared"
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "S A"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "S A"
}

sI = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 f''2
  \separateSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 g''2
  \convSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 c''2
}
sII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \change Staff = "up"
  \repeat unfold 4 d''2
}
aI = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 a'2
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 b'2
  \convUpStaffBarLine
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
aII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
ten = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
  \repeat unfold 4 d'2
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
}
bas = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 f2
  \repeat unfold 4 g2
  \repeat unfold 4 c2
}

\markup \pad-x #3  % avoid cropping
  \score {
    <<
      \new ChoirStaff <<
        \new Staff = up \with {
          instrumentName = "SI SII"
          shortInstrumentName = "SI SII"
        } {
          s1*4
        }

        \new Staff = shared \with {
          instrumentName = "S A"
          shortInstrumentName = "S A"
        } <<
          \new Voice = sopI \sI
          \new Voice = sopII \sII
          \new Voice = altI \aI
          \new Voice = altII \aII
        >>
        \new Lyrics \with {
          alignBelowContext = up
        }
        \lyricsto sopII { e f g h }
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto altI { a b c d e f g h i j k l }

        \new Staff = men \with {
          instrumentName = "T B"
          shortInstrumentName = "T B"
        } <<
          \clef F
          \new Voice = ten \ten
          \new Voice = bas \bas
        >>
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto bas { a b c d e f g h i j k l }
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
      }
    }
}

#(define (add-link url-strg)
  (lambda (grob)
    (let* ((stil (ly:grob-property grob 'stencil)))
      (if (ly:stencil? stil)
          (let* ((x-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil X))
                 (y-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil Y))
                 (url-expr `(url-link ,url-strg ,x-ext ,y-ext))
                 (new-stil
                   (ly:stencil-add
                     (ly:make-stencil url-expr x-ext y-ext)
                     stil)))
          (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'stencil new-stil))))))

%%%% test

%% For easier maintenance of this snippet the URL is formatted to use the
%% actually used LilyPond version.
%% Of course a literal URL would work as well.

#(define major.minor-version
  (string-join (take (string-split (lilypond-version) #\.) 2) "."))

urlI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

urlII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/rhythms"
  major.minor-version)

urlIII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-heads"
  major.minor-version)

urlIV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/beams"
  major.minor-version)

urlV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-head-styles"
  major.minor-version)

urlVI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

\relative c' {
   \key cis \minor

   \once \override Staff.Clef.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.Clef.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlI)

   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlII)

   \once \override NoteHead.color = #green
   \once \override NoteHead.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIII)

   cis'1
   \once \override Beam.color = #green
   \once \override Beam.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIV)
   cis8 dis e fis gis2
   <gis,
    \tweak Accidental.color #green
    \tweak Accidental.after-line-breaking #(add-link urlVI)
    \tweak color #green
    \tweak after-line-breaking #(add-link urlV)
    \tweak style #'harmonic
    bis
    dis
    fis
   >1
   <cis, cis' e>
}

cueWhile =
#(define-music-function
   (instrument name dir music)
   (string? string? ly:dir? ly:music?)
   #{
     \cueDuring $instrument #dir {
       \once \override TextScript.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
       \once \override TextScript.direction = $dir
       <>-\markup { \tiny #name }
       $music
     }
   #})

flute = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  s4 s4 e g
}
\addQuote "flute" { \flute }

clarinet = \relative c' {
  \transposition bes
  fis4 d d c
}
\addQuote "clarinet" { \clarinet }

singer = \relative c'' { c4. g8 g4 bes4 }
words = \lyricmode { here's the lyr -- ics }

pianoRH = \relative c'' {
  \transposition c'
  \cueWhile "clarinet" "Clar." #DOWN { c4. g8 }
  \cueWhile "flute" "Flute" #UP { g4 bes4 }
}
pianoLH = \relative c { c4 <c' e> e, <g c> }

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \new Voice = "singer" {
        \singer
      }
    }
    \new Lyrics {
      \lyricsto "singer"
      \words
    }
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff {
        \new Voice {
          \pianoRH
        }
      }
      \new Staff {
        \clef "bass"
        \pianoLH
      }
    >>
  >>
}

\paper { tagline = ##f }

% first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:
date = #(strftime "%d-%m-%Y" (localtime (current-time)))

% use it in the title block:
\header {
  title = "Including the date!"
  subtitle = \date
}

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c4 c c c
  }
}
% and use it in a \markup block:
\markup {
  \date
}

offsetPositions =
#(define-music-function (offsets) (number-pair?)
  #{
     \once \override Slur.control-points =
       #(lambda (grob)
          (match-let ((((_ . y1) _ _ (_ . y2))
                       (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob))
                      ((off1 . off2) offsets))
            (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'positions)
                  (cons (+ y1 off1) (+ y2 off2)))
            (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob)))
  #})

\relative c'' {
  c4(^"default" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 1)
  c'4(^"(0 . 1)" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 2)
  c'4(^"(0 . 2)" c, d2)
  \bar "||"
  g4(^"default" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(1 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(1 . 0)" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(2 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(2 . 0)" a d'2)
}

hairpinWithCenteredText =
#(define-music-function (text) (markup?)
  #{
    \once \override Voice.Hairpin.after-line-breaking =
      #(lambda (grob)
         (let* ((stencil (ly:hairpin::print grob))
                (par-y (ly:grob-parent grob Y))
                (dir (ly:grob-property par-y 'direction))
                (staff-line-thickness
                 (ly:output-def-lookup (ly:grob-layout grob)
                                       'line-thickness))
                (new-stencil
                 (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                  (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to stencil X CENTER)
                   Y dir
                   (ly:stencil-aligned-to
                    (grob-interpret-markup
                     grob
                     (make-fontsize-markup
                      (magnification->font-size
                       (+ (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob)
                          (/ staff-line-thickness 2)))
                      text))
                    X CENTER))
                  X LEFT))
                (staff-space (ly:output-def-lookup
                 (ly:grob-layout grob) 'staff-space))
                (par-x (ly:grob-parent grob X))
                (dyn-text (grob::has-interface par-x
                                               'dynamic-text-interface))
                (dyn-text-stencil-x-length
                 (if dyn-text
                     (interval-length
                      (ly:stencil-extent
                       (ly:grob-property par-x 'stencil) X))
                     0))
                (x-shift
                 (if dyn-text (- (+ staff-space dyn-text-stencil-x-length)
                                 (* 0.5 staff-line-thickness))
                     0)))
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'Y-offset 0)
           (ly:grob-set-property! grob
                                  'stencil (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                                            new-stencil
                                            x-shift X))))
  #})

hairpinMolto = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \italic molto }
hairpinMore = \hairpinWithCenteredText \markup { \larger moltissimo }

\relative c' {
  \hairpinMolto c2\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
  \break
  \hairpinMolto c2^\< c\f
  \hairpinMore c2\ppppp\< c\f
}

#(define (mc-squared grob grob-origin context)
   (let ((sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position)))
     (ly:grob-set-property!
      grob 'stencil
      (grob-interpret-markup grob
       #{ \markup \lower #0.5
           #(case sp
              ((-5) "m")
              ((-3) "c ")
              ((-2) #{ \markup \teeny \bold 2 #})
              (else "bla")) #}))))

\relative c' {
  <d f g b>2
  \applyOutput Voice.NoteHead #mc-squared
  <d f g b>2
}

% Step 1: Define music with chords and markup for maj9 and 6(add9).
chExceptionMusic = {
  <c e g b d'>-\markup { \super "maj9" }
  <c e g a d'>-\markup { \super "6(add9)" }
}

% Step 2: Create extended exception list.
chExceptions =
#(append (sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions chExceptionMusic #t)
         ignatzekExceptions)

theMusic = \chordmode {
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
  % Step 3: Register extended exception list.
  \set chordNameExceptions = #chExceptions
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
}

<<
  \new ChordNames \theMusic
  \new Voice \theMusic
>>

\layout {
  line-width = 10\cm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

% Association list of pitches to colors.
#(define color-mapping
   (list
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 0 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 FLAT) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 NATURAL) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 2 SHARP) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 NATURAL) (x11-color 'green))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 FLAT) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 SHARP) (x11-color 'red))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 1 NATURAL) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 3 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 4 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 5 SHARP) (x11-color 'blue))
    (cons (ly:make-pitch 0 6 FLAT) (x11-color 'blue))))

% Compare pitch and alteration (not octave).
#(define (pitch-equals? p1 p2)
   (and
    (= (ly:pitch-alteration p1) (ly:pitch-alteration p2))
    (= (ly:pitch-notename p1) (ly:pitch-notename p2))))

#(define (pitch-to-color pitch)
   (let ((color (assoc pitch color-mapping pitch-equals?)))
     (if color
         (cdr color))))

#(define (color-notehead grob)
   (pitch-to-color
    (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch)))

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \override NoteHead.color = #color-notehead
    c8 b d dis ees f g aes
  }
}

paren =
#(define-event-function (dyn) (ly:event?)
   (make-dynamic-script
    #{ \markup \concat {
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 (
         \pad-x #0.2 #(ly:music-property dyn 'text)
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 )
       }
    #}))

\relative c'' {
  c4\paren\f c c \dynamicUp c\paren\p
}

rhythm =
#(define-music-function (p) (ly:pitch?)
   "Make the rhythm in Mars (the Planets) at the given pitch"
  #{ \tuplet 3/2 { $p 8 8 8 } 4 4 8 8 4 #})

\new Staff {
  \time 5/4
  \rhythm c'
  \rhythm c''
  \rhythm g
}

#(define (myDynamics dynamic)
    (if (equal? dynamic "rfz")
      0.9
      (default-dynamic-absolute-volume dynamic)))

\score {
  \new Staff {
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello"
    \set Score.dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction = #myDynamics
    \new Voice {
      \relative {
        a'4\pp b c-\rfz
      }
    }
  }
  \layout {}
  \midi {}
}

#(define ((make-custom-dot-bar-line dot-positions) is-span grob extent)
   "Draw dots (repeat sign dots) at DOT-POSITIONS.

The coordinates of DOT-POSITIONS are equivalent to the coordinates of
`StaffSymbol.line-positions`; a dot position of X and a line position
of X indicate the same vertical position.

IS-SPAN is not used in this custom function."
   (let* ((staff-space (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob))
          (dot (ly:font-get-glyph (ly:grob-default-font grob)
               "dots.dot"))
          (stencil empty-stencil))
     (for-each
      (lambda (dp)
        (set! stencil (ly:stencil-add stencil
                        (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                         dot (* dp (/ staff-space 2)) Y))))
      dot-positions)
     stencil))

% With the procedure above we can define custom bar lines, for example,
% that resemble standard repeat sign bar lines except that there are
% three dots at staff positions -3, 0, and 3.

#(add-bar-glyph-print-procedure "*" (make-custom-dot-bar-line '(-3 0 3)))
\defineBarLine ".|*" #'("" "*" "")
\defineBarLine "*|." #'("" "*" "")

% We can also customize the dot positions used in all default repeat
% signs by redefining the print procedure of the colon bar glyph (":").
% On a staff with line positions of `(-4 -2 2 4)`, the default repeat
% sign dots appear at `(-3 3)`, but we can put them at `(-1 1)` instead.
#(add-bar-glyph-print-procedure ":" (make-custom-dot-bar-line '(-1 1)))

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-4 -2 2 4)
  \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #1.3
} \relative f' {
  g1 \bar ".|*"
  g \bar "*|."
  g \bar ".|:-|"
  g \bar ":|."
  g |
  \repeat volta 2 { g }
}

#(use-modules (oop goops))

%%%
%%% Grob utilities
%%%
%%% These are literal rewrites of some C++ methods used by the ambitus
%%% engraver.

#(define (ly:separation-item::add-conditional-item grob grob-item)
   "Add GROB-ITEM to the array of conditional elements of GROB.

This is a rewrite of function `Separation_item::add_conditional_item` from
file `lily/separation-item.cc`."
   (ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob
    grob 'conditional-elements grob-item))

#(define (ly:accidental-placement::accidental-pitch accidental-grob)
   "Get the pitch from the grob cause of ACCIDENTAL-GROB.

This is a rewrite of function `accidental_pitch` from file
`lily/accidental-placement.cc`."
   (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property
                       (ly:grob-parent accidental-grob Y) 'cause)
                      'pitch))

#(define (ly:accidental-placement::add-accidental grob accidental-grob)
   "Add ACCIDENTAL-GROB to the list of accidentals grobs of GROB.
ACCIDENTAL-GROB is an `Accidental` grob; GROB is an `AccidentalPlacement`
grob.

This is a rewrite of function `Accidental_placement::add_accidental` from
file `lily/accidental-placement.cc`."
   (let ((pitch (ly:accidental-placement::accidental-pitch
                 accidental-grob)))
     (set! (ly:grob-parent accidental-grob X) grob)
     (let* ((accidentals (ly:grob-object grob 'accidental-grobs))
            (handle (assq (ly:pitch-notename pitch) accidentals))
            (entry (if handle (cdr handle) '())))
       (set! (ly:grob-object grob 'accidental-grobs)
             (assq-set! accidentals
                        (ly:pitch-notename pitch)
                        (cons accidental-grob entry))))))

%%%
%%% Ambitus data structures.
%%%

%%% The <ambitus> class holds the various grobs that are created to
%%% print an ambitus:
%%%
%%% - `ambitus-group`: the grob that groups all the components of an
%%%   ambitus (`Ambitus` grob);
%%% - `ambitus-line`: the vertical line between the upper and lower
%%%   ambitus notes (`AmbitusLine` grob);
%%% - `ambitus-up-note` and `ambitus-down-note`: the note head and
%%%   accidental for the lower and upper note of the ambitus (see
%%%   `<ambitus-note>` class below).
%%%
%%% The other slots define the key and clef context of the engraver:
%%%
%%% - `start-c0`: position of middle c at the beginning of the piece.
%%%   It is used to place the ambitus notes according to their pitch;
%%% - `start-key-sig`: the key signature at the beginning of the
%%%   piece.  It is used to determine whether accidentals shall be
%%%   printed next to ambitus notes.

#(define-class <ambitus> ()
   (ambitus-group #:accessor ambitus-group)
   (ambitus-line #:accessor ambitus-line)
   (ambitus-up-note #:getter ambitus-up-note
                    #:init-form (make <ambitus-note>))
   (ambitus-down-note #:getter ambitus-down-note
                      #:init-form (make <ambitus-note>))
   (start-c0 #:accessor ambitus-start-c0
             #:init-value #f)
   (start-key-sig #:accessor ambitus-start-key-sig
                  #:init-value '()))

%%% Accessor for the lower and upper note data of an ambitus.
#(define-method (ambitus-note (ambitus <ambitus>) direction)
   "Return lower or upper note of AMBITUS depending on DIRECTION."
   (if (= direction UP)
       (ambitus-up-note ambitus)
       (ambitus-down-note ambitus)))

%%% The `<ambitus-note>` class holds the grobs that are specific to
%%% ambitus (lower and upper) notes:
%%%
%%% - `head`: an `AmbitusNoteHead` grob;
%%% - `accidental`: an `AmbitusAccidental` grob, to be possibly
%%%   printed next to the ambitus note head.
%%%
%%% Moreover,
%%%
%%% - `pitch` is the absolute pitch of the note;
%%% - `cause` is the note event that causes this ambitus note, i.e.,
%%%   the lower or upper note of the considered music sequence.

#(define-class <ambitus-note> ()
   (head #:accessor ambitus-note-head
         #:init-value #f)
   (accidental #:accessor ambitus-note-accidental
               #:init-value #f)
   (cause #:accessor ambitus-note-cause
          #:init-value #f)
   (pitch #:accessor ambitus-note-pitch
          #:init-value #f))

%%%
%%% Ambitus engraving logic.
%%%
%%% This is rewrite of the code from file `lily/ambitus-engraver.cc`.

#(define (make-ambitus translator)
   "Build an ambitus object: initialize all the grobs and their
relations.

The `Ambitus` grob contains all other grobs:

 Ambitus
  |- AmbitusLine
  |- AmbitusNoteHead    for upper note
  |- AmbitusAccidental  for upper note
  |- AmbitusNoteHead    for lower note
  |- AmbitusAccidental  for lower note

The parent of an accidental is the corresponding note head, and the
accidental is set as the `accidental-grob` property of the note head
so that is printed by the function that prints notes."
   ;; Make the ambitus object.
   (let ((ambitus (make <ambitus>)))
     ;; Build the `Ambitus` grob, which will contain all other grobs.
     (set! (ambitus-group ambitus)
           (ly:engraver-make-grob translator 'Ambitus '()))
     ;; Build the `AmbitusLine` grob (the line between lower and upper
     ;; note).
     (set! (ambitus-line ambitus)
           (ly:engraver-make-grob translator 'AmbitusLine '()))
     ;; Build the upper and lower `AmbitusNoteHead` and
     ;; `AmbitusAccidental`.
     (for-each
      (lambda (direction)
        (let ((head (ly:engraver-make-grob translator
                                           'AmbitusNoteHead '()))
              (accidental (ly:engraver-make-grob translator
                                                 'AmbitusAccidental '()))
              (group (ambitus-group ambitus)))
          ;; The parent of the `AmbitusAccidental` grob is the
          ;; `AmbitusNoteHead` grob.
          (set! (ly:grob-parent accidental Y) head)
          ;; The `AmbitusAccidental` grob is set as the
          ;; `accidental-grob` object of `AmbitusNoteHead`.  This is
          ;; later used by the function that prints notes.
          (set! (ly:grob-object head 'accidental-grob) accidental)
          ;; Both the note head and the accidental grobs are added to
          ;; the main ambitus grob.
          (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element group head)
          (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element group accidental)
          ;; The note head and the accidental grobs are added to the
          ;; ambitus object.
          (set! (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                head)
          (set! (ambitus-note-accidental (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                accidental)))
      (list DOWN UP))

     ;; The parent of the ambitus line is the lower ambitus note head.
     (set! (ly:grob-parent (ambitus-line ambitus) X)
           (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))
     ;; The ambitus line is added to the ambitus main grob.
     (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element (ambitus-group ambitus)
                                           (ambitus-line ambitus))
     ambitus))

#(define-method (initialize-ambitus-state
                 (ambitus <ambitus>) translator)
   "Initialize the state of AMBITUS by getting the starting position of
middle C and key signature from TRANSLATOR's context."
   (if (not (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus))
       (begin
         (set! (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus)
               (ly:context-property (ly:translator-context translator)
                                    'middleCPosition 0))
         (set! (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus)
               (ly:context-property (ly:translator-context translator)
                                    'keyAlterations)))))

#(define-method (update-ambitus-notes (ambitus <ambitus>) note-grob)
   "Update upper and lower ambitus pitches of AMBITUS using NOTE-GROB."
   ;; Get the event that caused the `note-grob` creation and check
   ;; that it is a `note-event`.
   (let ((note-event (ly:grob-property note-grob 'cause)))
     (if (ly:in-event-class? note-event 'note-event)
         ;; Get the pitch from the note event.
         (let ((pitch (ly:event-property note-event 'pitch)))
           ;; If this pitch is lower than the current ambitus' lower
           ;; note pitch (or it has not been initialized yet), then
           ;; this pitch is the new ambitus' lower pitch.  The same is
           ;; done for the upper pitch (but in the opposite
           ;; direction).
           (for-each
            (lambda (direction pitch-compare)
              (if (or (not (ambitus-note-pitch
                            (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
                      (pitch-compare
                       pitch (ambitus-note-pitch
                              (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
                  (begin
                    (set! (ambitus-note-pitch
                           (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                          pitch)
                    (set! (ambitus-note-cause
                           (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                          note-event))))
            (list DOWN UP)
            (list ly:pitch<?
                  (lambda (p1 p2) (ly:pitch<? p2 p1))))))))

#(define-method (typeset-ambitus (ambitus <ambitus>) translator)
   "Typeset AMBITUS.

- Place the lower and upper ambitus notes according to their pitch and
  the position of the middle C.
- Typeset or delete the note accidentals, according to the key
  signature.  An accidental, if it is to be printed, is added to an
  `AccidentalPlacement` grob (a grob dedicated to the placement of
  accidentals near a chord).
- Both note heads are added to the ambitus line grob so that a line
  gets printed between them."
   ;; Check whether there are lower and upper pitches.
   (if (and (ambitus-note-pitch (ambitus-note ambitus UP))
            (ambitus-note-pitch (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))
       ;; Make an `AccidentalPlacement` grob, for placement of note
       ;; accidentals.
       (let ((accidental-placement
              (ly:engraver-make-grob
               translator
               'AccidentalPlacement (ambitus-note-accidental
                                     (ambitus-note ambitus DOWN)))))
         ;; For lower and upper ambitus notes.
         (for-each
          (lambda (direction)
            (let ((pitch (ambitus-note-pitch
                          (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
              ;; Set the cause and the staff position of the ambitus
              ;; note according to the associated pitch.
              (set! (ly:grob-property
                     (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                     'cause)
                    (ambitus-note-cause (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
              (set! (ly:grob-property
                     (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                     'staff-position)
                    (+ (ambitus-start-c0 ambitus)
                       (ly:pitch-steps pitch)))
              ;; Determine whether an accidental shall be printed for
              ;; this note, according to the key signature.
              (let* ((handle
                      (or (assoc (cons (ly:pitch-octave pitch)
                                       (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                                 (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus))
                          (assoc (ly:pitch-notename pitch)
                                 (ambitus-start-key-sig ambitus))))
                     (sig-alter (if handle (cdr handle) 0)))
                (cond
                 ((= (ly:pitch-alteration pitch) sig-alter)
                  ;; The note alteration is in the key signature
                  ;; => it does not have to be printed.
                  (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-accidental
                                     (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
                  (set! (ly:grob-object (ambitus-note-head
                                         (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
                                        'accidental-grob)
                        '()))
                 (else
                  ;; Otherwise the accidental shall be printed.
                  (set! (ly:grob-property
                         (ambitus-note-accidental
                          (ambitus-note ambitus direction)) 'alteration)
                        (ly:pitch-alteration pitch)))))
              ;; Add the `AccidentalPlacement` grob to the conditional
              ;; items of the `AmbitusNoteHead`.
              (ly:separation-item::add-conditional-item
               (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction))
               accidental-placement)
              ;; Add the `AmbitusAccidental` to the list of the
              ;; `AccidentalPlacement` grob accidentals.
              (ly:accidental-placement::add-accidental
               accidental-placement
               (ambitus-note-accidental (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
              ;; Add the `AmbitusNoteHead` grob to the `AmbitusLine` grob.
              (ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob
               (ambitus-line ambitus)
               'note-heads
                (ambitus-note-head (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))))
          (list DOWN UP))
         ;; Add the `AccidentalPlacement` grob to the main `Ambitus` grob.
         (ly:axis-group-interface::add-element
          (ambitus-group ambitus) accidental-placement))
       ;; No lower and upper pitches => nothing to print.
       (begin
         (for-each
          (lambda (direction)
            (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-accidental
                               (ambitus-note ambitus direction)))
            (ly:grob-suicide! (ambitus-note-head
                               (ambitus-note ambitus direction))))
          (list DOWN UP))
         (ly:grob-suicide! ambitus-line))))

%%%
%%% Ambitus engraver definition.
%%%
#(define ambitus-engraver
   (lambda (context)
     (let ((ambitus #f))
       ;; When music is processed, make the ambitus object if not
       ;; already built.
       (make-engraver
        ((process-music translator)
         (if (not ambitus)
             (set! ambitus (make-ambitus translator))))

        ;; Set the ambitus clef and key signature state.
        ((stop-translation-timestep translator)
         (if ambitus
             (initialize-ambitus-state ambitus translator)))

        ;; When a note head grob is built, update the ambitus notes.
        (acknowledgers
         ((note-head-interface engraver grob source-engraver)
          (if ambitus
              (update-ambitus-notes ambitus grob))))

        ;; Finally, typeset the ambitus according to its upper and
        ;; lower notes (if any).
        ((finalize translator)
         (if ambitus
             (typeset-ambitus ambitus translator)))))))

%%%
%%% Example
%%%

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff { c'4 des' e' fis' gis' }
    \new Staff { \clef "bass" c4 des ~ des ees b, }
  >>
  \layout { \context { \Staff \consists #ambitus-engraver } }
}

InstrumentNameFontSize =
#(define-music-function (font-size-pair) (pair?)
   "Set the font size of `InstrumentName` grobs.

The first value of FONT-SIZE-PAIR sets the font size of the initial
`instrumentName` property, the second value sets the font size of
`shortInstrumentName`."
   ;; This code could be changed or extended to set different values
   ;; for each occurrence of `shortInstrumentName'.
   #{
     \override InstrumentName.after-line-breaking =
       #(lambda (grob)
          (let* ((orig (ly:grob-original grob))
                 (siblings (if (ly:grob? orig)
                               (ly:spanner-broken-into orig)
                               '())))
            (when (pair? siblings)
              (ly:grob-set-property! (car siblings)
                                     'font-size (car font-size-pair))
              (for-each
               (lambda (g)
                 (ly:grob-set-property! g
                                        'font-size (cdr font-size-pair)))
               (cdr siblings)))))
   #})

\layout {
  indent = 3\cm
  short-indent = 0.8\cm

  \context {
    \Staff
    \InstrumentNameFontSize #'(6 . -3)
  }
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
       instrumentName = "Flute"
       shortInstrumentName = "Fl." } {
    c''1 \break c'' \break c'' }
  \new Staff \with {
       instrumentName = "Violin"
       shortInstrumentName = "Vl." } {
    c''1 \break c'' \break c'' }
>>

{
  \once \override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  c
}

------------------------------------

NoteHead
X,Y: NoteColumn
     X: PaperColumn
        X,Y: System
     Y: VerticalAxisGroup
        X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
           X,Y: System
        Y: VerticalAlignment
           X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
              X,Y: System
           Y: System

#(define (get-ancestry grob)
   (if (not (null? (ly:grob-parent grob X)))
       (list (grob::name grob)
             (get-ancestry (ly:grob-parent grob X))
             (get-ancestry (ly:grob-parent grob Y)))
       (grob::name grob)))

#(define (format-ancestry lst padding)
   (string-append
    (symbol->string (car lst)) "\n"
    (let ((X-ancestry (if (list? (cadr lst))
                          (format-ancestry (cadr lst) (+ padding 3))
                          (symbol->string (cadr lst))))
          (Y-ancestry (if (list? (caddr lst))
                          (format-ancestry (caddr lst) (+ padding 3))
                          (symbol->string (caddr lst)))))
      (if (equal? X-ancestry Y-ancestry)
          (string-append (format #f "~&")
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "X,Y: "
                         (if (list? (cadr lst))
                             (format-ancestry (cadr lst) (+ padding 5))
                             (symbol->string (cadr lst))))
          (string-append (format #f "~&")
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "X: " X-ancestry "\n"
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "Y: " Y-ancestry (format #f "~&"))))
    (format #f "~&")))

#(define (display-ancestry grob)
   (format (current-output-port)
           "~2&~a~2%~a~&"
           (make-string 36 #\-)
           (if (ly:grob? grob)
               (format-ancestry (get-ancestry grob) 0)
               (format #f "~a is not a grob" grob))))

\relative c' {
  \once \override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  f4
  \once \override Accidental.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  \once \override Arpeggio.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  <f as c>4\arpeggio
}

circle = \tweak NoteHead.stencil
  #(lambda (grob)
    (let* ((note (ly:note-head::print grob))
           (combo-stencil (ly:stencil-add
               note
               (circle-stencil note 0.1 0.8))))
          (ly:make-stencil (ly:stencil-expr combo-stencil)
            (ly:stencil-extent note X)
            (ly:stencil-extent note Y))))
  \etc

{ \circle c'' }

\relative c' {
  c1
  \set Score.rehearsalMarkFormatter =
    #(lambda (mark context)
             (make-circle-markup (format-mark-numbers mark context)))
  \mark \default

  c2 d^\markup {
    \override #'(thickness . 3) {
      \circle foo
    }
  }
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #all-visible
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
}

repeatGliss = #(define-music-function (grace)
  (ly:pitch?)
  #{
    % the next two lines ensure the glissando is long enough
    % to be visible
    \once \override Glissando.springs-and-rods
      = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
    \once \override Glissando.minimum-length = 3.5
    \once \hideNotes
    \grace $grace \glissando
  #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \repeat volta 3 { c4 d e f\glissando }
    \alternative {
      { g2 d }
      { \repeatGliss f g2 e }
      { \repeatGliss f e2 d }
    }
  }
}

music =  \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat volta 2 {
    g a b c\glissando
  }
  \alternative {
    { d1 }
    { \repeatGliss c \once \omit StringNumber e1\2 }
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice { \clef "G_8" \music }
    >>
    \new TabStaff  <<
      \new TabVoice { \clef "moderntab" \music }
    >>
  >>
}

#(define ((flared-tie coords) grob)
   (define (pair-to-list pair)
     (list (car pair) (cdr pair)))

   (define (normalize-coords goods x y dir)
     (map
      (lambda (coord)
        (cons (* x (car coord)) (* y dir (cdr coord))))
      goods))

   (define (my-c-p-s points thick)
     (make-connected-path-stencil points thick 1.0 1.0 #f #f))

   ;; Calling `ly:tie::print` and assigning its return value to a
   ;; variable in this outer `let` triggers LilyPond to position the
   ;; tie, allowing us to extract its extents.  We only proceed,
   ;; however, if the tie doesn't get discarded (for whatever reason).
   (let ((sten (ly:tie::print grob)))
     (if (grob::is-live? grob)
         (let* ((layout (ly:grob-layout grob))
                (line-thickness (ly:output-def-lookup layout
                                                      'line-thickness))
                (thickness (ly:grob-property grob 'thickness 0.1))
                (used-thick (* line-thickness thickness))
                (dir (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
                (xex (ly:stencil-extent sten X))
                (yex (ly:stencil-extent sten Y))
                (lenx (interval-length xex))
                (leny (interval-length yex))
                (xtrans (car xex))
                (ytrans (if (> dir 0)(car yex) (cdr yex)))
                ;; Add last point.
                (coord-list (append coords '((1.0 . 0.0))))
                (uplist
                 (map pair-to-list
                      (normalize-coords coord-list lenx (* leny 2) dir))))
           (ly:stencil-translate
            (my-c-p-s uplist used-thick)
            (cons xtrans ytrans)))
         '())))

% Define a default tie shape consisting of three straight lines.
#(define flare-tie
   (flared-tie '((0.1 . 0.3) (0.9 . 0.3))))

\relative c' {
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <a c e a c e a c e>~ q
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  q~ q\break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 14"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 14
  a'4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 0.5"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 0.5
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  \revert Tie.details.height-limit

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0))"
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil =
        #(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1)))
  a4~ a
  <>_\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))
  a'4~ a
}

slap =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
  #{
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stencil =
      #ly:text-interface::print
    \temporary \override NoteHead.text =
      \markup
        \translate #'(1 . 0)
          \override #'(thickness . 1.4)
            \overlay { \draw-line #'(-1.2 . 0.4)
                       \draw-line #'(-1.2 . -0.4) }
    \temporary \override NoteHead.stem-attachment =
      #(lambda (grob)
        (let* ((stem (ly:grob-object grob 'stem))
               (dir (ly:grob-property stem 'direction UP))
               (is-up (eqv? dir UP)))
          (cons dir (if is-up 0 -0.8))))
    #music
    \revert NoteHead.stencil
    \revert NoteHead.text
    \revert NoteHead.stem-attachment
  #})

\relative c' {
  c4 \slap c d r
  \slap { g4 a } b r
}

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

% Make a blank new fretboard table.
#(define custom-fretboard-table-one
   (make-fretboard-table))

% Make a new fretboard table as a copy of `default-fret-table`.
#(define custom-fretboard-table-two
   (make-fretboard-table default-fret-table))

% Add a chord to `custom-fretboard-table-one`.
\storePredefinedDiagram #custom-fretboard-table-one
                        \chordmode {c}
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "3-(;3;5;5;5;3-);"

% Add a chord to `custom-fretboard-table-two`.
\storePredefinedDiagram #custom-fretboard-table-two
                        \chordmode {c}
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "x;3;5;5;5;o;"

<<
  \chords {
    c1 | d1 |
    c1 | d1 |
    c1 | d1 |
  }
  \new FretBoards {
    \chordmode {
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #default-fret-table
      c1 | d1 |
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #custom-fretboard-table-one
      c1 | d1 |
      \set predefinedDiagramTable = #custom-fretboard-table-two
      c1 | d1 |
    }
  }
  \new Staff {
    \clef "treble_8"
    <<
      \chordmode {
        c1 | d1 |
        c1 | d1 |
        c1 | d1 |
      }
      {
        s1_\markup "Default table" | s1 |
        s1_\markup \column { "New table" "from empty" } | s1 |
        s1_\markup \column { "New table" "from default" } | s1 |
      }
    >>
  }
>>

(path thickness command-list line-cap-style line-join-style fill)

parallelogram =
  #(ly:make-stencil
    '(path 0.1
           (rmoveto 0 0.25
            lineto 1.2 0.75
            lineto 1.2 -0.25
            lineto 0 -0.75
            lineto 0 0.25)
           round
           round
           #t)
    (cons -0.05 1.25)
    (cons -.75 .75))

myNoteHeads = \override NoteHead.stencil = \parallelogram
normalNoteHeads = \revert NoteHead.stencil

\relative c'' {
  \myNoteHeads
  g4 d'
  \normalNoteHeads
  <f, \tweak stencil \parallelogram b e>4 d
}

#(define-public (weight-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (log (- (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'duration-log) 2))
          (is-up? (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP))
          (yext (if is-up? (cons (* log -0.8) 0) (cons 0 (* log 0.8))))
          (flag-stencil (make-filled-box-stencil '(-0.4 . 0.4) yext))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stroke-stencil (if (equal? stroke-style "grace")
                              (make-line-stencil 0.2 -0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4)
                              empty-stencil)))
     (ly:stencil-add flag-stencil stroke-stencil)))

% Create a flag stencil by looking up the glyph from the font
#(define (inverted-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (dir (if (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP) "d" "u"))
          (flag (retrieve-glyph-flag "" dir "" grob))
          (line-thickness (ly:staff-symbol-line-thickness grob))
          (stem-thickness (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'thickness))
          (stem-width (* line-thickness stem-thickness))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stencil (if (null? stroke-style)
                       flag
                       (add-stroke-glyph flag stem-grob dir stroke-style "")))
          (rotated-flag (ly:stencil-rotate-absolute stencil 180 0 0)))
     (ly:stencil-translate rotated-flag (cons (- (/ stem-width 2)) 0))))

snippetexamplenotes =
{
  \autoBeamOff c'8 d'16 c'32 d'64 \acciaccatura {c'8} d'64
}

{
  \time 1/4
  <>^"Normal flags"
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Custom flag: inverted"
  \override Flag.stencil = #inverted-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>^"Custom flag: weight"
  \override Flag.stencil = #weight-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Revert to normal"
  \revert Flag.stencil
  \snippetexamplenotes
}

\randomNotes n desde hasta duración

randomNotes =
#(define-music-function (n from to dur)
   (integer? ly:pitch? ly:pitch? ly:duration?)
   (let ((from-step (ly:pitch-steps from))
         (to-step (ly:pitch-steps to)))
     (make-sequential-music
      (map (lambda (_)
             (let* ((step (+ from-step
                             (random (- to-step from-step))))
                    (pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 step 0)))
               #{ $pitch $dur #}))
           (iota n)))))

\randomNotes 24 c' g'' 8

(scorify-music music)

(let* ((layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout)))
   ; modificamos el layout aquí, y después lo asignamos:
   (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout))

#(define-public (add-score score)
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores
                      (cons score (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores))))

#(define-public (add-text text)
   (add-score (list text)))

#(define-public (add-music music)
   (collect-music-aux (lambda (score)
                        (add-score score))
                      music))

#(define-public (toplevel-book-handler book)
   (map (lambda (score)
          (ly:book-add-score! book score))
        (reverse! (ly:parser-lookup 'toplevel-scores)))
   (ly:parser-define! 'toplevel-scores (list))
   (print-book-with-defaults book))

#(define-public (book-score-handler book score)
   (add-score score))

#(define-public (book-text-handler book text)
   (add-text text))

#(define-public (book-music-handler book music)
   (add-music music))

% Some example code to show how to use these functions.  Each call to
% `\oneNoteScore` constructs a global markup followed by a single
% staff with a single quarter note.  The pitch of this note is taken
% from the variable `pitch`; the start value 0 corresponds to pitch C.
% After emitting the score, variable `pitch` gets increased by 1.
%
% `\oneNoteScore` calls Scheme function `add-one-note-score` to do all
% the work.

#(define add-one-note-score #f)
#(let ((pitch 0))
   (set! add-one-note-score
         (lambda ()
           (let* ((music
                   (make-music
                    'EventChord
                    'elements (list (make-music
                                     'NoteEvent
                                     'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1/1)
                                     'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 pitch 0)))))
                  (score (scorify-music music))
                  (layout (ly:output-def-clone $defaultlayout))
                  (note-name (case pitch
                               ((0) "do")
                               ((1) "ré")
                               ((2) "mi")
                               ((3) "fa")
                               ((4) "sol")
                               ((5) "la")
                               ((6) "si")
                               (else "huh")))
                  (title (markup #:large #:line
                                 ("Score with a" note-name))))
             (ly:score-add-output-def! score layout)
             (add-text title)
             (add-score score))
           (set! pitch (modulo (1+ pitch) 7)))))

oneNoteScore =
#(define-void-function () ()
   (add-one-note-score))

\book {
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

\book {
  \oneNoteScore
  \oneNoteScore

  \paper { tagline = ##f }
}

% Top-level scores are also handled correctly.
\oneNoteScore
\oneNoteScore

\paper { tagline = ##f }

makePercent =
#(define-music-function (note) (ly:music?)
   "Make a percent repeat the same length as NOTE."
   (make-music 'PercentEvent
               'length (ly:music-length note)))

\relative c'' {
  \makePercent s1
}

#(define Ez_numbers_engraver
   (make-engraver
    (acknowledgers
     ((note-head-interface engraver grob source-engraver)
      (let* ((context (ly:translator-context engraver))
             (tonic-pitch (ly:context-property context 'tonic))
             (tonic-name (ly:pitch-notename tonic-pitch))
             (grob-pitch
              (ly:event-property (event-cause grob) 'pitch))
             (grob-name (ly:pitch-notename grob-pitch))
             (delta (modulo (- grob-name tonic-name) 7))
             (note-names
              (make-vector 7 (number->string (1+ delta)))))
        (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'note-names note-names))))))

#(set-global-staff-size 30)

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists \Ez_numbers_engraver
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \easyHeadsOn
  c4 d e f
  g4 a b c \break

  \key a \major
  a,4 b cis d
  e4 fis gis a \break

  \key d \dorian
  d,4 e f g
  a4 b c d
}

#(define (custom-script-tweaks ls)
   (lambda (grob)
     (let* ((type (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause)
                                     'articulation-type))
           (tweaks (assoc-ref ls type)))
       (when tweaks
         (for-each
          (lambda (x) (ly:grob-set-property! grob (car x) (cdr x)))
          tweaks)))))

customScripts =
#(define-music-function (settings) (list?)
   #{
     \override Script.before-line-breaking =
       #(custom-script-tweaks settings)
   #})
revertCustomScripts = \revert Script.before-line-breaking

% Example

% Predefine two sets of desired tweaks.
#(define my-settings-1
   '((accent . ((font-size . 0)
                (color . (1 0 0))))
     (segno . ((font-size . 0)
               (color . (1 0 0))))
     (staccato . ((color . (1 0 0))
                  (padding . 0.5)))
     (staccatissimo . ((padding . 1)
                       (color . (1 0 0))))
     (tenuto . ((color . (1 0 0))
                (rotation . (45 0 0))
                (padding . 2)
                (font-size . 10)))
    ))

#(define my-settings-2
  '((accent . ((font-size . 4)
               (color . (0 1 0))
               (padding . 1.5)))
    (coda . ((color . (0 1 0))
             (padding . 1)))
    (staccato . ((color . (0 1 0))))
    (staccatissimo . ((padding . 2)
                      (color . (0 1 0))))
    (tenuto . ((color . (0 1 0))
               (font-size . 10)))
    ))

music = { f1-> | f\segno | f-. | f-! | f-- | f--\coda | f-!\fermata | }

block = {
  \music
  \break
  \revertCustomScripts \music
}

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with { \customScripts #my-settings-1 }
    \relative c''{ \voiceOne \block }
  \new Voice \with { \customScripts #my-settings-2 }
    \relative c' { \voiceTwo \block }
>>

shiftedGrace =
#(define-music-function (offset music) (number? ly:music?)
   #{
     \override NoteHead.X-offset = #(- offset 0.85)
     \override Stem.X-offset = #offset
     \grace { $music }
     \revert NoteHead.X-offset
     \revert Stem.X-offset
   #})

\relative c'' <<
  { g4 \shiftedGrace #-1.3 a32 \shiftedGrace #-0.5 { bes c d } es4 }
  { f,32 e d c f e d c f4 }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-grace-spacing = ##t
  }
}

#(define Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver
   (lambda (ctx)
     "For sequential `ChordNames` with the same root but a different bass,
the root markup is dropped: D D/C D/B -> D /C /B.
The behaviour may be controlled by setting the `chordChanges` context
property."
     (let ((chord-pitches '())
           (last-chord-pitches '())
           (bass-pitch #f))
       (make-engraver
        ((initialize this-engraver)
         (let ((chord-note-namer (ly:context-property ctx
                                                      'chordNoteNamer)))
           ;; Set 'chordNoteNamer, respect user setting if already done
           (ly:context-set-property! ctx 'chordNoteNamer
                                     (if (procedure? chord-note-namer)
                                         chord-note-namer
                                         note-name->markup))))

        (listeners
         ((note-event this-engraver event)
          (let* ((pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch))
                 (pitch-name (ly:pitch-notename pitch))
                 (pitch-alt (ly:pitch-alteration pitch))
                 (bass (ly:event-property event 'bass #f))
                 (inversion (ly:event-property event 'inversion #f)))
            ;; Collect notes of the chord
            ;;  - to compare inversed chords we need to collect the
            ;;    bass note as usual member of the chord, whereas an
            ;;    added bass must be treated separate from the usual
            ;;    chord-notes
            ;;  - notes are stored as pairs containing their
            ;;    pitch-name (an integer), i.e. disregarding their
            ;;    octave and their alteration
            (cond (bass (set! bass-pitch pitch))
                  (inversion
                   (set! bass-pitch pitch)
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))
                  (else
                   (set! chord-pitches
                         (cons (cons pitch-name pitch-alt)
                               chord-pitches)))))))

        (acknowledgers
         ((chord-name-interface this-engraver grob source-engraver)
          (let ((chord-changes (ly:context-property ctx
                                                    'chordChanges #f)))
            ;; If subsequent chords are equal apart from their bass,
            ;; reset the 'text-property.
            ;; Equality is done by comparing the sorted lists of this
            ;; chord's elements and the previous chord.  Sorting is
            ;; needed because inverted chords may have a different
            ;; order of pitches.  `chord-changes` needs to be true.
            (if (and bass-pitch
                     chord-changes
                     (equal?
                      (sort chord-pitches car<)
                      (sort last-chord-pitches car<)))
                (ly:grob-set-property!
                 grob 'text
                 (make-line-markup
                  (list
                   (ly:context-property ctx 'slashChordSeparator)
                   ((ly:context-property ctx 'chordNoteNamer)
                    bass-pitch
                    (ly:context-property ctx
                                         'chordNameLowercaseMinor))))))
            (set! last-chord-pitches chord-pitches)
            (set! chord-pitches '())
            (set! bass-pitch #f))))

        ((finalize this-engraver)
         (set! last-chord-pitches '()))))))

myChords = \chordmode {
  % \germanChords

  \set chordChanges = ##t
  d2:m d:m/cis

  d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b

  e1:7
  \set chordChanges = ##t
  e
  \break

  \once \set chordChanges = ##f
  e1/f
  e2/gis e/+gis e e:m/f d:m d:m/cis d:m/c
  \set chordChanges = ##f
  d:m/b
}

<<
  \new ChordNames
    \with { \consists #Bass_changes_equal_root_engraver }
    \myChords
  \new Staff \myChords
>>

#(define my-instrument-equalizer-alist '())

#(set! my-instrument-equalizer-alist
  (append
    '(("flute" . (0.7 . 0.9))
      ("clarinet" . (0.3 . 0.6)))
    my-instrument-equalizer-alist))

#(define (my-instrument-equalizer s)
  (let ((entry (assoc s my-instrument-equalizer-alist)))
    (if entry
      (cdr entry))))

\score {
  <<
    \new Staff {
      \key g \major
      \time 2/2
      \set Score.instrumentEqualizer = #my-instrument-equalizer
      \set Staff.midiInstrument = "flute"
      \new Voice \relative {
        r2 g''\mp g fis~
        4 g8 fis e2~
        4 d8 cis d2
      }
    }
    \new Staff {
      \key g \major
      \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet"
      \new Voice \relative {
        b'1\p a2. b8 a
        g2. fis8 e
        fis2 r
      }
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi {  }
}

...
staff-bar
key-cancellation
key-signature
...

#(define (insert-before where what lst)
   (cond
    ((null? lst)           ; If the list is empty,
     (list what))          ; return a single-element list.
    ((eq? where (car lst)) ; If we find symbol `where`,
     (cons what lst))      ; insert `what` before curr. position.
    (else                  ; Otherwise keep building the list by
     (cons (car lst)       ; adding the current element and
                           ; recursing with the next element.
           (insert-before where what (cdr lst))))))

cancellationFirst =
\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
#(grob-transformer
  'break-align-orders
  (lambda (grob orig)
    (let* ((middle (vector-ref orig 1))
           (middle (delq 'key-cancellation middle))
           (middle (insert-before
                    'staff-bar 'key-cancellation middle)))
      (vector
       ;; end of line
       (vector-ref orig 0)
       ;; middle of line
       middle
       ;; beginning of line
       (vector-ref orig 2)))))

music = { \key es \major d'1 \bar "||"
          \key a \major d'1 }

{ <>^\markup "default"
  \music }

{ <>^\markup "cancellation first"
  \cancellationFirst
  \music }

stringNumberSpanner =
  #(define-music-function (StringNumber) (string?)
    #{
      \override TextSpanner.style = #'solid
      \override TextSpanner.font-size = #-5
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
        \markup { \circle \number $StringNumber }
    #})

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  \textSpannerDown
  \stringNumberSpanner "5" a8\startTextSpan b c d
    e f\stopTextSpan \stringNumberSpanner "4" g\startTextSpan a |
  bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}

% New command to add a three-sided box, with sides north, west, and south.
% Based on the `box-stencil` command defined in `scm/stencil.scm`.
% Note that ";;" is used to comment a line in Scheme.
#(define-public (NWS-box-stencil stencil thickness padding)
   "Add a box around STENCIL, producing a new stencil."
   (let* ((x-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil X) padding))
          (y-ext (interval-widen (ly:stencil-extent stencil Y) padding))
          (y-rule (make-filled-box-stencil (cons 0 thickness) y-ext))
          (x-rule (make-filled-box-stencil
                   (interval-widen x-ext thickness) (cons 0 thickness))))
     ;; (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X 1 y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil X LEFT y-rule padding))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y UP x-rule 0.0))
     (set! stencil (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge stencil Y DOWN x-rule 0.0))
     stencil))

% The corresponding markup command, based on the `\box` command defined
% in `scm/define-markup-commands.scm`.
#(define-markup-command (NWS-box layout props arg) (markup?)
   #:properties ((thickness 0.1) (font-size 0) (box-padding 0.2))
   "Draw a box round ARG.

Look at THICKNESS, BOX-PADDING, and FONT-SIZE properties to determine
line thickness and padding around the markup."
   (let ((pad (* (magstep font-size) box-padding))
         (m (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
     (NWS-box-stencil m thickness pad)))

\relative c' {
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box ABCD }
  c1^\markup { \NWS-box \note {4} #1.0 }
}

#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
   (let ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
         ;; `ly:pitch-alteration` returns quarter tone steps.
         (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
         (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
     (cond
      ((and (> a 1)
            (or (eqv? n 6) (eqv? n 2)))
       (set! a (- a 2))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((and (< a -1)
            (or (eqv? n 0) (eqv? n 3)))
       (set! a (+ a 2))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (cond
      ((> a 2)
       (set! a (- a 4))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((< a -2)
       (set! a (+ a 4))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (when (< n 0)
       (set! o (- o 1))
       (set! n (+ n 7)))
     (when (> n 6)
       (set! o (+ o 1))
       (set! n (- n 7)))
     (ly:make-pitch o n (/ a 4))))

#(define (naturalize music)
   (let ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
         (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
         (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
     (when (pair? es)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'elements
                               (map naturalize es)))
     (when (ly:music? e)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'element
                               (naturalize e)))
     (when (ly:pitch? p)
       (set! p (naturalize-pitch p))
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'pitch p))
     music))

naturalizeMusic =
#(define-music-function (m) (ly:music?)
   (naturalize m))

music = \relative c' { c4 d e g }

\new Staff {
  \transpose c ais { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c ais { \music }
  \transpose c deses { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c deses { \music }
}

customPartCombineUp =
#(define-music-function (part1 part2) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make an up-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART1 and PART2.

The context is called 'Up'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineUp`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Up" <<
      \context Voice = "one" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "two" { \voiceThree }
      \context Voice = "shared" { \voiceOne }
      \context Voice = "solo" { \voiceOne }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part1 #part2
    >>
  #})

customPartCombineDown =
#(define-music-function (part3 part4) (ly:music? ly:music?)
  "Make a down-stem `VoiceBox` context that combines PART3 and PART4.

The context is called 'Down'; internally, the function calls
`\\partCombineDown`."
  #{
    \new VoiceBox = "Down" <<
      \set VoiceBox.soloText = #"Solo III"
      \set VoiceBox.soloIIText = #"Solo IV"
      \context Voice ="one" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="two" { \voiceTwo }
      \context Voice ="shared" { \voiceFour }
      \context Voice ="solo" { \voiceFour }
      \context NullVoice = "null" {}
      \partCombine #part3 #part4
    >>
  #})

soprano = { d'4 | cis'  b  e'  d'8 cis' | cis'2 b }
alto = { fis4 | e8 fis gis ais b4 b | b ais fis2 }
tenor = { a8 b | cis' dis' e'4 b8 cis' d'4 | gis cis' dis'2 }
bass = { fis8 gis | a4 gis g fis | eis fis b,2 }

\new Staff <<
  \key b\minor
  \clef alto
  \partial 4
  \transpose b b' \customPartCombineUp \soprano \alto
  \customPartCombineDown \tenor \bass
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \accepts "VoiceBox"
  }
  \context {
    \name "VoiceBox"
    \type "Engraver_group"
    \defaultchild "Voice"
    \accepts "Voice"
    \accepts "NullVoice"
  }
}

#(add-simple-time-signature-style 'topsy-turvy
   (lambda (fraction)
     (make-rotate-markup 180 (make-compound-meter-markup fraction))))

<<
  \new Staff {
    \time 3/4 f'2.
    \override Score.TimeSignature.style = #'topsy-turvy
    \time 3/4 R2. \bar "|."
  }
  \new Staff {
    R2. e''
  }
>>

--------------------
#<Grob Accidental >
()
#<Grob Stem >

#(define (notehead-get-accidental notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (ly:grob-object notehead 'accidental-grob))

#(define (notehead-get-arpeggio notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((notecolumn (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)))
     (ly:grob-object notecolumn 'arpeggio)))

#(define (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (ly:grob-parent notehead X))

#(define (notehead-get-stem notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((notecolumn (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)))
     (ly:grob-object notecolumn 'stem)))

#(define (display-grobs notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((accidental (notehead-get-accidental notehead))
         (arpeggio (notehead-get-arpeggio notehead))
         (stem (notehead-get-stem notehead)))
     (format (current-error-port) "~2&~a\n" (make-string 20 #\-))
     (for-each
      (lambda (x) (format (current-error-port) "~a\n" x))
      (list accidental arpeggio stem))))

\relative c' {
  %% display grobs for each note head:
  %\override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-grobs
  <c
  %% or just for one:
  \tweak before-line-breaking #display-grobs
  es
  g>1\arpeggio
}

upline =
\tweak stencil
  #(lambda (grob)
    (grob-interpret-markup grob #{ \markup \draw-line #'(0 . 1) #}))
  \stopped

\relative c' {
  a'4^\upline a( c d')_\upline
}

music = \relative c' { c4 d e f | g4 f e d | c1 }
text = \lyricmode { aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa }

<<
  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Default layout:
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto melody \text

  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics.
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing =
      #'((basic-distance . 1))
  } \lyricsto melody \text
>>

\relative c' {
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
  \override Fingering.staff-padding = #'()
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>4 g'-0
  a8[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##f
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##t
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = #only-if-beamed
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
}

{
  <>^"default"
  f'_\pp ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { setting \typewriter shorten-pair }
  f'_\pp \tweak shorten-pair #'(-3 . 0) ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { using another \typewriter Voice context }
  << { f'^\> f' f' f'\! }
     \new Voice { s4_\pp } >>
}

\layout {
  line-width = 8\cm
  ragged-right = ##f

  \context {
    \Voice
    \override TextScript.staff-padding = #3.5
  }
}

{ g1\< |
  e''\f\> |
  c'\p }

{ g1\< |
  e''\breakDynamicSpan\f\> |
  c'\p }

\markuplist {
  % First row.
  \fill-line {
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny "default"
          b1 b \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "reverting only the"
                                            "final bar line" }
          b1 b
          \revert Staff.BarLine.thick-thickness
          \revert Staff.BarLine.hair-thickness
          \revert Staff.BarLine.kern
          \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2
                           #(revert-props 'magnifyStaff 0
                                          '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                            (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                            (BarLine kern))) } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "cancelling"
                                            \typewriter "\magnifyStaff"
                                            "only for bar lines" }
          b1 b \bar "|."
        }
        \new Staff { b b }
      >>
    }
  }

  \vspace #2

  % Second row.
  \fill-line {
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2 } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "mimicking"
                                            \typewriter "\magnifyStaff"
                                            "on the other staves" }
          b1 b \bar "|." }
        \new Staff \with { #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 1/2 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
          b b }
      >>
    }
    \score {
      \new StaffGroup <<
        \new Staff \with { \magnifyStaff #1/2
                           #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 3/2 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
          \textMark \markup \tiny \column { "applying an"
                                            "intermediate"
                                            "value to all staves" }
          b1 b \bar "|." }
        \new Staff \with { #(scale-props 'magnifyStaff 3/4 #t
                                         '((BarLine thick-thickness)
                                           (BarLine hair-thickness)
                                           (BarLine kern))) } {
           b b }
      >>
    }
    ""
  }
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a7" 'landscape)
#(set-global-staff-size 11)

\label license
\markup \fill-line {
  \center-column {
    "This snippet is available"
    "under the Creative Commons"
    "Public Domain Dedication license." } }

{
  \repeat volta 2 {
    \label startRepeat
    \repeat unfold 22 { c'2 2 }
    \pageBreak
    \repeat unfold 16 { c'2 2 }
  }
  \textEndMark \markup {
    \with-link #'startRepeat \line {
      To page \page-ref #'startRepeat "0" "?"
    }
  }
}

\markup \fill-line {
  \line {
    See page \page-ref #'license "0" "?" for
    licensing information. } }

\relative c'' <<
  \override Score.SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
  \set Score.proportionalNotationDuration = #1/16

  \new Staff {
    c8[ c \clef alto c c \grace { d16 } c8 c] c4
    c2 \grace { c16[ c16] } c2
  }
  \new Staff {
    c2 \tuplet 3/2 { c8 \clef bass cis,, c } c4
    c1
  }
>>

music = \relative c' {
  a'2\p b\f
  e4\p f\f\> g, b\p
  c2^\markup { \huge gorgeous } c^\markup { \huge fantastic }
}

{
  \music
  \break
  \override DynamicLineSpanner.staff-padding = 3
  \textLengthOn
  \override TextScript.staff-padding = 1
  \music
}

\relative c' <<
  \new Staff = "1" { c4 c c c }
  \new Staff = "2" { d4 d d d }
  \new Staff = "3" { e4 e e e }

  { \skip 2
    <<
      \lyrics {
        \set alignBelowContext = "1"
        lyrics4 below
      }
      \new Staff \with {
        alignAboveContext = "3"
        fontSize = -2
        \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -2)
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-staff-spacing =
           #'((minimum-distance . 0)
              (basic-distance . 0)
              (padding . 1))
      } {
        \tuplet 6/4 {
          \override TextScript.padding = 2
          c8[^"ossia above" d e d e f]
        }
      }
    >>
  }
>>

#(use-modules (lily accreg))

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \discant "10"
    r8 s32 f'[ bes f] s e[ a e] s d[ g d] s16 e32[ a]
    <<
      { r16 <f bes> r <e a> r <d g> }
      \\
      { d r a r bes r }
    >> |
    <cis e a>1
  }

  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \freeBass "1"
    r8 d'32 s16. c32 s16. bes32 s16. a32[ cis] s16
    \clef bass \stdBass "Master"
    <<
      { r16 <f, bes d>^"b" r <e a c>^"am" r <d g bes>^"gm" |
      <e a cis>1^"a" }
      \\
      { d8_"D" c_"C" bes_"B" | a1_"A" }
    >>
  }
>>

\new ChordNames \with {
  \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 3)
  \consists "Bar_engraver"
}

\chordmode {
  f1:maj7 f:7 bes:7
}

drh = \drummode {
        cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh
        hhc4 r4 r2
      }
drl = \drummode {
        bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >>
        bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh
      }
timb = \drummode {
         timh4 ssh timl8 ssh r timh r4
         ssh8 timl r4 cb8 cb
       }

\score {
  <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "timbales"
      drumStyleTable = #timbales-style
      \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #2
      \override BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
    }
    <<
      \timb
    >>
    \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "drums" }
    <<
      \new DrumVoice { \stemUp \drh }
      \new DrumVoice { \stemDown \drl }
    >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { \tempo 4 = 120 }
}

one = \markup { \finger 1 }
two = \markup { \finger 2 }
threeTwo = \markup {
  \override #'(baseline-skip . 2)
  \column {
    \finger 3
    \finger 2
  }
}

\score {
  \new TabStaff {
    \tabFullNotation
    \stemUp
    e8\4^\one b\2 <g\3 e'\1>^>[ b\2 e\4]
    <a\3 fis'\1>^>^\threeTwo[ b\2 e\4]
  }
}

\score {
  {
    \aikenHeads
    c''2 a' c' a

    % Switch to thin-variant noteheads
    \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(doThin reThin miThin
                              faThin sol laThin tiThin)
    c'' a' c' a
  }
}

\relative c' {
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>2
  \override Fingering.staff-padding = #'()
  <c-1 e-2 g-3 b-5>4 g'-0
  a8[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##f
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = ##t
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
  \override Fingering.add-stem-support = #only-if-beamed
  a[-1 b]-2 g-0 r
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  c4 d e f
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  c4 b a g
}

\score {
  \context PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff {
      \upper
    }
    \new Staff {
      \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-count = #4
      \lower
    }
  >>
}

stemOff = \hide Staff.Stem
stemOn  = \undo \stemOff

\score {
  \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" }
  {
    \key g \minor
    \cadenzaOn
    \stemOff a'\breve bes'4 g'4
    \stemOn a'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve g'4 a'4
    \stemOn f'2 \section
    \stemOff a'\breve^\markup { \italic flexe }
    \stemOn g'2 \fine
  }
}

% Step 1: Define music with chords and markup for maj9 and 6(add9).
chExceptionMusic = {
  <c e g b d'>-\markup { \super "maj9" }
  <c e g a d'>-\markup { \super "6(add9)" }
}

% Step 2: Create extended exception list.
chExceptions =
#(append (sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions chExceptionMusic #t)
         ignatzekExceptions)

theMusic = \chordmode {
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
  % Step 3: Register extended exception list.
  \set chordNameExceptions = #chExceptions
  g1:maj9 g1:6.9
}

<<
  \new ChordNames \theMusic
  \new Voice \theMusic
>>

\layout {
  line-width = 10\cm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\chords {
  c:7+
  \set majorSevenSymbol = \markup { j7 }
  c:7+
}

% The code below prints two warnings for the second chord,
% which may be omitted by uncommenting the following line.
%
% #(for-each (lambda (x) (ly:expect-warning "No string for pitch")) (iota 2))

mus = {
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'>
  \set maximumFretStretch = 5
  <c' bes'>
  <c'\2 bes'\1>
}

<<
  \new FretBoards \mus
  \new TabVoice \mus
>>

fragment = \relative c' {
  c4 f <e d'>4
  <g a>8 <e a> a4 c2 <d b>4
  e2 c
}

<<
  \new Staff \fragment
  \new Staff \makeClusters \fragment
>>

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  \override Glissando.style = #'zigzag
  c4 c
  \cadenzaOn
  c4\glissando
  \hideNotes
  c,,4
  \unHideNotes
  \cadenzaOff
  \bar "|"
}

\relative c' {
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-1 e-3 a-5>4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
  <c-1>2
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
  <e-3>2
  \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up left down)
  <f\3 a\2 c\1>1
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(down right up)
  <c\rightHandFinger 1 e\rightHandFinger 2 c'\rightHandFinger 4 >
}

#(define mydrums '((ridebell default #f  3)
                   (cowbell  default #f -2)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Different Bells" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
  \override DrumStaff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)

  \time 2/4
  rb8 8 cb8 16 rb16-> ~ |
  16 8 16 cb8 8 |
}

#(set-global-staff-size 10)   % for the documentation
% #(set-global-staff-size 20) % for letter and A4

\book {
  \score {
    { \repeat unfold 12 { s1 \break } }

    \layout {
      indent = 0
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \remove "Clef_engraver"
        \remove "Bar_engraver"
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
      }
    }
  }

  % for the documentation
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a6")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 90\mm
    left-margin = 7.5\mm
    bottom-margin = 5\mm
    top-margin = 5\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }

  % uncomment these lines for "letter" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "letter")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 7.5\in
    left-margin = 0.5\in
    bottom-margin = 0.25\in
    top-margin = 0.25\in
    tagline = ##f
   }
  %}

  % uncomment these lines for "A4" size
  %{
  \paper {
    #(set-paper-size "a4")
    ragged-last-bottom = ##f
    line-width = 180\mm
    left-margin = 15\mm
    bottom-margin = 10\mm
    top-margin = 10\mm
    tagline = ##f
  }
  %}
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions  % work around a cropping issue
  \score {
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Custos_engraver" } \relative c' {
      \override Staff.Custos.neutral-position = #4

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
      c1^"hufnagel" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'medicaea
      c1^"medicaea" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'vaticana
      c1^"vaticana" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'mensural
      c1^"mensural" \break
      <d a' f'>1
    }
  }

melody = \relative c' {
  \tempo 4 = 150
  c4.\mf g c16 b' c d
  e16 d e f g4 g'4 r
  R1
}

\score {
  \new Voice \melody
  \layout { }
}

\score {
  \new Voice {
    r\mf
    % 1-8 keyboard
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bright acoustic" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric grand" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "honky-tonk" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric piano 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harpsichord" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clav" \melody

    % 9-16 chrom percussion
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "celesta" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "music box" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "vibraphone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "marimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "xylophone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tubular bells" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "dulcimer" \melody

    % 17-24 organ
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "drawbar organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "percussive organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "rock organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "church organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reed organ" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "accordion" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "harmonica" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "concertina" \melody

    % 25-32 guitar
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (nylon)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic guitar (steel)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (jazz)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (clean)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric guitar (muted)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "overdriven guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "distorted guitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar harmonics" \melody

    % 33-40 bass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "acoustic bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (finger)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "electric bass (pick)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fretless bass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "slap bass 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth bass 2" \melody

    % 41-48 strings
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "violin" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "viola" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "contrabass" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tremolo strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pizzicato strings" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestral harp" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "timpani" \melody

    % 49-56 ensemble
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "string ensemble 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthstrings 2" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "choir aahs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "voice oohs" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth voice" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "orchestra hit" \melody

    % 57-64 brass
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "trombone" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tuba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "muted trumpet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "french horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "brass section" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 1" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synthbrass 2" \melody

    % 65-72 reed
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "soprano sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "alto sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tenor sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "baritone sax" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "oboe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "english horn" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bassoon" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "clarinet" \melody

    % 73-80 pipe
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "piccolo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "recorder" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pan flute" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "blown bottle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shakuhachi" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "whistle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "ocarina" \melody

    % 81-88 synth lead
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 1 (square)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 2 (sawtooth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 3 (calliope)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 4 (chiff)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 5 (charang)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 6 (voice)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 7 (fifths)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "lead 8 (bass+lead)" \melody

    % 89-96 synth pad
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 1 (new age)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 2 (warm)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 3 (polysynth)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 4 (choir)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 5 (bowed)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 6 (metallic)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 7 (halo)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "pad 8 (sweep)" \melody

    % 97-104 synth effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 1 (rain)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 2 (soundtrack)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 3 (crystal)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 4 (atmosphere)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 5 (brightness)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 6 (goblins)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 7 (echoes)" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fx 8 (sci-fi)" \melody

    % 105-112 ethnic
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "sitar" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "banjo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shamisen" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "koto" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "kalimba" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bagpipe" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "fiddle" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "shanai" \melody

    % 113-120 percussive
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "tinkle bell" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "agogo" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "steel drums" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "woodblock" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "taiko drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "melodic tom" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "synth drum" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "reverse cymbal" \melody

    % 121-128 sound effects
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "guitar fret noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "breath noise" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "seashore" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "bird tweet" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "telephone ring" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "helicopter" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "applause" \melody
    \set Staff.midiInstrument = "gunshot" \melody
  }
  \midi { }
}

{
  \clef bass

  << { \aikenHeads
       f2
       \override Staff.NoteCollision.fa-merge-direction = #UP
       f2 }
  \\ { \aikenHeads
       f2
       f2 }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  a2-\markup \postscript "0 3 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
    -\markup \postscript "[1 1] 0 setdash
                          0 0 moveto
                          5 2 rlineto
                          stroke"
  b2-\markup \postscript "1 1 moveto
                          0 0 1 2 8 4 10 2 rcurveto
                          stroke"
  a'1
}

topVoice = \relative c' {
  \key d \major
  es8([ g] a[ fis])
  b4
  b16[-. b-. b-. cis-.]
  d4->
}

% empty staff and voice contexts
MyStaff = \context {
  \type Engraver_group
  \name Staff
  \accepts Voice
  \defaultchild Voice
}
MyVoice = \context {
  \type Engraver_group
  \name Voice
}

% add note heads
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Note_heads_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add staff
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Staff_symbol_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add clef
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Clef_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add stems
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Stem_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add beams, slurs, and accents
MyVoice = \context {
  \MyVoice
  \consists Beam_engraver
  \consists Slur_engraver
  \consists Script_engraver
  \consists Rhythmic_column_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

% add accidentals, bar, time signature, and key signature
MyStaff = \context {
  \MyStaff
  \consists Accidental_engraver
  \consists Bar_engraver
  \consists Time_signature_engraver
  \consists Key_engraver
}
\score {
  \topVoice
  \layout {
    \context { \MyStaff }
    \context { \MyVoice }
  }
}

%%%%%%%  Cut here ----- Start of `flamenco.ly`.

% Text indicators.
abanico = ^\markup \small { \italic Abanico }
rasgueado = ^\markup \small { \italic Ras. }
alzapua = ^\markup \small { \italic Alzapua }

% Finger stroke symbols.
strokeUp = \markup {
  \combine
    \override #'(thickness . 1.3) \draw-line #'(0 . 2)
    \raise #2 \arrow-head #Y #UP ##f }
strokeDown = \markup {
  \combine
    \arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
    \override #'(thickness . 1.3) \draw-line #'(0 . 2) }

% Golpe symbol.
golpe = \markup {
  \filled-box #'(0 . 1) #'(0 . 1) #0
  \hspace #-1.6
  \with-color #white
  \filled-box #'(0.15 . 0.85) #'(0.15 . 0.85) #0
}

% Strokes, fingers, and golpe command.
RHp = \rightHandFinger #1
RHi = \rightHandFinger #2
RHm = \rightHandFinger #3
RHa = \rightHandFinger #4
RHx = \rightHandFinger #5
RHu = \rightHandFinger \strokeUp
RHd = \rightHandFinger \strokeDown
RHg = \rightHandFinger \golpe

% Various shorthands.
tupletOff = {
  \once \omit TupletNumber
  \once \omit TupletBracket
}

tupletsOff = {
  \omit TupletNumber
  \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
}

tupletsOn = {
  \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'default
  \undo \omit TupletNumber
}

headsOff = {
  \hide TabNoteHead
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

headsOn = {
  \override TabNoteHead.transparent = ##f
  \override NoteHead.transparent = ##f
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##f
}

%%%%%%%  Cut here ----- End of `flamenco.ly`.

part = \relative c' {
  \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up)
  \key a\major

  <a, e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    r4
    r2^\markup\golpe |
  <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi\RHg>8
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>8
    r2 |
  <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHa>16\rasgueado
    \headsOff
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHm>
    <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
    <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>~
    \headsOn
    <a e' a cis e>2
    r4 |
  \tupletOff
    \tuplet 5/4 {
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHx>16\rasgueado
      \headsOff
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHa>
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHm>
      <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
      <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHi>~
      \headsOn
    }
    <a e' a cis e>2
    r4 |
  <>\abanico
    \tupletsOff
    \repeat unfold 4 {
      \tuplet 3/2 {
        <a e' a cis e\RHd\RHp>8
        \headsOff
        <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHx>
        <a e' a cis e\RHu\RHi>
        \headsOn
      }
    }
    \tupletsOff |
  <>\alzapua
  \override Beam.positions = #'(2 . 2)
    \repeat unfold 4 {
      \tuplet 3/2 {
        a8\RHp
        <e' a\RHu\RHg>
        <e a\RHd>
      }
    }
    \tupletsOn |
  <a, e' a\RHu\RHm>1 \bar "|."
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \context Staff = "part" {
      \clef "G_8"
      \part
    }
    \context TabStaff {
      \part
    }
  >>
  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
  }
}

% These lines define the position of the woodblocks in the stave;
% if you like, you can change it or you can use special note heads
% for the woodblocks.
#(define mydrums '((hiwoodblock default #f  3)
                   (lowoodblock default #f -2)))

woodstaff = {
  % This defines a staff with only two lines.
  % It also defines the positions of the two lines.
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-2 3)

  % This is necessary; if not entered,
  % the barline would be too short!
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.0 . 1.5)
  % small correction for the clef:
  \set DrumStaff.clefPosition = 0.5
}

\new DrumStaff {
  % with this you load your new drum style table
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)

  \woodstaff

  \drummode {
    \time 2/4
    wbh8 16 16 8-> 8 |
    wbl8 16 16-> ~ 16 16 r8 |
  }
}

harmonies = \chordmode
{
  a8:13
  \once \override ChordNames.ChordName.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
  b8:13 s4. |
  s2 b2:13
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames \harmonies
    \new Staff {
      % Method 1.
      a8^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-0;4-2;3-0;2-0;1-2;"
      \once \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
      b4.~^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;"
        b4. a8 | \break

      % Method 2.
      <<
        { a8 b4.~ b4. a8 }
        { s2 s2^\markup \fret-diagram  "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;" }
      >> |
    }
  >>
}

\lyrics {
  wa~o~a
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
  <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8

  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
  \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn.tie-configuration
     = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
          (-5 . ,DOWN)
          (-3 . ,UP)
          (-1 . ,UP))
  <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
}

#(define mydrums '((bassdrum   default #f  4)
                   (snare      default #f -4)
                   (tambourine default #f  0)))

U = \stemUp
D = \stemDown

global = {
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2*2
  \time 3/8 s4.
  \time 2/4 s2
}

drumsA = {
  \context DrumVoice <<
    \global
    \drummode {
      \autoBeamOff
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      sn4 \D sn4 |
      \U tamb8 \D sn \U sn16 \D sn \U sn8 |
      \D sn8 \U tamb s |
      \U sn4 s8 \U tamb
    }
  >>
}

drumsB = \drummode {
  s4 bd8 s2*2 s4 bd8 s4 bd8 s
}

\layout {
  indent = 40\mm
  \context {
    \DrumStaff
    drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = \markup \center-column {
        "Tambourine"
        "et"
        "caisse claire s. timbre" }
    } \drumsA
    \new DrumStaff \with {
      instrumentName = "Grosse Caisse"
    }\drumsB
  >>
}

#(define mydrums '((tamtam default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tamtam" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  tt 1 \pp \laissezVibrer
}

#(define mydrums '((tambourine default #f 0)))

\new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = #"Tambourine" }

\drummode {
  \set DrumStaff.drumStyleTable = #(alist->hash-table mydrums)
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'( 0 )
  \override Staff.BarLine.bar-extent = #'(-1.5 . 1.5)

  \time 6/8
  tamb8. 16 8 8 8 8 |
  tamb4. 8 8 8 |
  % The trick with the scaled duration and the shorter rest
  % is neccessary for the correct ending of the trill-span!
  tamb2.*5/6 \startTrillSpan s8 \stopTrillSpan |
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (parenthesize-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

music = \relative c'' { c4 c c c }

\score {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice {
      s1*2 \break
      s1*3 \break
      s1*4 \break
      s1*5 \break
    }
    \new Voice {
      \repeat unfold 2 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 3 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 4 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 5 { \music }
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  indent = 0
  line-width = 140\mm
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\relative c' {
  \textLengthOn
  c1^\markup \center-column { "tin whistle"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'tin-whistle #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "piccolo"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'piccolo #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "flute"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'flute #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "oboe"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'oboe #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "clarinet"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'clarinet #'() }
  \break

  c1^\markup \center-column { "bass clarinet"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'bass-clarinet #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "saxophone"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'saxophone #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "bassoon"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'bassoon #'() }
  c1^\markup \center-column { "contrabassoon"
                              " "
                              \woodwind-diagram #'contrabassoon #'() }
}

\paper {
  system-system-spacing.padding = 5
}

#(use-modules (lily accreg))

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \discant "10"
    r8 s32 f'[ bes f] s e[ a e] s d[ g d] s16 e32[ a]
    <<
      { r16 <f bes> r <e a> r <d g> }
      \\
      { d r a r bes r }
    >> |
    <cis e a>1
  }

  \new Staff \relative {
    \clef treble
    \freeBass "1"
    r8 d'32 s16. c32 s16. bes32 s16. a32[ cis] s16
    \clef bass \stdBass "Master"
    <<
      { r16 <f, bes d>^"b" r <e a c>^"am" r <d g bes>^"gm" |
      <e a cis>1^"a" }
      \\
      { d8_"D" c_"C" bes_"B" | a1_"A" }
    >>
  }
>>

#(define-markup-command (arrow-at-angle layout props angle-deg length fill)
   (number? number? boolean?)
   (let* ((PI-OVER-180 (/ (atan 1 1) 34))
          (degrees->radians (lambda (degrees) (* degrees PI-OVER-180)))
          (angle-rad (degrees->radians angle-deg))
          (target-x (* length (cos angle-rad)))
          (target-y (* length (sin angle-rad))))
     (interpret-markup layout props
       (markup
        #:translate (cons (/ target-x 2) (/ target-y 2))
        #:rotate angle-deg
        #:translate (cons (/ length -2) 0)
        #:concat (#:draw-line (cons length 0)
                   #:arrow-head X RIGHT fill)))))

splitStaffBarLineMarkup = \markup \with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
  \combine
  \arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
  \arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
}

splitStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob splitStaffBarLineMarkup)
      0))
  \break
}

convDownStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . -.13)\arrow-at-angle #-45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

convUpStaffBarLine = {
  \once \override Staff.BarLine.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
      (ly:bar-line::print grob)
      X RIGHT
      (grob-interpret-markup grob #{
        \markup\with-dimensions #'(0 . 0) #'(0 . 0) {
          \translate #'(0 . .14)\arrow-at-angle #45 #(sqrt 8) ##t
        }#})
      0))
  \break
}

\paper {
  indent = 10\mm
  short-indent = 10\mm
  line-width = 8\cm
}

separateSopranos = {
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "AI AII"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "AI AII"
  \splitStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "up"
}
convSopranos = {
  \convDownStaffBarLine
  \change Staff = "shared"
  \set Staff.instrumentName = "S A"
  \set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "S A"
}

sI = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 f''2
  \separateSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 g''2
  \convSopranos
  \repeat unfold 4 c''2
}
sII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \change Staff = "up"
  \repeat unfold 4 d''2
}
aI = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 a'2
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 b'2
  \convUpStaffBarLine
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
aII = {
  s1*2
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 g'2
}
ten = {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
  \repeat unfold 4 d'2
  \repeat unfold 4 c'2
}
bas = {
  \voiceTwo
  \repeat unfold 4 f2
  \repeat unfold 4 g2
  \repeat unfold 4 c2
}

\markup \pad-x #3  % avoid cropping
  \score {
    <<
      \new ChoirStaff <<
        \new Staff = up \with {
          instrumentName = "SI SII"
          shortInstrumentName = "SI SII"
        } {
          s1*4
        }

        \new Staff = shared \with {
          instrumentName = "S A"
          shortInstrumentName = "S A"
        } <<
          \new Voice = sopI \sI
          \new Voice = sopII \sII
          \new Voice = altI \aI
          \new Voice = altII \aII
        >>
        \new Lyrics \with {
          alignBelowContext = up
        }
        \lyricsto sopII { e f g h }
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto altI { a b c d e f g h i j k l }

        \new Staff = men \with {
          instrumentName = "T B"
          shortInstrumentName = "T B"
        } <<
          \clef F
          \new Voice = ten \ten
          \new Voice = bas \bas
        >>
        \new Lyrics \lyricsto bas { a b c d e f g h i j k l }
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
      }
    }
}

m = { c1 e f ges cis' \bar "||" }

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \new VaticanaVoice {
    \clef "vaticana-fa2"
    \key es \major
    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Vaticana clefs, custos and note heads"

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.punctum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.inclinatum
    <>^"vaticana.inclinatum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.quilisma
    <>^"vaticana.quilisma" \m

    \clef "vaticana-fa1"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.plica
    <>^"vaticana.plica" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.reverse.plica
    <>^"vaticana.reverse.plica" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.punctum.cavum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.cavum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.lpes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.lpes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.upes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.upes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.vupes
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.vupes" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.linea.punctum
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.linea" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.epiphonus
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.epiphonus" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'vaticana.cephalicus
    <>^"vaticana.punctum.cephalicus" \m

    \break

    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Medicaea clefs, custos and note heads"
    \set VaticanaStaff.alterationGlyphs =
      #alteration-medicaea-glyph-name-alist
    \override VaticanaStaff.Custos.style = #'medicaea

    \clef "medicaea-fa2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.punctum
    <>^"medicaea.punctum" \m

    \clef "medicaea-do2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.inclinatum
    <>^"medicaea.inclinatum" \m

    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.virga
    <>^"medicaea.virga" \m

    \clef "medicaea-fa1"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'medicaea.rvirga
    <>^"medicaea.rvirga" \m

    \break

    \textMark \markup \rounded-box "Hufnagel clefs, custos and note heads"
    \set Staff.alterationGlyphs =
      #alteration-hufnagel-glyph-name-alist
    \override VaticanaStaff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
    \clef "hufnagel-fa2"

    \break

    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.punctum
    <>^"hufnagel.punctum" \m

    \clef "hufnagel-do2"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.lpes
    <>^"hufnagel.lpes" \m

    \clef "hufnagel-do-fa"
    \override NoteHead.style = #'hufnagel.virga
    <>^"hufnagel.virga" \m
  }

  \layout {
    % Compensate `\with-true-dimensions` for PDF output.
    line-width = 159\mm

    \context {
      \Score
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextMark.break-align-symbols = #'(left-edge clef staff-bar)
      \override TextMark.padding = 4
      \omit BarNumber
    }
    \context {
      \VaticanaStaff
      alterationGlyphs =
        #alteration-vaticana-glyph-name-alist
    }
  }
}

\new Staff \relative c'' {
  \key es \major
  \time 3/4
  % this bar contains no \breathe
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 bes es } >> |
  % Modern notation:
  % by default, \breathe uses the rcomma, just as if saying:
  % \override BreathingSign.text =
  %   #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rcomma")
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % rvarcomma and lvarcomma are variations of the default rcomma
  % and lcomma
  % N.B.: must use Staff context here, since we start a Voice below
  \override Staff.BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.rvarcomma" }
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % raltcomma and laltcomma are alternative variations of the
  % default rcomma and lcomma
  \override Staff.BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.raltcomma" }
  << { g4 as g } \\ { es4 \breathe bes es } >> |

  % vee
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.uupbow" }
  es8[ d es f g] \breathe f |

  % caesura
  \override BreathingSign.text =
    \markup { \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved" }
  es8[ d] \breathe es[ f g f] |
  es2 r4 \bar "||"
}

\relative c' {
  <<
    {
      \dynamicUp
      r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
    }
    \\
    {
      \override DynamicLineSpanner.layer = #0
      des,2\mf\< ~
      \override TextScript.layer = #2
      \once\override TextScript.staff-padding = #6
      \once\override TextScript.vertical-skylines = #'()
      des16_\markup \with-dimensions #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 0)
                    \with-color #white
                    \filled-box #'(2 . 7) #'(0 . 2) #0
      r8. des4 ~ des16->\sff r8.
    }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  c2.
  % construct the symbol
  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \override #'(direction . 1)
    \override #'(baseline-skip . 1.8)
    \dir-column {
      \translate #'(0.155 . 0)
        \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved"
      \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.ufermata"
    }
  }
  \breathe c4
  % set the breath mark back to normal
  \revert BreathingSign.text
  c2. \breathe c4
  \bar "|."
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions  % work around a cropping issue
  \score {
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Custos_engraver" } \relative c' {
      \override Staff.Custos.neutral-position = #4

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
      c1^"hufnagel" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'medicaea
      c1^"medicaea" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'vaticana
      c1^"vaticana" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'mensural
      c1^"mensural" \break
      <d a' f'>1
    }
  }

#(define ((make-custom-dot-bar-line dot-positions) is-span grob extent)
   "Draw dots (repeat sign dots) at DOT-POSITIONS.

The coordinates of DOT-POSITIONS are equivalent to the coordinates of
`StaffSymbol.line-positions`; a dot position of X and a line position
of X indicate the same vertical position.

IS-SPAN is not used in this custom function."
   (let* ((staff-space (ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob))
          (dot (ly:font-get-glyph (ly:grob-default-font grob)
               "dots.dot"))
          (stencil empty-stencil))
     (for-each
      (lambda (dp)
        (set! stencil (ly:stencil-add stencil
                        (ly:stencil-translate-axis
                         dot (* dp (/ staff-space 2)) Y))))
      dot-positions)
     stencil))

% With the procedure above we can define custom bar lines, for example,
% that resemble standard repeat sign bar lines except that there are
% three dots at staff positions -3, 0, and 3.

#(add-bar-glyph-print-procedure "*" (make-custom-dot-bar-line '(-3 0 3)))
\defineBarLine ".|*" #'("" "*" "")
\defineBarLine "*|." #'("" "*" "")

% We can also customize the dot positions used in all default repeat
% signs by redefining the print procedure of the colon bar glyph (":").
% On a staff with line positions of `(-4 -2 2 4)`, the default repeat
% sign dots appear at `(-3 3)`, but we can put them at `(-1 1)` instead.
#(add-bar-glyph-print-procedure ":" (make-custom-dot-bar-line '(-1 1)))

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-positions = #'(-4 -2 2 4)
  \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #1.3
} \relative f' {
  g1 \bar ".|*"
  g \bar "*|."
  g \bar ".|:-|"
  g \bar ":|."
  g |
  \repeat volta 2 { g }
}

lineup =
  \tweak outside-staff-padding #0
  \tweak staff-padding #0
  \tweak padding #0.2
  \tweak parent-alignment-X #CENTER
  \tweak self-alignment-X #CENTER
  \etc

\relative c' {
  g\open
  g\lineup ^\markup \combine
              \musicglyph "scripts.open"
              \musicglyph "scripts.tenuto"
  g\lineup ^\markup \combine
              \musicglyph "scripts.open"
              \musicglyph "scripts.stopped"
  g\stopped
}

\lyrics {
  wa~o~a
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c | c c c c |
  \repeat segno 2 {
    c4 c c c | c c c c |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 {
        c4 c c c | c c c c |
        % If you don't use \break at Coda, use \noBreak here
        % and after \bar "" below.
        \noBreak
        \section % double bar line
        \cadenzaOn % pause bar count
        \stopStaff % remove staff lines
        % Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space
        \repeat unfold 4 {
          s1
          \bar ""
        }
        % Place JumpScript where the staff would normally be.
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.Y-offset = 0
        \startStaff % resume bar count
        \cadenzaOff % show staff lines again
      }
    }
  }
  \sectionLabel "Coda"
  % Show Coda on a new line
  \break
  \repeat unfold 6 { c4 c c c }
  \fine
}

restsA = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 s32
  s64 s128 s256 s512 s1024 s1024
}
restsB = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32
  r64 r128 r256 r512 r1024 s1024
}

\new Staff \relative c {
  \omit Score.TimeSignature
  \cadenzaOn

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'mensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { mensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'neomensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { neomensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'classical
  <>^\markup \typewriter { classical } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'z
  <>^\markup \typewriter { z-style } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'default
  <>^\markup \typewriter { default } \restsB \bar "" \break
}

voltaAdLib = \markup { \volta-number { 1. 2. 3... } \italic { ad lib. } }

\relative c'' {
  c1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #`((volta ,voltaAdLib) start-repeat)
  c4 b d e
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
  f1
  \set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
}

chant = \relative c' {
  \set Score.timing = ##f
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g f) a2 \finalis \break
  f4 a2 \divisioMinima
  g4 b a2 f2 \divisioMaior
  g4( f) f( g a) g2( f) \finalis
}

verba = \lyricmode {
  Lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met,
  lo -- rem ip -- sum do -- lor sit a -- met.
}

\score {
  \new GregorianTranscriptionStaff <<
    \new GregorianTranscriptionVoice = "melody" \chant
    \new GregorianTranscriptionLyrics = "one" \lyricsto melody \verba
  >>
}

SopranoMusic = \relative g' {
  g1 | c2 b | a1 | \bar "||"
  a1 | d2 c | c b | c1 | \bar "||"
}

AltoMusic = \relative c' {
  e1 | g2 g | f1 |
  f1 | f2 e | d d | e1 |
}

TenorMusic = \relative a {
  c1 | c2 c | c1 |
  d1 | g,2 g | g g | g1 |
}

BassMusic =  \relative c {
  c1 | e2 e | f1 |
  d1 | b2 c | g' g | c,1 |
}

global = {
  \time 2/2
}

dot = \markup {
  \raise #0.7 \musicglyph "dots.dot"
}

tick = \markup {
  \raise #1 \fontsize #-5 \musicglyph "scripts.rvarcomma"
}

% Use markup to center the chant on the page
\markup \fill-line {
  \score { % centered
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \global
        \clef "treble"
        \new Voice = "Soprano" <<
          \voiceOne
          \SopranoMusic
        >>
        \new Voice = "Alto" <<
          \voiceTwo
          \AltoMusic
        >>
      >>

      \new Staff <<
        \clef "bass"
        \global
        \new Voice = "Tenor" <<
          \voiceOne
          \TenorMusic
        >>
        \new Voice = "Bass" <<
          \voiceTwo
          \BassMusic
        >>
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Score
        \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration =
                    \musicLength 2
      }
      \context {
        \Staff
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
      }
    }
  }  % End score
}  % End markup

\markup \fill-line {
  \left-column {
    \null \null \null
    \line { \fontsize #5 O
            \fontsize #3 come
            let us \bold sing | unto \dot the | Lord : let }
    \line { us heartily \concat { re \bold joice }
            in the | strength of | our }
    \line { sal | vation. }

    \null

    \line { \hspace #2.5 8. Today if ye will hear his voice * }
    \line { \concat { \bold hard en }
            \tick not your \tick hearts : as in the pro- }
    \line { vocation * and as in the \bold day of tempt- \tick }
    \line { -ation \tick in the \tick wilderness. }
  }
}

Timeline = {
  \time 4/4
  \tempo 4=96
  \partial 2
  s2 | s1 | s2 \breathe s2 | s1 | s2 \caesura \break
  s2 | s1 | s2 \breathe s2 | s1 | s2 \fine
}

SopranoMusic = \relative g' {
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
}

AltoMusic = \relative c' {
  d4 d | d d d d | d d d d | d d d d | d2
  d4 d | d d d d | d d d d | d d d d | d2
}

TenorMusic = \relative a {
  b4 b | b b b b | b b b b | b b b b | b2
  b4 b | b b b b | b b b b | b b b b | b2
}

BassMusic = \relative g {
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
  g4 g | g g g g | g g g g | g g g g | g2
}

global = {
 \key g \major
}

\score {  % Start score
  \new PianoStaff <<  % Start pianostaff
    \new Staff <<  % Start Staff = RH
      \global
      \clef "treble"
      \new Voice = "Soprano" <<  % Start Voice = "Soprano"
        \Timeline
        \voiceOne
        \SopranoMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Soprano"
      \new Voice = "Alto" <<  % Start Voice = "Alto"
        \Timeline
        \voiceTwo
        \AltoMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Alto"
    >>  % End Staff = RH

    \new Staff <<  % Start Staff = LH
      \global
      \clef "bass"
      \new Voice = "Tenor" <<  % Start Voice = "Tenor"
        \Timeline
        \voiceOne
        \TenorMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Tenor"
      \new Voice = "Bass" <<  % Start Voice = "Bass"
        \Timeline
        \voiceTwo
        \BassMusic
      >>  % End Voice = "Bass"
    >>  % End Staff = LH
  >>  % End pianostaff
}  % End score

\markup \fill-line {
  \left-column {
    "This is line one of the first verse"
    "This is line two of the same"
    \null
    "And here's line one of the second verse"
    "And the next line of the same"
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    caesuraType = #'((bar-line . "||"))
    fineBarType = "||"
  }
}

\paper {  % Start paper block
  indent = 0         % don't indent first system
  line-width = 130   % shorten line length to suit music
  tagline = ##f      % Don't print tag line, can be removed
}  % End paper block

\header {
  title = "Song"
  subtitle = "(tune)"
  composer = "Me"
  meter = "moderato"
  piece = "Swing"
  tagline = \markup \column {
              "LilyPond example file by Amelie Zapf,"
              "Berlin 07/07/2003" }
}

% To make the example display properly in the documentation.
\paper {
  paper-width = 130\mm
  paper-height = 205\mm
}

% #(set-global-staff-size 16)

\include "english.ly"

%%%%%%%%%%%% Some macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

sl = { \override NoteHead.style = #'slash
       \hide Stem }
nsl = { \revert NoteHead.style
        \undo \hide Stem }
crOn = \override NoteHead.style = #'cross
crOff = \revert NoteHead.style

% Insert chord name style stuff here.

jazzChords = { }

%%%%%%%%%%%% Keys'n'thangs %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

global = { \time 4/4 }

Key = { \key c \major }

% ############ Horns ############

% ------ Trumpet ------
trpt = \transpose c d \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
trpHarmony = \transpose c' d {
  \jazzChords
}
trumpet = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \trpt
}

% ------ Alto Saxophone ------
alto = \transpose c a \relative c' {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
altoHarmony = \transpose c' a {
  \jazzChords
}
altoSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \alto
}

% ------ Baritone Saxophone ------
bari = \transpose c a' \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c1 |
  \sl d4^"Solo" d d d \nsl |
}
bariHarmony = \transpose c' a \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | s |
  d2:maj e:m7 |
}
bariSax = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \bari
}

% ------ Trombone ------
tbone = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
tboneHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
}
trombone = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \tbone
}

% ############ Rhythm Section #############

% ------ Guitar ------
gtr = \relative c'' {
  \Key
  c1 |
  \sl b4 b b b \nsl |
  c1 |
}
gtrHarmony = \chordmode {
  \jazzChords
  s1 | c2:min7+ d2:maj9 | s1 |
}
guitar = {
  \global
  \clef treble
  \gtr
}

%% ------ Piano ------
rhUpper = \relative c'' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
rhLower = \relative c' {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  e1 | e | e |
}

lhUpper = \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \Key
  g1 | g | g |
}
lhLower = \relative c {
  \voiceTwo
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}

PianoRH = {
  \clef treble
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \rhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \rhLower
  >>
}
PianoLH = {
  \clef bass
  \global
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" \lhUpper
    \new Voice = "two" \lhLower
  >>
}

piano = <<
  \new Staff = "upper" \PianoRH
  \new Staff = "lower" \PianoLH
>>

% ------ Bass Guitar ------
Bass = \relative c {
  \Key
  c1 | c | c |
}
bass = {
  \global
  \clef bass
  \Bass
}

% ------ Drums ------
up = \drummode {
  \voiceOne
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
  hh4 <hh sn> hh <hh sn> |
}
down = \drummode {
  \voiceTwo
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
  bd4 s bd s |
}

drumContents = {
  \global
  <<
    \new DrumVoice \up
    \new DrumVoice \down
  >>
}

%%%%%%%%% It All Goes Together Here %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\book { % For the LilyPond documentation.
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "horns" <<
        \new Staff = "trumpet" \with { instrumentName = "Trumpet" }
          \trumpet
        \new Staff = "altosax" \with { instrumentName = "Alto Sax" }
          \altoSax
        \new ChordNames = "barichords" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariHarmony
        \new Staff = "barisax" \with { instrumentName = "Bari Sax" }
          \bariSax
        \new Staff = "trombone" \with { instrumentName = "Trombone" }
          \trombone
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "rhythm" <<
        \new ChordNames = "chords" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \gtrHarmony
        \new Staff = "guitar" \with { instrumentName = "Guitar" }
          \guitar
        \new PianoStaff = "piano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Piano"
          midiInstrument = "acoustic grand"
        } \piano
        \new Staff = "bass" \with { instrumentName = "Bass" }
          \bass
        \new DrumStaff \with { instrumentName = "Drums" }
          \drumContents
      >>
    >>

    \layout {
      \context {
        \Staff
        \RemoveEmptyStaves
      }
      \context {
        \Score
        \override BarNumber.padding = 3
        \override RehearsalMark.padding = 2
        skipBars = ##t
      }
    }
    \midi { }
  }
}

#(set-global-staff-size 17)

\paper {
  indent = 3.0\cm  % add space for instrumentName
  short-indent = 1.5\cm  % add less space for shortInstrumentName
}

fluteMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

% Pitches as written on a manuscript for Clarinet in A
% are transposed to concert pitch.
clarinetMusic = \transpose c' a
  \relative c'' { \key bes \major bes1 d }

trumpetMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }

% Key signature is often omitted for horns
hornMusic = \transpose c' f
  \relative c { d'1 fis }

percussionMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g1 b }

sopranoMusic = \relative c'' { \key g \major g'1 b }
sopranoLyrics = \lyricmode { Lyr -- ics }

altoIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoILyrics = \sopranoLyrics
altoIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
altoIILyrics = \lyricmode { Ah -- ah }

tenorMusic = \relative c' { \clef "treble_8" \key g \major g1 b }
tenorLyrics = \sopranoLyrics

pianoRHMusic = \relative c { \key g \major g''1 b }
pianoLHMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

violinIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }
violinIIMusic = \relative c' { \key g \major g'1 b }

violaMusic = \relative c { \clef alto \key g \major g'1 b }

celloMusic = \relative c { \clef bass \key g \major g1 b }

bassMusic = \relative c { \clef "bass_8" \key g \major g,1 b }

\book {
  \score {
    <<
      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_woodwinds" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_flute" \with { instrumentName = "Flute" }
          \fluteMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_clarinet" \with {
          instrumentName = \markup { \concat { "Clarinet in B" \flat } }
        }
          % Declare that written Middle C in the music
          % to follow sounds a concert B flat, for
          % output using sounded pitches such as MIDI.
          %\transposition bes

          % Print music for a B-flat clarinet
          \transpose bes c' \clarinetMusic
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_brass" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_hornI" \with {
          instrumentName = "Horn in F"
        }
          % \transposition f
          \transpose f c' \hornMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_trumpet" \with {
          instrumentName = "Trumpet in  C"
        }
          \trumpetMusic
      >>

      \new RhythmicStaff = "RhythmicStaff_percussion" \with {
        instrumentName = "Percussion"
      }
        \percussionMusic

      \new PianoStaff \with {
        instrumentName = "Piano"
      } <<
        \new Staff { \pianoRHMusic }
        \new Staff { \pianoLHMusic }
      >>

      \new ChoirStaff = "ChoirStaff_choir" <<
        \new Staff = "Staff_soprano" \with {
          instrumentName = "Soprano"
        }
          \new Voice = "soprano" \sopranoMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" { \sopranoLyrics }

        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_altos" \with {
          \accepts Lyrics
        } <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto I"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoI"
            \altoIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoI" { \altoILyrics }
          \new Staff = "Staff_altoII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Alto II"
          }
            \new Voice = "altoII"
            \altoIIMusic
            \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altoII" { \altoIILyrics }
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_tenor" \with {
          instrumentName = "Tenor"
        }
          \new Voice = "tenor" \tenorMusic
          \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" { \tenorLyrics }
      >>

      \new StaffGroup = "StaffGroup_strings" <<
        \new GrandStaff = "GrandStaff_violins" <<
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinI" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin I"
          }
            \violinIMusic
          \new Staff = "Staff_violinII" \with {
            instrumentName = "Violin II"
          }
            \violinIIMusic
        >>

        \new Staff = "Staff_viola" \with {
          instrumentName = "Viola"
        }
          \violaMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_cello" \with {
          instrumentName = "Cello"
        }
          \celloMusic

        \new Staff = "Staff_bass" \with {
          instrumentName = "Double Bass"
        }
          \bassMusic
      >>
    >>
  }
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff \with { instrumentName = "Piano" }
  <<
    \new Staff = "upper" \upper
    \new Staff = "lower" \lower
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \new Staff = upper { \new Voice = "singer" \upper }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "singer" \text
    \new Staff = lower { \lower }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

upper = \relative c'' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

lower = \relative c {
  \clef bass
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "mel" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto mel \text
    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff = "upper" \upper
      \new Staff = "lower" \lower
    >>
  >>
  \layout {
    \context { \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves }
  }
  \midi { }
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
  \dynamicUp
}
sopranonotes = \relative c'' {
  c2 \p \< d c d \f
}
sopranowords = \lyricmode { do do do do }
altonotes = \relative c'' {
  c2\p d c d
}
altowords = \lyricmode { re re re re }
tenornotes = {
  \clef "G_8"
  c2\mp d c d
}
tenorwords = \lyricmode { mi mi mi mi }
bassnotes = {
  \clef bass
  c2\mf d c d
}
basswords = \lyricmode { mi mi mi mi }

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "soprano" <<
        \global
        \sopranonotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "soprano" \sopranowords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "alto" <<
        \global
        \altonotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "alto" \altowords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "tenor" <<
        \global
        \tenornotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "tenor" \tenorwords
    >>
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice = "bass" <<
        \global
        \bassnotes
      >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "bass" \basswords
    >>
  >>
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  a2 c
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Voice = "one" { \autoBeamOff \melody }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

verseI = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"1."
  This is the first verse
}

verseII = \lyricmode {
  \set stanza = #"2."
  This is the second verse.
}

theChords = \chordmode {
  % insert chords for chordnames and fretboards here
  c2 g4 c
}

staffMelody = \relative c' {
   \key c \major
   \clef treble
   % Type notes for melody here
   c4 d8 e f4 g
   \bar "|."
}

\score {
  <<
    \context ChordNames { \theChords }
    \context FretBoards { \theChords }
    \new Staff {
      \context Voice = "voiceMelody" { \staffMelody }
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsI" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseI
    }
    \new Lyrics = "lyricsII" {
      \lyricsto "voiceMelody" \verseII
    }
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  f4 e8[ c] d4 g |
  a2 ~ a
}

harmonies = \chordmode {
  c4:m f:min7 g:maj c:aug |
  d2:dim b4:5 e:sus
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames {
      \set chordChanges = ##t
      \harmonies
    }
    \new Staff \melody
  >>
  \layout{ }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

text = \lyricmode {
  Aaa Bee Cee Dee
}

\score{
  <<
    \new Voice = "one" {
      \autoBeamOff
      \melody
    }
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" \text
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

melody = \relative c' {
  \clef treble
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4

  a4 b c d
}

\score {
  \new Staff \melody
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

violinOne = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

violinTwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 f
  e1
  \bar "|."
}

viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d
  c1
  \bar "|."
}

cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b
  a1
  \bar "|."
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
      << \global \violinOne >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
      << \global \violinTwo >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
      << \global \viola >>
    \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
      << \global \cello >>
  >>
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

% piece.ly
% (This is the global definitions file.)

global= {
  \time 4/4
  \key c \major
}

Violinone = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  c2 d e1
  \bar "|."
}

Violintwo = \new Voice \relative c'' {
  g2 g e1
  \bar "|."
}

Viola = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef alto
  e2 d c1
  \bar "|."
}

Cello = \new Voice \relative c' {
  \clef bass
  c2 b a1
  \bar "|."
}

music = <<
  \tag #'score \tag #'vn1
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 1" }
    << \global \Violinone >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vn2
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Violin 2" }
    << \global \Violintwo >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vla
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Viola" }
    << \global \Viola >>

  \tag #'score \tag #'vlc
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "Cello" }
    << \global \Cello >>
>>

% These are the other files you need to save on your computer

% score.ly
% (This is the main file.)

% Uncomment the line below when using a separate file.
% \include "piece.ly"

#(set-global-staff-size 14)

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \keepWithTag #'score \music
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

%{ Uncomment this block when using separate files.

% vn1.ly
% (This is the Violin 1 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn1 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vn2.ly
% (This is the Violin 2 part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vn2 \music
  \layout { }
}

% vla.ly
% (This is the Viola part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vla \music
  \layout { }
}

% vlc.ly
% (This is the Cello part file.)

\include "piece.ly"
\score {
  \keepWithTag #'vlc \music
  \layout { }
}

%}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \sopMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "altos" {
        \voiceTwo
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "altos"
    \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
      % this is needed for lyrics above a staff
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
    }
    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" {
        \voiceOne
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
      }
      \new Voice = "basses" {
        \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >>
      }
    >>
    \new Lyrics = "basses"
    \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

\paper {
  top-system-spacing.basic-distance = 10
  score-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
  last-bottom-spacing.basic-distance = 10
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative {
  c''4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative {
  e'4 f d e
}
altoWords =\lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Lyrics = "sopranos" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "women" <<
        \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "altos"

      \new Lyrics = "tenors" \with {
        % This is needed for lyrics above a staff
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-affinity = #DOWN
      }
      \new Staff = "men" <<
        \clef bass
        \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
        \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
      >>
      \new Lyrics = "basses"

      \context Lyrics = "sopranos" \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
      \context Lyrics = "altos" \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
      \context Lyrics = "tenors" \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
      \context Lyrics = "basses" \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    >>

    \new PianoStaff <<
      \new Staff <<
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \sopMusic >>
        << \global \altoMusic >>
      >>
      \new Staff <<
        \clef bass
        \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
        \partCombine
        << \global \tenorMusic >>
        << \global \bassMusic >>
      >>
    >>
  >>
}

global = {
  \key c \major
  \time 4/4
}

sopMusic = \relative c'' {
  c4 c c8[( b)] c4
}
sopWords = \lyricmode {
  hi hi hi hi
}

altoMusic = \relative c' {
  e4 f d e
}
altoWords = \lyricmode {
  ha ha ha ha
}

tenorMusic = \relative c' {
  g4 a f g
}
tenorWords = \lyricmode {
  hu hu hu hu
}

bassMusic = \relative c {
  c4 c g c
}
bassWords = \lyricmode {
  ho ho ho ho
}

\score {
  \new ChoirStaff <<
    \new Staff = "women" <<
      \new Voice = "sopranos" { \voiceOne << \global \sopMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "altos" { \voiceTwo << \global \altoMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "sopranos" \sopWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "women" }
      \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords
    % we could remove the line about this with the line below, since
    % we want the alto lyrics to be below the alto Voice anyway.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "altos" \altoWords

    \new Staff = "men" <<
      \clef bass
      \new Voice = "tenors" { \voiceOne << \global \tenorMusic >> }
      \new Voice = "basses" { \voiceTwo << \global \bassMusic >> }
    >>
    \new Lyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "tenors" \tenorWords
    \new Lyrics \with { alignBelowContext = "men" }
      \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
    % again, we could replace the line above this with the line below.
    % \new Lyrics \lyricsto "basses" \bassWords
  >>
}

global = {
  \key g \major

  % verse
  \time 3/4
  s2.*2
  \break

  % refrain
  \time 2/4
  s2*2
  \bar "|."
}

SoloNotes = \relative g' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  g4 g g |
  b4 b b |

  % refrain
  R2*2 |
}

SoloLyrics = \lyricmode {
  One two three |
  four five six |
}

SopranoNotes = \relative c'' {
  \clef "treble"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 c |
  g4 g |
}

SopranoLyrics = \lyricmode {
  la la |
  la la |
}

BassNotes = \relative c {
  \clef "bass"

  % verse
  R2.*2 |

  % refrain
  c4 e |
  d4 d |
}

BassLyrics = \lyricmode {
  dum dum |
  dum dum |
}

\score {
  <<
    \new Voice = "SoloVoice" << \global \SoloNotes >>
    \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SoloVoice" \SoloLyrics

    \new ChoirStaff <<
      \new Voice = "SopranoVoice" << \global \SopranoNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "SopranoVoice" \SopranoLyrics

      \new Voice = "BassVoice" << \global \BassNotes >>
      \new Lyrics \lyricsto "BassVoice" \BassLyrics
    >>
  >>

  \layout {
    ragged-right = ##t
    \context { \Staff
      % these lines prevent empty staves from being printed
      \RemoveEmptyStaves
      \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    }
  }
}

\paper { tagline = ##f }

% first, define a variable to hold the formatted date:
date = #(strftime "%d-%m-%Y" (localtime (current-time)))

% use it in the title block:
\header {
  title = "Including the date!"
  subtitle = \date
}

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    c4 c c c
  }
}
% and use it in a \markup block:
\markup {
  \date
}

\paper {
  left-margin = 3\cm
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    instrumentName = \markup \left-column { "Left aligned"
                                            "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Left"
  } {
    c''1 \break c''1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #CENTER
    instrumentName = \markup \center-column { Centered
                                              "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Centered"
  } {
    g'1 g'1
  }

  \new Staff \with {
    \override InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #RIGHT
    instrumentName = \markup \right-column { "Right aligned"
                                             "instrument name" }
    shortInstrumentName = "Right"
  } {
    e'1 e'1
  }
>>

\layout {
  indent = 4\cm
  short-indent = 2\cm
  line-width = 6.5\cm
}

\paper {
  #(set-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
  print-all-headers = ##t
}

\book {
  \header {
    title = "title"
    subtitle = "subtitle"
    composer = "composer"
    arranger = "arranger"
    instrument = "instrument"
    meter = "meter"
    opus = "opus"
    piece = "piece"
    poet = "poet"
    copyright = "copyright"
    tagline = "tagline"
  }

  \bookpart {
    \score {
      \relative c'' { c1 | c | c | c }

      \header {
        title = "localtitle"
        subtitle = "localsubtitle"
        composer = "localcomposer"
        arranger = "localarranger"
        instrument = "localinstrument"
        meter = "localmeter"
        opus = "localopus"
        piece = "localpiece"
        poet = "localpoet"
        copyright = "localcopyright"
        tagline = "localtagline"
      }
    }
  }
}

\markup { Processed with LilyPond version #(lilypond-version) }

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    \remove Ottava_spanner_engraver
  }
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists Ottava_spanner_engraver
  }
}

{
  \clef bass
  << { <g d'>1~ q2 <c' e'> }
  \\
    {
      r2.
      \ottava -1
      <b,,, b,,>4 ~ |
      q2
      \ottava 0
      <c e>2
    }
  >>
}

#(define (add-link url-strg)
  (lambda (grob)
    (let* ((stil (ly:grob-property grob 'stencil)))
      (if (ly:stencil? stil)
          (let* ((x-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil X))
                 (y-ext (ly:stencil-extent stil Y))
                 (url-expr `(url-link ,url-strg ,x-ext ,y-ext))
                 (new-stil
                   (ly:stencil-add
                     (ly:make-stencil url-expr x-ext y-ext)
                     stil)))
          (ly:grob-set-property! grob 'stencil new-stil))))))

%%%% test

%% For easier maintenance of this snippet the URL is formatted to use the
%% actually used LilyPond version.
%% Of course a literal URL would work as well.

#(define major.minor-version
  (string-join (take (string-split (lilypond-version) #\.) 2) "."))

urlI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

urlII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/rhythms"
  major.minor-version)

urlIII =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-heads"
  major.minor-version)

urlIV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/beams"
  major.minor-version)

urlV =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/note-head-styles"
  major.minor-version)

urlVI =
#(format #f
  "http://lilypond.org/doc/v~a/Documentation/notation/writing-pitches"
  major.minor-version)

\relative c' {
   \key cis \minor

   \once \override Staff.Clef.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.Clef.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlI)

   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.color = #green
   \once \override Staff.TimeSignature.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlII)

   \once \override NoteHead.color = #green
   \once \override NoteHead.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIII)

   cis'1
   \once \override Beam.color = #green
   \once \override Beam.after-line-breaking =
     #(add-link urlIV)
   cis8 dis e fis gis2
   <gis,
    \tweak Accidental.color #green
    \tweak Accidental.after-line-breaking #(add-link urlVI)
    \tweak color #green
    \tweak after-line-breaking #(add-link urlV)
    \tweak style #'harmonic
    bis
    dis
    fis
   >1
   <cis, cis' e>
}

high  = { r4 r8 <g c'> q r8 r4 }
low = { c4 r4 c8 r8 g,8 b, }
pulse = { s8^"1" s^"&" s^"2" s^"&" s^"3" s^"&" s^"4" s^"&" }

\score {
 \new TabStaff {
   \repeat unfold 2 << \high \\ \low \\ \pulse >>
  }
  \layout {
    \context {
      \TabStaff
      \clef moderntab
      \revert TextScript.stencil
      \override TextScript.font-series = #'bold
      \override TextScript.font-size = #-2
      \override TextScript.color = #red
    }
    \context {
      \Score
      proportionalNotationDuration = #1/8
    }
  }
}

glissandoSkipOn = {
  \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

glissandoSkipOff = {
  \revert NoteColumn.glissando-skip
  \undo \hide NoteHead
  \revert NoteHead.no-ledgers
}

\relative c'' {
  r8 f8\glissando \glissandoSkipOn f4 g a |
  a8\noBeam \glissandoSkipOff a8
    r8 f8\glissando \glissandoSkipOn g4 a8 \glissandoSkipOff a8 |
  r4 f\glissando\< \glissandoSkipOn a4\f\> \glissandoSkipOff b8\! r |
}

graceNotes = {
  \grace { c4 c8 c16 c32 }
  c8
}

\relative c'' {
  c8
  \graceNotes
  \override Score.GraceSpacing.spacing-increment = #2.0
  \graceNotes
  \revert Score.GraceSpacing.spacing-increment
  \graceNotes
}

offsetPositions =
#(define-music-function (offsets) (number-pair?)
  #{
     \once \override Slur.control-points =
       #(lambda (grob)
          (match-let ((((_ . y1) _ _ (_ . y2))
                       (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob))
                      ((off1 . off2) offsets))
            (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'positions)
                  (cons (+ y1 off1) (+ y2 off2)))
            (ly:slur::calc-control-points grob)))
  #})

\relative c'' {
  c4(^"default" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 1)
  c'4(^"(0 . 1)" c, d2)
  \offsetPositions #'(0 . 2)
  c'4(^"(0 . 2)" c, d2)
  \bar "||"
  g4(^"default" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(1 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(1 . 0)" a d'2)
  \offsetPositions #'(2 . 0)
  g,,4(^"(2 . 0)" a d'2)
}

music = \relative c' { c4 d e f | g4 f e d | c1 }
text = \lyricmode { aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa }

<<
  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Default layout:
  \new Lyrics \lyricsto melody \text

  \new Staff \new Voice = melody \music
  % Reducing the minimum space below the staff and above the lyrics.
  \new Lyrics \with {
    \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing =
      #'((basic-distance . 1))
  } \lyricsto melody \text
>>

\layout {
  line-length = 80\mm
}

{
  \textMark "mark a" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark b" c'1 |
  \break
  \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
  \textMark "mark c" c'1 |
  \textMark "mark d" c'1 |
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(2)
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a]
    \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8 10 12)
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a] r8 |
  \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8)
    a8[ a]
    \override Stem.details.beamed-lengths = #'(8.5)
    a8[ a]
    \revert Stem.details.beamed-lengths
    a8[ a] a16[ a] a32[ a] r16 |
}

music = \relative c' {
  \repeat volta 3 {
    c4 d e f |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 { c4 d e f | c2 d \break }
      \volta 2 { f4 g a b | f4 g a b | f2 a | \break }
      \volta 3 { c4 d e f | c2 d } } }
  c1 \bar "|."
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large "default"
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers
  \music
}

{
  \textMark \markup \large \typewriter "numbers-with-letters"
  \set Score.alternativeNumberingStyle = #'numbers-with-letters
  \music
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override TextMark.Y-offset = #5
  }
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \once \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  c2\startGroup
  d2\stopGroup
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Voice
    \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
    \override HorizontalBracket.direction = #UP
  }
}

{
  \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a"
    c''\startGroup d''\stopGroup
    \once\override HorizontalBracketText.text = "a'"
    e''\startGroup d''\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak outside-staff-priority #801
      \tweak HorizontalBracketText.text
        \markup \bold \huge "b" \startGroup
     -\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup
    e''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text "a'" \startGroup
    d''\stopGroup\stopGroup |
  c''-\tweak HorizontalBracketText.text foo \startGroup
    d'' e'' f'' | \break
  g'' a'' b'' c'''\stopGroup
}

slurNotes = { d,8( a' d f a f' d, a) }

\relative c' {
  \stemDown
  \slurUp
  \slurNotes
  \once \override Slur.eccentricity = #3.0
  \slurNotes
}

{
  <>^"default"
  f'_\pp ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { setting \typewriter shorten-pair }
  f'_\pp \tweak shorten-pair #'(-3 . 0) ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { using another \typewriter Voice context }
  << { f'^\> f' f' f'\! }
     \new Voice { s4_\pp } >>
}

\layout {
  line-width = 8\cm
  ragged-right = ##f

  \context {
    \Voice
    \override TextScript.staff-padding = #3.5
  }
}

{ g1\< |
  e''\f\> |
  c'\p }

{ g1\< |
  e''\breakDynamicSpan\f\> |
  c'\p }

\relative c'' {
  c2.
  % construct the symbol
  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \override #'(direction . 1)
    \override #'(baseline-skip . 1.8)
    \dir-column {
      \translate #'(0.155 . 0)
        \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved"
      \center-align \musicglyph "scripts.ufermata"
    }
  }
  \breathe c4
  % set the breath mark back to normal
  \revert BreathingSign.text
  c2. \breathe c4
  \bar "|."
}

\relative c' {
  <\tweak font-size #+2 c e g c
   \tweak font-size #-2 e>1
   ^\markup { A tiny e }_\markup { A big c }
}

\relative f' {
  \time 1/8
  \override Beam.beam-thickness = #0.4
  \override Beam.length-fraction = #0.8
  c32 c c c
  \revert Beam.beam-thickness  % 0.48 is default thickness
  \revert Beam.length-fraction  % 1.0 is default spacing
  c32 c c c
  \override Beam.beam-thickness = #0.6
  \override Beam.length-fraction = #1.3
  c32 c c c
}

\relative c'' {
  \compressMMRests {
    R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
    \override MultiMeasureRest.expand-limit = 3
    R1*2 | R1*5 | R1*9
  }
}

#(define (mc-squared grob grob-origin context)
   (let ((sp (ly:grob-property grob 'staff-position)))
     (ly:grob-set-property!
      grob 'stencil
      (grob-interpret-markup grob
       #{ \markup \lower #0.5
           #(case sp
              ((-5) "m")
              ((-3) "c ")
              ((-2) #{ \markup \teeny \bold 2 #})
              (else "bla")) #}))))

\relative c' {
  <d f g b>2
  \applyOutput Voice.NoteHead #mc-squared
  <d f g b>2
}

\relative c'' {
  \set crescendoText = \markup { \italic { cresc. poco } }
  \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
  \override DynamicTextSpanner.style = #'dotted-line
  a2\< a
  a2 a
  a2 a
  a2 a\mf
}

%{
You may have to install additional fonts.

Red Hat Fedora: dejavu-fonts-all

Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu: fonts-dejavu-core
                          fonts-dejavu-extra
%}

\paper {
  %{
     run
         lilypond -dshow-available-fonts
     to show all fonts available in the process log.
  %}
  property-defaults.fonts.serif = "DejaVu Serif"
  property-defaults.fonts.sans = "DejaVu Sans"
  property-defaults.fonts.typewriter = "DejaVu Sans Mono"
}

{
  g'''4^\markup {
    DejaVu Serif: \bold bold
                  \italic italic
                  \italic \bold { bold italic }
  }
  g4_\markup {
    \override #'(font-family . sans) {
      DejaVu Sans: \bold bold
                   \italic italic
                   \italic \bold { bold italic }
    }
  }
  g''2^\markup {
    \override #'(font-family . typewriter) {
      DejaVu Sans Mono: \bold bold
                        \italic italic
                        \italic \bold { bold italic }
    }
  }
}

 #(set-global-staff-size tamaño)

<<
  \new Staff \relative c'' {
    \dynamicDown c8\ff c c c c c c c
  }
  \new Staff \with {
    fontSize = #-3
    \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -3)
  } \relative c {
    \clef bass c8 c c c c\f c c c
  }
>>

\score {
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    \tempo 4 = 160
    c4 e g b
    c4 b d c
    \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t
    \tempo 4 = 96
    d,4 fis a cis
    d4 cis e d
  }
  \layout { }
  \midi { }
}

sustainNotes = { c4\sustainOn d e\sustainOff\sustainOn f\sustainOff }

\relative c' {
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("P" "P-" "-")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("d" "de" "e")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("M" "M-" "-")
  \sustainNotes
  \set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("Ped" "*Ped" "*")
  \sustainNotes
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\paper {
  line-width = 50\mm
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Hairpin.to-barline = ##f
  \override Glissando.breakable = ##t
  % show hairpin
  \override Hairpin.after-line-breaking = ##t
  % hide text span
  \override TextSpanner.after-line-breaking =
    #ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time
  e2\<\startTextSpan
  % show glissando
  \override Glissando.after-line-breaking = ##t
  f2\glissando
  \break
  f,1\!\stopTextSpan
}

music = {
  a''4:32 a':
  e''8: \noBeam e':
  a'':[ a':]
  f':[ g':]
  d':[ d':]
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup "default"
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "style = #'constant"
  \override StemTremolo.style = #'constant
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "shape = #'rectangle"
  \override StemTremolo.shape = #'rectangle
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "shape = #'beam-like"
  \override StemTremolo.shape = #'beam-like
  \music
}

\new Staff {
  <>^\markup \typewriter "slope = -0.2"
  \override StemTremolo.slope = -0.2
  \music
}

\relative c''' {
  \once \override TextScript.script-priority = -100
  a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }

  \once \override Script.script-priority = -100
  a2^\prall^\markup { \sharp }

  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
  <c-2 a-1>2
  <a-1 c\tweak script-priority -100 -2>2
}

music = \relative c'' {
  \tuplet 3/2 { c16[ d e } f8]
  \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e }
  \tuplet 3/2 { c4 d e }
}

\new Voice {
  \relative c' {
    \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
    \textMark "default" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "'if-no-beam" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##t
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#t" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = ##f
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "#f" \music
    \omit TupletBracket
    \textMark \markup \typewriter "omit" \music
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  \after 2*2/3 \turn c2( d4) r |
  \after 4 \turn c4.( d8)
  \after 4
  {
    \once \set suggestAccidentals = ##t
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.outside-staff-priority = ##f
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.avoid-slur = #'inside
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.font-size = -3
    \once \override AccidentalSuggestion.script-priority = -1
    \once \hideNotes
    cis8\turn \noBeam
  }
  d4.( e8)
}

\new Staff \with {
  \override StaffSymbol.line-count = #8
  \override KeySignature.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeyCancellation.flat-positions = #'((-7 . 6))
  \override KeySignature.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))
  \override KeyCancellation.sharp-positions = #'((-6 . 7))

  \override Clef.stencil =
    #(lambda (grob)
        (grob-interpret-markup grob
           #{ \markup\combine
                \musicglyph "clefs.C"
                \translate #'(-3 . -2)
                  \musicglyph "clefs.F"
           #}))
    clefPosition = #3
    middleCPosition = #3
    middleCClefPosition = #3
}

{
  \key d\minor f bes, f bes, |
  \key d\major fis b, fis b, |
}

\paper { ragged-right = ##f }

\relative c'' {
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = #"bla"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = #"blu"
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'line
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.style = #'dashed-line
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . 1) }
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text =
    \markup { \draw-line #'(0 . -2) }
  \once \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = #-2
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan

  \override TextSpanner.dash-period = #10
  \override TextSpanner.dash-fraction = #0.5
  \override TextSpanner.thickness = #10
  a4 \startTextSpan
  b4 c
  a4 \stopTextSpan
}

\override Staff.Beam.collision-voice-only = ##t

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = up \relative c' <<
    { r4
      \override Stem.cross-staff = ##t
      \override Stem.length = #19 % this is in half-spaces,
          % so it makes stems 9.5 staffspaces long
      \override Stem.Y-offset = #-6 % stems are normally lengthened
          % upwards, so here we must lower the stem by the amount
          % equal to the lengthening - in this case (19 - 7) / 2
          % (7 is default stem length)
      e e e }
    { s4
      \change Staff = "bottom"
      \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
      c, c c
    }
  >>

  \new Staff = bottom \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    g8 a g a g a g a
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \PianoStaff
    \consists "Span_stem_engraver"
  }
}

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff {
    <b d'>4 r d'16\> e'8. g8 r\! |
    e'8 f' g'4
      \voiceTwo
      % Down to lower staff
      \crossStaff { e'8 e'8 } e'4 |
  }

  \new Staff {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    % Up to upper staff
    \crossStaff { <e g>4 e, g16 a8. c8 } d |
    g8 f g4 \voiceTwo g8 g g4 |
  }
>>

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions  % work around a cropping issue
  \score {
    \new Staff \with { \consists "Custos_engraver" } \relative c' {
      \override Staff.Custos.neutral-position = #4

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'hufnagel
      c1^"hufnagel" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'medicaea
      c1^"medicaea" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'vaticana
      c1^"vaticana" \break
      <d a' f'>1

      \override Staff.Custos.style = #'mensural
      c1^"mensural" \break
      <d a' f'>1
    }
  }

\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"

\storePredefinedDiagram #default-fret-table \chordmode { c' }
                        #guitar-tuning
                        "x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"

% shorthand
oo = #(define-music-function
       (grob-path value)
       (list? scheme?)
       #{ \once \override $grob-path = #value #})

<<
  \new ChordNames {
    \chordmode { c1 | c | c | d | bes }
  }
  \new FretBoards {
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override FretBoards.FretBoard.size = 1.2
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code = #'in-dot
    \override FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color = #'white
    \chordmode {
      c
      \oo FretBoard.size #1.0
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'straight
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'below-string
      c'
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'none
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.number-type #'arabic
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.orientation #'landscape
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.mute-string "M"
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.label-dir #LEFT
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      c'
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'below-string
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-radius #0.35
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-position #0.5
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.fret-count #3
      d
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-type #'straight
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.finger-code #'none
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-radius #0.25
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.dot-color #'black
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.string-overhang #0.
      \oo FretBoard.fret-diagram-details.barre-thickness #2.
      bes
    }
  }
  \new Voice {
    c'1 | c' | c' | d' | bes
  }
>>

<<
  \chords { c1 | c | c | d }

  \new Voice = "mel" {
    \textLengthOn
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override TextScript.size = 1.2
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details.finger-code = #'in-dot
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details.dot-color = #'white

    %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
       % terse style
    c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse "x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }

    %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
       % verbose style
       % size 1.0
       % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
    c'1^\markup {
      % standard size
      \override #'(size . 1.0) {
        \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                     (number-type . roman-lower)
                     (finger-code . in-dot)
                     (barre-type . straight))) {
          \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                                   (place-fret 5 3 1)
                                   (place-fret 4 5 2)
                                   (place-fret 3 5 3)
                                   (place-fret 2 5 4)
                                   (place-fret 1 3 1)
                                   (barre 5 1 3))
        }
      }
    }

    %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
       % verbose style
       % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
       % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
    c'1^\markup {
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                   (finger-code . below-string)
                   (number-type . arabic)
                   (label-dir . -1)
                   (mute-string . "M")
                   (orientation . landscape)
                   (barre-type . none)
                   (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                   (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
        \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                                 (place-fret 5 3 1)
                                 (place-fret 4 5 2)
                                 (place-fret 3 5 3)
                                 (place-fret 2 5 4)
                                 (place-fret 1 3 1)
                                 (barre 5 1 3))
      }
    }

    %% simple D chord
       % terse style
       % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
       % label below string
    d'1^\markup {
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
                   (finger-code . below-string)
                   (dot-radius . 0.35)
                   (dot-position . 0.5)
                   (fret-count . 3))) {
        \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
      }
    }
  }
>>

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    % Must be lower than the actual number of staff lines
    \override StaffGroup.SystemStartBracket.collapse-height = 4
    \override Score.SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 4
    \new Staff {
      c'1
    }
  >>
}
\score {
  \new PianoStaff <<
    \override PianoStaff.SystemStartBrace.collapse-height = 4
    \override Score.SystemStartBar.collapse-height = 4
    \new Staff {
      c'1
    }
  >>
}

{
  \once \override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  c
}

------------------------------------

NoteHead
X,Y: NoteColumn
     X: PaperColumn
        X,Y: System
     Y: VerticalAxisGroup
        X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
           X,Y: System
        Y: VerticalAlignment
           X: NonMusicalPaperColumn
              X,Y: System
           Y: System

#(define (get-ancestry grob)
   (if (not (null? (ly:grob-parent grob X)))
       (list (grob::name grob)
             (get-ancestry (ly:grob-parent grob X))
             (get-ancestry (ly:grob-parent grob Y)))
       (grob::name grob)))

#(define (format-ancestry lst padding)
   (string-append
    (symbol->string (car lst)) "\n"
    (let ((X-ancestry (if (list? (cadr lst))
                          (format-ancestry (cadr lst) (+ padding 3))
                          (symbol->string (cadr lst))))
          (Y-ancestry (if (list? (caddr lst))
                          (format-ancestry (caddr lst) (+ padding 3))
                          (symbol->string (caddr lst)))))
      (if (equal? X-ancestry Y-ancestry)
          (string-append (format #f "~&")
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "X,Y: "
                         (if (list? (cadr lst))
                             (format-ancestry (cadr lst) (+ padding 5))
                             (symbol->string (cadr lst))))
          (string-append (format #f "~&")
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "X: " X-ancestry "\n"
                         (make-string padding #\space)
                         "Y: " Y-ancestry (format #f "~&"))))
    (format #f "~&")))

#(define (display-ancestry grob)
   (format (current-output-port)
           "~2&~a~2%~a~&"
           (make-string 36 #\-)
           (if (ly:grob? grob)
               (format-ancestry (get-ancestry grob) 0)
               (format #f "~a is not a grob" grob))))

\relative c' {
  \once \override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  f4
  \once \override Accidental.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  \once \override Arpeggio.before-line-breaking = #display-ancestry
  <f as c>4\arpeggio
}

\relative c''' {
  \time 3/4
  \key f \major
  \set harmonicDots = ##t
  <bes f'\harmonic>2. ~
  <bes f'\harmonic>4. <a e'\harmonic>8( <gis dis'\harmonic> <g d'\harmonic>)
  <fis cis'\harmonic>2.
  <bes f'\harmonic>2.
}

\relative c'' {
  \once \override TextScript.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
  c'4^"foo"

  \tweak Stem.stencil
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.05 0.25 ly:stem::print)
  b8

  c4.^"bar" c4

  \override Score.RehearsalMark.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-boxer 0.15 0.3 ly:text-interface::print)
  \mark \default
  c1
}

\relative c' {
  c1
  \set Score.rehearsalMarkFormatter =
    #(lambda (mark context)
             (make-circle-markup (format-mark-numbers mark context)))
  \mark \default

  c2 d^\markup {
    \override #'(thickness . 3) {
      \circle foo
    }
  }
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #all-visible
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil =
    #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
}

% Two functions for (de)crescendo spanners where you can explicitly
% give the spanner text.
mycresc =
#(define-music-function (mymarkup) (markup?)
   (make-music 'CrescendoEvent
               'span-direction START
               'span-type 'text
               'span-text mymarkup))
mydecresc =
#(define-music-function (mymarkup) (markup?)
   (make-music 'DecrescendoEvent
               'span-direction START
               'span-type 'text
               'span-text mymarkup))

\relative c' {
  c4-\mycresc "custom cresc" c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4 c4 c4 |
  c4-\mydecresc "custom decresc" c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4 c4 c4 |
  c4 c4\! c4 c4
}

\relative c' {
  \key c\minor
  \time 2/4
  c16( as') c,-. des-.
  \once\override TrillSpanner.minimum-length = #15
  \once\override TrillSpanner.springs-and-rods = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
  \afterGrace es4\startTrillSpan { d16[(\stopTrillSpan es)] }
  c( c' g es c g' es d
  c8)
}

repeatGliss = #(define-music-function (grace)
  (ly:pitch?)
  #{
    % the next two lines ensure the glissando is long enough
    % to be visible
    \once \override Glissando.springs-and-rods
      = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
    \once \override Glissando.minimum-length = 3.5
    \once \hideNotes
    \grace $grace \glissando
  #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \repeat volta 3 { c4 d e f\glissando }
    \alternative {
      { g2 d }
      { \repeatGliss f g2 e }
      { \repeatGliss f e2 d }
    }
  }
}

music =  \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat volta 2 {
    g a b c\glissando
  }
  \alternative {
    { d1 }
    { \repeatGliss c \once \omit StringNumber e1\2 }
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice { \clef "G_8" \music }
    >>
    \new TabStaff  <<
      \new TabVoice { \clef "moderntab" \music }
    >>
  >>
}

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

\relative c'' {
  c2\sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
  c2\tweak shorten-pair #'(-7 . -2) \sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
  c2\tweak edge-height #'(0 . 3) \sostenutoOn c
  c2\sostenutoOff c
}

#(define ((flared-tie coords) grob)
   (define (pair-to-list pair)
     (list (car pair) (cdr pair)))

   (define (normalize-coords goods x y dir)
     (map
      (lambda (coord)
        (cons (* x (car coord)) (* y dir (cdr coord))))
      goods))

   (define (my-c-p-s points thick)
     (make-connected-path-stencil points thick 1.0 1.0 #f #f))

   ;; Calling `ly:tie::print` and assigning its return value to a
   ;; variable in this outer `let` triggers LilyPond to position the
   ;; tie, allowing us to extract its extents.  We only proceed,
   ;; however, if the tie doesn't get discarded (for whatever reason).
   (let ((sten (ly:tie::print grob)))
     (if (grob::is-live? grob)
         (let* ((layout (ly:grob-layout grob))
                (line-thickness (ly:output-def-lookup layout
                                                      'line-thickness))
                (thickness (ly:grob-property grob 'thickness 0.1))
                (used-thick (* line-thickness thickness))
                (dir (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
                (xex (ly:stencil-extent sten X))
                (yex (ly:stencil-extent sten Y))
                (lenx (interval-length xex))
                (leny (interval-length yex))
                (xtrans (car xex))
                (ytrans (if (> dir 0)(car yex) (cdr yex)))
                ;; Add last point.
                (coord-list (append coords '((1.0 . 0.0))))
                (uplist
                 (map pair-to-list
                      (normalize-coords coord-list lenx (* leny 2) dir))))
           (ly:stencil-translate
            (my-c-p-s uplist used-thick)
            (cons xtrans ytrans)))
         '())))

% Define a default tie shape consisting of three straight lines.
#(define flare-tie
   (flared-tie '((0.1 . 0.3) (0.9 . 0.3))))

\relative c' {
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <a c e a c e a c e>~ q
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  q~ q\break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 14"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 14
  a'4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter "height-limit = 0.5"
  \override Tie.details.height-limit = 0.5
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  a4~ a \break

  \revert Tie.details.height-limit

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0))"
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #flare-tie
  \shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -1) (0 . -1) (0 . 0)) Tie
  a4~ a \break

  <>^\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil =
        #(flared-tie '((0.2 . 2) (0.5 . -3) (0.8 . 1)))
  a4~ a
  <>_\markup \small \typewriter
             "#(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))"
  \once \override Tie.stencil = #(flared-tie '((0.5 . 2)))
  a'4~ a
}

\relative c' {
  \key es \major
  bes c des
  \tweak Accidental.restore-first ##t
  eis
}

\relative c' <<
  {
    <d g>2 <d g>
  }
  \\
  {
    <b f'>2
    \once \override NoteColumn.force-hshift = 1.7
    <b f'>2
  }
>>

<<
  \chords {
    a1 a \bar "||" \break
    \repeat unfold 3 {
      c c c d d \bar "||" \break
    }
  }

  \new Voice {
    % Set global properties of fret diagram
    \override TextScript.size = 1.2
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .finger-code = #'below-string
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .dot-color = #'black

    % 1
    %
    % A chord for ukulele.
    a'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((string-count . 4)
                      (dot-color . white)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)))
      \fret-diagram "4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"

    % 2
    %
    % A chord for ukulele, with formatting defined in definition
    % string: 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below,
    % string dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of
    % fret spacing.
    a'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((dot-color . white)
                      (open-string . "o")))
      \fret-diagram
        "s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in normal orientation
    %%

    % 3
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 4
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: double barre used
    % to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 5
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 6
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (string-thickness-factor . 0.3)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 7
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in landscape orientation
    %%
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .orientation = #'landscape

    % 8
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight
    % barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 9
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: Double barre
    % used to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 10
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 11
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 12
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    %%
    %% These chords will be in opposing-landscape orientation.
    %%
    \override TextScript.fret-diagram-details
                .orientation = #'opposing-landscape

    % 13
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: verbose style,
    % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight
    % barre.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-lower)
                      (finger-code . below-string)
                      (barre-type . straight)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 14
    %
    % C major for guitar, barred on third fret: double barre
    % used to test barre function, verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . arabic)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . in-dot)
                      (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
                      (label-dir . -1)
                      (mute-string . "M")
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (place-fret 5 3 1)
                               (place-fret 4 5 2)
                               (place-fret 3 5 3)
                               (place-fret 2 5 4)
                               (place-fret 1 3 1)
                               (barre 4 2 5)
                               (barre 5 1 3))

    % 15
    %
    % C major for guitar, with capo on third fret: verbose style.
    c'1^\markup
      % 110% of default size
      \override #'(size . 1.1)
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((number-type . roman-upper)
                      (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
                      (finger-code . none)
                      (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0.5)
                      (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
                      (xo-padding . 0.3)))
      \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
                               (capo 3)
                               (open 5)
                               (place-fret 4 5 1)
                               (place-fret 3 5 2)
                               (place-fret 2 5 3)
                               (open 1))

    % 16
    %
    % Simple D chord.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"

    % 17
    %
    % Simple D chord, large top fret thickness.
    d'1^\markup
      \override #'(fret-diagram-details
                   . ((finger-code . below-string)
                      (dot-radius . 0.35)
                      (dot-position . 0.5)
                      (top-fret-thickness . 7)
                      (fret-count . 3)))
      \fret-diagram-terse "x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
  }
>>

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##t
  system-system-spacing.basic-distance = 20
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.spacing-increment = 3
  }
}

(path thickness command-list line-cap-style line-join-style fill)

parallelogram =
  #(ly:make-stencil
    '(path 0.1
           (rmoveto 0 0.25
            lineto 1.2 0.75
            lineto 1.2 -0.25
            lineto 0 -0.75
            lineto 0 0.25)
           round
           round
           #t)
    (cons -0.05 1.25)
    (cons -.75 .75))

myNoteHeads = \override NoteHead.stencil = \parallelogram
normalNoteHeads = \revert NoteHead.stencil

\relative c'' {
  \myNoteHeads
  g4 d'
  \normalNoteHeads
  <f, \tweak stencil \parallelogram b e>4 d
}

#(define-public (weight-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (log (- (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'duration-log) 2))
          (is-up? (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP))
          (yext (if is-up? (cons (* log -0.8) 0) (cons 0 (* log 0.8))))
          (flag-stencil (make-filled-box-stencil '(-0.4 . 0.4) yext))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stroke-stencil (if (equal? stroke-style "grace")
                              (make-line-stencil 0.2 -0.9 -0.4 0.9 -0.4)
                              empty-stencil)))
     (ly:stencil-add flag-stencil stroke-stencil)))

% Create a flag stencil by looking up the glyph from the font
#(define (inverted-flag grob)
   (let* ((stem-grob (ly:grob-parent grob X))
          (dir (if (eqv? (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'direction) UP) "d" "u"))
          (flag (retrieve-glyph-flag "" dir "" grob))
          (line-thickness (ly:staff-symbol-line-thickness grob))
          (stem-thickness (ly:grob-property stem-grob 'thickness))
          (stem-width (* line-thickness stem-thickness))
          (stroke-style (ly:grob-property grob 'stroke-style))
          (stencil (if (null? stroke-style)
                       flag
                       (add-stroke-glyph flag stem-grob dir stroke-style "")))
          (rotated-flag (ly:stencil-rotate-absolute stencil 180 0 0)))
     (ly:stencil-translate rotated-flag (cons (- (/ stem-width 2)) 0))))

snippetexamplenotes =
{
  \autoBeamOff c'8 d'16 c'32 d'64 \acciaccatura {c'8} d'64
}

{
  \time 1/4
  <>^"Normal flags"
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Custom flag: inverted"
  \override Flag.stencil = #inverted-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>^"Custom flag: weight"
  \override Flag.stencil = #weight-flag
  \snippetexamplenotes

  <>_"Revert to normal"
  \revert Flag.stencil
  \snippetexamplenotes
}

\relative c' {
  a2 \glissando
  \once \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  f''4 d,
}

\relative c' {
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'dashed-line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'dotted-line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'line
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'trill
  c2\< c\!
  \override Hairpin.style = #'zigzag
  c2\< c\!
  \revert Hairpin.style
  c2\< c\!
}

\paper {
  ragged-right = ##f
  indent = 5\cm
}

% Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value
% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown
%           etc. will have no effect
semppMarkup = \markup { \halign #1.4 \italic "sempre" \dynamic "pp" }

% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script & shifting with
%             \once \override ...X-offset = ..
% Drawback: \once \override needed for every invocation
semppK =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:normal-text
           #:italic "sempre"
           #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment
%             puts it at the correct position
% Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there
semppT =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:normal-text
           #:italic "sempre"
           #:dynamic "pp"
           #:hspace 7.1)))

% Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0
% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put
%           other stuff there => collisions
% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
%           same alignment as without the additional text
semppM =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line
          (#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)
                             #:right-align
                             #:normal-text
                             #:italic "sempre"
                             #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function
semppG =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:hspace 0
          #:translate '(-18.85 . 0)
          #:line (#:normal-text
                  #:italic "sempre"
                  #:dynamic "pp")))

% Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect
%             if one sets X-offset!
% Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText.X-offset!
% Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text,
%           not at the center of pp
semppMII =
#(make-dynamic-script
  (markup #:line (#:right-align
                  #:normal-text
                  #:italic "sempre"
                  #:dynamic "pp")))

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "standard" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c
    }
  \new Staff \with {instrumentName = "normal markup" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "explicit shifting" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      \once \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-9.2
      c4\semppK c\p c c
      c4\ff c
      \once \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-9.2
      c4\semppK c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "right padding" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "set dimension to zero" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "shift inside dynamics" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c
    }
  \new Staff \with { instrumentName = "alignment inside dynamics" }
    \relative c'' {
      \key es \major
      \override DynamicText.X-offset = #-1
      c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c
    }
>>

\layout { \override Staff.InstrumentName.self-alignment-X = #LEFT }

harmonies = \chordmode
{
  a8:13
  \once \override ChordNames.ChordName.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
  b8:13 s4. |
  s2 b2:13
}

\score {
  <<
    \new ChordNames \harmonies
    \new Staff {
      % Method 1.
      a8^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-0;4-2;3-0;2-0;1-2;"
      \once \override TextScript.extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
      b4.~^\markup \fret-diagram "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;"
        b4. a8 | \break

      % Method 2.
      <<
        { a8 b4.~ b4. a8 }
        { s2 s2^\markup \fret-diagram  "6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;" }
      >> |
    }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.straight"
  }
  c8 e4. \breathe g8. e16 c4

  \override BreathingSign.text = \markup {
    \musicglyph "scripts.caesura.curved"
  }
  g8 e'4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
}

\relative c' {
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \override Staff.Clef.full-size-change = ##t
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
  \revert Staff.Clef.full-size-change
  \clef "bass"
  c1
  \clef "treble"
  c1
}

\relative c'' {
  \override TextSpanner.bound-padding = #1.0
  \override TextSpanner.style = #'line
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.arrow = ##t
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text = #"fof"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.text = #"gag"
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.padding = #0.6

  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.right.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
  \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER

  \override Glissando.bound-details.right.arrow = ##t
  \override Glissando.arrow-length = #0.5
  \override Glissando.arrow-width = #0.25

  a8\startTextSpan gis a4 b\glissando b,
  g'4 c\stopTextSpan c2
}

\relative {
  \time 2/4
  <<
    {
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      b'8 ~ 8\noBeam
      \once \hide Stem
      \once \override Stem.length = #8
      g8 ~ 8\noBeam
    }
    \\
    {
      b8 g g e
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  line-width = 40\mm
  ragged-right = ##f
}

glissandoSkipOn = {
  \override NoteColumn.glissando-skip = ##t
  \hide NoteHead
  \override NoteHead.no-ledgers = ##t
}

music = {
  \repeat unfold 16 f8 |
  f1\glissando |
  a4 r2. |
  \repeat unfold 16 f8 |
  f1\glissando \once\glissandoSkipOn |
  a2 a4 r4 |
  \repeat unfold 16 f8
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Glissando.breakable
               set to \typewriter "#t" }
  \override Glissando.breakable = ##t
  \override Glissando.after-line-breaking = ##t
  \music
}

\relative c'' {
  <>^\markup { \typewriter Glissando.breakable not set }
  \music
}

\paper {
  line-width = 100\mm
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  % from upper staff-line (position 2) to center (position 0)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(2 . 0)
  c8 c
  % from center to one above center (position 1)
  \override Beam.positions = #'(0 . 1)
  c8 c
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    centerBarNumbers = ##t
    barNumberVisibility = #all-bar-numbers-visible
    \override CenteredBarNumber.stencil
      = #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
    \override CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.direction = #DOWN
  }
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    d4-. f8( e d4) bes'-> |
    d,-. f8( e d4) cis'-> |
    g-. f8( d e4) g-> |
    a,1-> |
  }
  \new Staff \relative c {
    \clef bass
    d4 f8 e d2~ |
    4 f8 e d2~ |
    4 4 2 |
    a1 |
  }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff
    measureBarType = "-span|"
  }
}

music = \fixed c'' {
  c1
  d2 \section e2
  f1 \fine
}

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \music
  \new Staff \music
>>

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.stencil = #ly:line-spanner::print
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.bound-details =
    #`((left . ((Y . 0)
                (attach-dir . ,LEFT)
                (padding . 0)
                (stencil-align-dir-y . ,CENTER)))
       (right . ((Y . 5.0) ; Change the number here
                 (padding . 0)
                 (attach-dir . ,RIGHT)
                 (text . ,(make-draw-dashed-line-markup
                           (cons 0 -1.2))))))
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.left-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info-and-text
  \override Staff.OttavaBracket.right-bound-info =
     #ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info
  \ottava 1
  c1
  c'''1
}

\new Staff \relative c' <<
  {
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##f
    f2. f4
    \override Staff.NoteCollision.prefer-dotted-right = ##t
    f2. f4
  }
  \\
  { e4 e e e e e e e e e e e }
>>

\relative c' {
  \stemDown
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(1 . 1)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(2 . 2)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(3 . 3)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(4 . 4)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(5 . 5)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(0 . 5)
  e4( a)
  \override Slur.positions = #'(5 . 0)
  e4( a)
  \stemUp
  \override Slur.positions = #'(-5 . -5)
  e4( a)
  \stemDown
  \revert Slur.positions
  e4( a)
}

\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
  \override StaffGroup.SystemStartSquare.collapse-height = 4
  \set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy
    = #'(SystemStartSquare
          (SystemStartBrace
            (SystemStartBracket a
              (SystemStartSquare b))
            c)
          d)

  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
  \new Staff { c1 }
>>

#(define (custom-script-tweaks ls)
   (lambda (grob)
     (let* ((type (ly:event-property (ly:grob-property grob 'cause)
                                     'articulation-type))
           (tweaks (assoc-ref ls type)))
       (when tweaks
         (for-each
          (lambda (x) (ly:grob-set-property! grob (car x) (cdr x)))
          tweaks)))))

customScripts =
#(define-music-function (settings) (list?)
   #{
     \override Script.before-line-breaking =
       #(custom-script-tweaks settings)
   #})
revertCustomScripts = \revert Script.before-line-breaking

% Example

% Predefine two sets of desired tweaks.
#(define my-settings-1
   '((accent . ((font-size . 0)
                (color . (1 0 0))))
     (segno . ((font-size . 0)
               (color . (1 0 0))))
     (staccato . ((color . (1 0 0))
                  (padding . 0.5)))
     (staccatissimo . ((padding . 1)
                       (color . (1 0 0))))
     (tenuto . ((color . (1 0 0))
                (rotation . (45 0 0))
                (padding . 2)
                (font-size . 10)))
    ))

#(define my-settings-2
  '((accent . ((font-size . 4)
               (color . (0 1 0))
               (padding . 1.5)))
    (coda . ((color . (0 1 0))
             (padding . 1)))
    (staccato . ((color . (0 1 0))))
    (staccatissimo . ((padding . 2)
                      (color . (0 1 0))))
    (tenuto . ((color . (0 1 0))
               (font-size . 10)))
    ))

music = { f1-> | f\segno | f-. | f-! | f-- | f--\coda | f-!\fermata | }

block = {
  \music
  \break
  \revertCustomScripts \music
}

\new Staff <<
  \new Voice \with { \customScripts #my-settings-1 }
    \relative c''{ \voiceOne \block }
  \new Voice \with { \customScripts #my-settings-2 }
    \relative c' { \voiceTwo \block }
>>

\relative c'' {
  \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
  \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 5)
  \repeat percent 10 { c1 } \break
  \set repeatCountVisibility = #(every-nth-repeat-count-visible 2)
  \repeat percent 6 { c1 d1 }
}

\relative c' {
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(-5 . 0)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(0 . 5)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
  \once \override Arpeggio.positions = #'(-5 . 5)
  <c e g b>1\arpeggio
}

\markup \with-true-dimensions % work around a cropping issue
\score {
  \relative c' {
    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
    <c-1 d-2 a'-5>4
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 0.2)-2 a'-5>

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
    <c-1 d-2 a'-5>
    <c-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . -1.1)-1
     d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1.2 . -1.8)-2 a'-5> |

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down right up)
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-0.3 . 0)-2 a'-5>4
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1 . 1.2)-2 a'-5>

    \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1.1)-2
     a'-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1)-5>
    <c-1 d-\tweak extra-offset #'(-1.2 . 1.5)-2
     a'-\tweak extra-offset #'(0 . 1.4)-5> |
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  % Multi-measure rests by default are set under the fourth line.
  R1
  % They can be moved using an override or tweak.
  \tweak staff-position -2 R1
  \tweak staff-position 0 R1
  \tweak staff-position 2 R1
  \override MultiMeasureRest.staff-position = 3 R1
  \override MultiMeasureRest.staff-position = 6 R1
  \revert MultiMeasureRest.staff-position
  \break

  % Odd-numbered voices are under the top line.
  << { R1 } \\ { a1 } >>
  % Even-numbered voices are under the bottom line.
  << { a1 } \\ { R1 } >>
  % Multi-measure rests in both voices remain separate.
  << { R1 } \\ { R1 } >>

  % Separating multi-measure rests in more than two voices
  % requires an override or tweak.
  << { R1 } \\ { R1 } \\ { \tweak staff-position -2 R1 } >>

  % Using compressed bars in multiple voices requires another override
  % in all voices to avoid multiple instances being printed.
  \compressMMRests
  <<
    \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction
    { R1*3 } \\
    \revert MultiMeasureRest.direction
    { R1*3 }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  \override TextScript.avoid-slur = #'inside
  \override TextScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
  c2(^\markup { \halign #-10 \natural } d4.) c8
}

\relative c' {
  % Center bar numbers except at the beginning of a staff.
  \override Score.BarNumber.self-alignment-X =
    #(break-alignment-list CENTER CENTER 0.3)

  % Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere.
  \override Score.BarNumber.break-visibility = #end-of-line-invisible

  \set Score.barNumberVisibility = #(every-nth-bar-number-visible 4)

  % Increase the size of the bar number by 2.
  \override Score.BarNumber.font-size = 2

  % Draw a circle round the following bar number(s).
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil
    = #(make-stencil-circler 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
  \repeat unfold 7 { c1 } \break

  % Draw a box round the following bar number(s).
  \override Score.BarNumber.stencil
    = #(make-stencil-boxer 0.1 0.25 ly:text-interface::print)
  \repeat unfold 7 { c1 } \bar "|."
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##f
}

{
  % Metronome marks below the staff
  \override Score.MetronomeMark.direction = #DOWN
  \tempo 8. = 120
  c''1

  % Rehearsal marks below the staff
  \override Score.RehearsalMark.direction = #DOWN
  \mark \default
  c''1
}

scale = \relative c' {
  a4 b c d
  e4 f g a
}

\new Staff {
  <<
    \scale
    \context NoteNames {
      \set printOctaveNames = ##f
      \scale
    }
  >>
  R1
  <<
    \scale
    \context NoteNames {
      \set printOctaveNames = ##t
      \scale
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \NoteNames
    % Allow vertical overlapping of different `NoteNames` contexts
    % to make them appear as if they were a single line.
    \override VerticalAxisGroup
              .nonstaff-nonstaff-spacing
              .minimum-distance = ##f
  }
}

music = \relative c'' {
  \tupletNeutral \tuplet 3/2 { c16[ d e } f8]
  \tupletUp \tuplet 3/2 { c8 d e }
}

\new Voice {
  \relative c' {
    \override TextScript.staff-padding = #2.5

    \time 2/4
    \override TupletBracket.visible-over-note-heads = ##t
    \override Score.TextMark.non-musical = ##f
    <>^\markup "default" \music
    \override TupletBracket.bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
    <>^\markup \typewriter "if-no-beam" \music
  }
}

\relative c'' <<
  \override Score.SpacingSpanner.strict-note-spacing = ##t
  \set Score.proportionalNotationDuration = #1/16

  \new Staff {
    c8[ c \clef alto c c \grace { d16 } c8 c] c4
    c2 \grace { c16[ c16] } c2
  }
  \new Staff {
    c2 \tuplet 3/2 { c8 \clef bass cis,, c } c4
    c1
  }
>>

someMusic =  {
  \once \omit Staff.Clef
  \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
  \repeat unfold 3 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1 \break
  \repeat unfold 5 c1
}

\score {
  \new PianoStaff
  <<
    \new Staff = "right" \relative c'' \someMusic
    \new Staff = "left" \relative c' { \clef F \someMusic }
  >>
  \layout {
    indent=75\mm
    \context {
      \PianoStaff
      \alterBroken transparent #'(#t) SystemStartBrace
    }
  }
}

\relative c' {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      e1 | e
      \once \override Staff.BarLine.allow-span-bar = ##f
      e1 | e | e
    }
    \new Staff {
      c1 | c | c
      \once \override Staff.BarLine.allow-span-bar = ##f
      c1 | c
    }
    \new Staff {
      a1 | a | a | a | a
    }
  >>
}

\layout {
  \context {
    \Staff \RemoveEmptyStaves
    % To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:
    % \override VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
  }
}
\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    % To use the setting globally, comment this line,
    % uncomment the line in the \layout block above
    \override Staff.VerticalAxisGroup.remove-first = ##t
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

\new StaffGroup <<
  \new Staff \relative c' {
    e4 f g a \break
    c1
  }
  \new Staff {
    R1 \break
    R
  }
>>

restsA = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 s32
  s64 s128 s256 s512 s1024 s1024
}
restsB = {
  r\maxima r\longa r\breve r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32
  r64 r128 r256 r512 r1024 s1024
}

\new Staff \relative c {
  \omit Score.TimeSignature
  \cadenzaOn

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'mensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { mensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'neomensural
  <>^\markup \typewriter { neomensural } \restsA \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'classical
  <>^\markup \typewriter { classical } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'z
  <>^\markup \typewriter { z-style } \restsB \bar "" \break

  \override Staff.Rest.style = #'default
  <>^\markup \typewriter { default } \restsB \bar "" \break
}

startPat = {
  \improvisationOn
  \omit Stem
}
stopPat = {
  \improvisationOff
  \undo \omit Stem
}

\new Voice \with {
  \consists Pitch_squash_engraver
} {
  c'4 d' e' f' |
  \startPat
  4 4 4 4 |
  \stopPat
  f'4 e' d' c'
}

...
staff-bar
key-cancellation
key-signature
...

#(define (insert-before where what lst)
   (cond
    ((null? lst)           ; If the list is empty,
     (list what))          ; return a single-element list.
    ((eq? where (car lst)) ; If we find symbol `where`,
     (cons what lst))      ; insert `what` before curr. position.
    (else                  ; Otherwise keep building the list by
     (cons (car lst)       ; adding the current element and
                           ; recursing with the next element.
           (insert-before where what (cdr lst))))))

cancellationFirst =
\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
#(grob-transformer
  'break-align-orders
  (lambda (grob orig)
    (let* ((middle (vector-ref orig 1))
           (middle (delq 'key-cancellation middle))
           (middle (insert-before
                    'staff-bar 'key-cancellation middle)))
      (vector
       ;; end of line
       (vector-ref orig 0)
       ;; middle of line
       middle
       ;; beginning of line
       (vector-ref orig 2)))))

music = { \key es \major d'1 \bar "||"
          \key a \major d'1 }

{ <>^\markup "default"
  \music }

{ <>^\markup "cancellation first"
  \cancellationFirst
  \music }

\relative c'' {
  e4\< e2.
  e1\!
  \override Hairpin.to-barline = ##f
  e4\< e2.
  e1\!
}

#(set-default-paper-size "a5")

\paper {
  system-separator-markup = \slashSeparator
  tagline = ##f
}

notes = \relative c' {
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c \break
  c1 | c
}

\book {
  \score {
    \new GrandStaff <<
      \new Staff \notes
      \new Staff \notes
    >>
  }
}

{
  \textMark "Chords can be tied note by note."
  <c'~ e'~ g'~ c''~>2 q
}

{
  \textMark \markup \override #'(baseline-skip . 3) \wordwrap {
    Modifying those ties with \typewriter "\\shape" does not succeed,
    because \typewriter TieColumn positions them on its own behalf,
    ignoring \typewriter "\\shape" input more or less.  You may
    circumvent this by setting \typewriter positioning-done to
    \typewriter "#t" – alas, \typewriter positioning-done is an
    internal property, and setting it to \typewriter "#t" means: all
    positioning is done, don’t do anything further.  The next example
    demonstrates a case where the positioning is not finished: all tie
    directions are down, and the thickness is not accurate.
  }
  <c'~ e'~ g'~ c''~>2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark "To fix that, enter ties with explicit direction modifiers."
  <c'_~ e'_~ g'_~ c''^~>2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark \markup {
    Now you can use \typewriter "\\shape" for each tie as usual. }
  <c'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0)) _~
   e'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0)) _~
   g'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0)) _~
   c''-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0)) ^~
  >2
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark "This also works at line breaks."
  <c'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0))) _~
   e'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0))) _~
   g'-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0))
                ((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0))) _~
   c''-\shape #'(((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0))
                 ((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0))) ^~
  >2
  \break
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  q
}

{
  \textMark \markup {
    It also works with the \typewriter tieWaitForNote property. }
  \set tieWaitForNote = ##t
  c'4-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -10) (0 . -10) (0 . 0)) _~
  e'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -5) (0 . -5) (0 . 0)) _~
  g'-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . -2) (0 . -2) (0 . 0)) _~
  c''-\shape #'((0 . 0) (0 . 5) (0 . 5) (0 . 0)) ^~
  \once \override TieColumn.positioning-done = ##t
  <c' e' g' c''>1
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
  \context {
    \Score
    \override TextMark.padding = #4
    \override TextMark.break-align-symbols = #'(left-edge)
  }
}

\paper {
  score-system-spacing.padding = 3
}

\relative c' {
  <>^"Wrong"
  c2_\fermata^\fermata % The second fermata is ignored!
  <e d'>2^\flageolet_\flageolet

  \stopStaff s1 \startStaff

  <>^"Works if written inside a chord"
  <e_\flageolet d'^\flageolet>2
  <e_\flageolet d'^\flageolet>2
  <e_\flageolet^\flageolet>2
  <e_\fermata^\fermata>2
}

stringNumberSpanner =
  #(define-music-function (StringNumber) (string?)
    #{
      \override TextSpanner.style = #'solid
      \override TextSpanner.font-size = #-5
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.stencil-align-dir-y = #CENTER
      \override TextSpanner.bound-details.left.text =
        \markup { \circle \number $StringNumber }
    #})

\relative c {
  \clef "treble_8"
  \textSpannerDown
  \stringNumberSpanner "5" a8\startTextSpan b c d
    e f\stopTextSpan \stringNumberSpanner "4" g\startTextSpan a |
  bes4 a g2\stopTextSpan
}

ignore = \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t

\relative c' {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice { \ignore \stemDown f2 g }
    \new Voice { c2 \stemDown c, }
  >>
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.stencil = #(lambda (grob)
    (parenthesize-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.1))
  \time 2/4
  a4 b8 c
}

\relative c'' {
  \time 3/4
  c4 c c
  % Change the style permanently
  \override Staff.TimeSignature.style = #'single-number
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
  \time 3/4
  c4 c c
  % Revert to default style:
  \revert Staff.TimeSignature.style
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
  % single-number style only for the next time signature
  \tweak style #'single-number \time 5/4
  c4 c c c c
  \time 2/4
  c4 c
}

aigues = \relative c' {
  \time 6/8
  s4. \stemDown c16[ bes' e] \stemUp g c e \stemDown |
  g8
}

basses = \relative c {
  \time 3/4
  \clef F
  \tweak positions #'(4.5 . 8.5)
    \tweak edge-height #'(1 . -1)
    \tuplet 7/6 { c16[ bes' e] \change Staff = md \stemUp g[ c e g] } s4. |
  s8
}

\new PianoStaff \with { \omit TimeSignature }
<<
  \new Staff = md \aigues
  \new Staff = mg \basses
>>

{
  % The default treble clef.
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard bass clef
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 6
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 6
  \key g \major
  c'1
  % The baritone clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 4
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % The standard choral tenor clef.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = -2
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = -7
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 1
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = 1
  \key f \major
  c'1
  % A non-standard clef.
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = -4
  \set Staff.middleCClefPosition = -4
  \key g \major
  c'1 \break

  % The following clef changes do not preserve
  % the normal relationship between notes, key signatures
  % and clefs.
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.F"
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 2
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.G"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefGlyph = "clefs.C"
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 7
  c'1
  \set Staff.clefTransposition = 0
  \set Staff.clefPosition = 0
  c'1

  % Return to the normal clef.
  \set Staff.middleCPosition = 0
  c'1
}

\relative c'' {
  \new Staff {
    $(remove-grace-property 'Voice 'Stem 'direction)
    $(add-grace-property 'Voice 'NoteHead 'style 'cross)
    \new Voice {
       \acciaccatura { f16 } g4
       \grace { d16 e } f4
       \appoggiatura { f,32 g a } e2
    }
  }
}

"@" =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
  #{ \set stemLeftBeamCount = 0 $music [] #})

testnotes = {
  \autoBeamOff
  c8 d16 e''32 f64 \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } a128 b
}

\relative c' {
  \override TextScript.staff-padding = 6
  \time 1/4
    <>^"default" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #modern-straight-flag
    <>_"modern straight" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #old-straight-flag
    <>^"old straight" \testnotes
  \override Flag.stencil = #flat-flag
    <>_"flat" \testnotes
  \revert Flag.stencil

  \flagStyleStacked
    <>^"stacked" \testnotes
  \flagStyleDefault
    <>_"default" \testnotes
}

\relative c' {
  \time 3/4
  \override Flag.stencil = #flat-flag

  <>^"flat" c8 c[ c] d16 d[ d] e''32 e[ e] f64 f[ f]
    \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } a128 a[ a a a a]
  <>^"beam-like" @c8 c[ c] @d16 d[ d] @e''32 e[ e] @f64 f[ f]
    \acciaccatura { g,,,8 } @a128 a[ a a a a]
}

\layout {
  indent = 0
  \context {
    \Score
    \override NonMusicalPaperColumn.line-break-permission = ##f
  }
}

--------------------
#<Grob Accidental >
()
#<Grob Stem >

#(define (notehead-get-accidental notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (ly:grob-object notehead 'accidental-grob))

#(define (notehead-get-arpeggio notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((notecolumn (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)))
     (ly:grob-object notecolumn 'arpeggio)))

#(define (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (ly:grob-parent notehead X))

#(define (notehead-get-stem notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((notecolumn (notehead-get-notecolumn notehead)))
     (ly:grob-object notecolumn 'stem)))

#(define (display-grobs notehead)
   ;; notehead is grob
   (let ((accidental (notehead-get-accidental notehead))
         (arpeggio (notehead-get-arpeggio notehead))
         (stem (notehead-get-stem notehead)))
     (format (current-error-port) "~2&~a\n" (make-string 20 #\-))
     (for-each
      (lambda (x) (format (current-error-port) "~a\n" x))
      (list accidental arpeggio stem))))

\relative c' {
  %% display grobs for each note head:
  %\override NoteHead.before-line-breaking = #display-grobs
  <c
  %% or just for one:
  \tweak before-line-breaking #display-grobs
  es
  g>1\arpeggio
}

\relative c' {
  \time 2/4
  \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
  <
    \tweak font-size #3 c
    \tweak color #red d-\tweak font-size #8 -4
    \tweak style #'cross g
    \tweak duration-log #2 a
  >2
}

music = \relative c' {
  a'2\p b\f
  e4\p f\f\> g, b\p
  c2^\markup { \huge gorgeous } c^\markup { \huge fantastic }
}

{
  \music
  \break
  \override DynamicLineSpanner.staff-padding = 3
  \textLengthOn
  \override TextScript.staff-padding = 1
  \music
}

\relative c' <<
  \new Staff = "1" { c4 c c c }
  \new Staff = "2" { d4 d d d }
  \new Staff = "3" { e4 e e e }

  { \skip 2
    <<
      \lyrics {
        \set alignBelowContext = "1"
        lyrics4 below
      }
      \new Staff \with {
        alignAboveContext = "3"
        fontSize = -2
        \override StaffSymbol.staff-space = #(magstep -2)
        \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
        \override VerticalAxisGroup.staff-staff-spacing =
           #'((minimum-distance . 0)
              (basic-distance . 0)
              (padding . 1))
      } {
        \tuplet 6/4 {
          \override TextScript.padding = 2
          c8[^"ossia above" d e d e f]
        }
      }
    >>
  }
>>

\markup { default behavior }

<<
  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "3."
    a a a a
  }

  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "1."
    aaaaaaaaaa a a a
  }
  \lyrics {
    \set stanza = "2."
    a a a a
  }
>>

\markup \vspace #1
\markup {
  using \typewriter "self-alignment-X = #LEFT" }

<<
  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "3."
    a a a a
  }

  \new Staff { b b b b }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "1."
    \once \override LyricText.self-alignment-X = #LEFT
    aaaaaaaaaa a a a
  }
  \new Lyrics \lyricmode {
    \set stanza = "2."
    a a a a
  }
>>

<<
  \relative c' {
    \repeat unfold 3 {
      c8 c b b a a c16 c b b
    }
  }
  \figures {
    \set useBassFigureExtenders = ##t
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
    \set figuredBassCenterContinuations = ##t
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
    \set figuredBassCenterContinuations = ##f
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 r
    <6+ 4 3>4 <6 4 3>8 <4 3+>16 r
  }
>>

\score {
  \new StaffGroup \relative c'' {
    \new Staff
    \key f \major
    c1 c^"Unwanted extra space" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
    c1 | c^"Fixed here" \break
    << { c1 | c }
       \new Staff {
         \once \set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility =
           #end-of-line-invisible
         \key f \major
         \once \omit Staff.TimeSignature
         c1 | c
       }
    >>
  }
}

<<
  {
    \appoggiatura d''8 c''4 r2. |
    \appoggiatura { \bar "" d''8 \bar "|" } |
    c''4 r2.
  }
  { R1 | R1 }
>>

afterGraceFraction = 15/16

<<
  {
    \appoggiatura d''8 c''4 \afterGrace r2. d''8( |
    c''4) r2.
  }
  { R1 | R1 }
>>

{
  <>^"default"
  f'_\pp ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { setting \typewriter shorten-pair }
  f'_\pp \tweak shorten-pair #'(-3 . 0) ^\> f' f' f'\!
}

{
  <>^\markup { using another \typewriter Voice context }
  << { f'^\> f' f' f'\! }
     \new Voice { s4_\pp } >>
}

\layout {
  line-width = 8\cm
  ragged-right = ##f

  \context {
    \Voice
    \override TextScript.staff-padding = #3.5
  }
}

{ g1\< |
  e''\f\> |
  c'\p }

{ g1\< |
  e''\breakDynamicSpan\f\> |
  c'\p }

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \remove "Timing_translator"
    \accepts TimingStaffGroup
  }
  \context {
    \StaffGroup
    \name TimingStaffGroup
    \alias StaffGroup
    \consists "Timing_translator"
  }
}

<<
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \scaleDurations 8/5 {
        \time 6/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 6/8
        b8 b b b b b
        \time 4/5 % to set measure length in Timing
        \context Staff \polymetric \time 2/4
        b4 b
      }
    }
  >>
  \new TimingStaffGroup <<
    \new Staff {
      \clef bass
      \time 2/4
      c2 d e f
    }
  >>
>>

paren =
#(define-event-function (dyn) (ly:event?)
   (make-dynamic-script
    #{ \markup \concat {
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 (
         \pad-x #0.2 #(ly:music-property dyn 'text)
         \normal-text \italic \fontsize #2 )
       }
    #}))

\relative c'' {
  c4\paren\f c c \dynamicUp c\paren\p
}

\override Staff.Beam.collision-voice-only = ##t

\new PianoStaff <<
  \new Staff = up \relative c' <<
    { r4
      \override Stem.cross-staff = ##t
      \override Stem.length = #19 % this is in half-spaces,
          % so it makes stems 9.5 staffspaces long
      \override Stem.Y-offset = #-6 % stems are normally lengthened
          % upwards, so here we must lower the stem by the amount
          % equal to the lengthening - in this case (19 - 7) / 2
          % (7 is default stem length)
      e e e }
    { s4
      \change Staff = "bottom"
      \override NoteColumn.ignore-collision = ##t
      c, c c
    }
  >>

  \new Staff = bottom \relative c' {
    \clef bass
    \voiceOne
    g8 a g a g a g a
  }
>>

fixA = {
  \once \override Stem.length = #12
}

fixB = {
  \once \override NoteHead.X-offset = #1.7
  \once \override Stem.length = #7
  \once \override Stem.rotation = #'(45 0 0)
  \once \override Stem.extra-offset = #'(-0.1 . -0.2)
  \once \override Flag.style = #'no-flag
  \once \override Accidental.extra-offset = #'(4 . -.1)
}

\relative c' {
  << { \fixA <b d!>8 } \\ { \voiceThree \fixB dis } >> s
}

repeatGliss = #(define-music-function (grace)
  (ly:pitch?)
  #{
    % the next two lines ensure the glissando is long enough
    % to be visible
    \once \override Glissando.springs-and-rods
      = #ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods
    \once \override Glissando.minimum-length = 3.5
    \once \hideNotes
    \grace $grace \glissando
  #})

\score {
  \relative c'' {
    \repeat volta 3 { c4 d e f\glissando }
    \alternative {
      { g2 d }
      { \repeatGliss f g2 e }
      { \repeatGliss f e2 d }
    }
  }
}

music =  \relative c' {
  \voiceOne
  \repeat volta 2 {
    g a b c\glissando
  }
  \alternative {
    { d1 }
    { \repeatGliss c \once \omit StringNumber e1\2 }
  }
}

\score {
  \new StaffGroup <<
    \new Staff <<
      \new Voice { \clef "G_8" \music }
    >>
    \new TabStaff  <<
      \new TabVoice { \clef "moderntab" \music }
    >>
  >>
}

example = {
  R1
  \tempo "Allegro molto" R1*6
  \tempo "poco rit." R1*2
  \tempo "a tempo" R1*8 \break
}

{
  \compressMMRests {
    \example
    \override Score.MetronomeMark.extra-spacing-width = #'(-3 . 0)
    \example
  }
}

\layout {
  ragged-right = ##t
}

{
  \override Staff.StaffSymbol.line-positions =
    #'(-4 -2 -0.2 0 0.2 2 4)
  d'4 e' f' g'
}

speakOn = \override Stem.stencil =
  #(lambda (grob)
     (let* ((x-parent (ly:grob-parent grob X))
            (is-rest? (ly:grob? (ly:grob-object x-parent 'rest))))
       (if is-rest?
           empty-stencil
           (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
            (ly:stem::print grob)
            Y
            (- (ly:grob-property grob 'direction))
            (grob-interpret-markup
	     grob
             (markup #:center-align #:fontsize -4
                     #:musicglyph "noteheads.s2cross"))
            -1.7))))

speakOff = \revert Stem.stencil

\new Staff {
  \relative c'' {
    a4 b a c
    \speakOn
    g4 f r g8 a
    b4 r r8 d e4
    \speakOff
    c4 a g f
  }
}

shiftedGrace =
#(define-music-function (offset music) (number? ly:music?)
   #{
     \override NoteHead.X-offset = #(- offset 0.85)
     \override Stem.X-offset = #offset
     \grace { $music }
     \revert NoteHead.X-offset
     \revert Stem.X-offset
   #})

\relative c'' <<
  { g4 \shiftedGrace #-1.3 a32 \shiftedGrace #-0.5 { bes c d } es4 }
  { f,32 e d c f e d c f4 }
>>

\layout {
  \context {
    \Score
    \override SpacingSpanner.strict-grace-spacing = ##t
  }
}

\relative c'' {
  c4 c c c | c c c c |
  \repeat segno 2 {
    c4 c c c | c c c c |
    \alternative {
      \volta 1 {
        c4 c c c | c c c c |
        % If you don't use \break at Coda, use \noBreak here
        % and after \bar "" below.
        \noBreak
        \section % double bar line
        \cadenzaOn % pause bar count
        \stopStaff % remove staff lines
        % Increasing the unfold counter will expand the staff-free space
        \repeat unfold 4 {
          s1
          \bar ""
        }
        % Place JumpScript where the staff would normally be.
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.outside-staff-priority = ##f
        \once \override Score.JumpScript.Y-offset = 0
        \startStaff % resume bar count
        \cadenzaOff % show staff lines again
      }
    }
  }
  \sectionLabel "Coda"
  % Show Coda on a new line
  \break
  \repeat unfold 6 { c4 c c c }
  \fine
}

\new Staff {
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  \time 1/8
  \tuplet 3/2 8 { c'16 c' c' c' c' c' c' c' c' }
  \tweak direction #DOWN \textEndMark "1234"
}

\new Staff {
  \set tupletFullLength = ##t
  \override TupletBracket.full-length-to-extent = ##f

  \time 1/8
  \tuplet 3/2 8 { c'16 c' c' c' c' c' c' c' c' }
  \tweak direction #DOWN \textEndMark "1234"
}

{
  b1^\markup {
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
  f'_\markup {
    \override #'(text-direction . -1)
    \line { i n g i r u m i m u s n o c t e }
  }
}

#(define (naturalize-pitch p)
   (let ((o (ly:pitch-octave p))
         ;; `ly:pitch-alteration` returns quarter tone steps.
         (a (* 4 (ly:pitch-alteration p)))
         (n (ly:pitch-notename p)))
     (cond
      ((and (> a 1)
            (or (eqv? n 6) (eqv? n 2)))
       (set! a (- a 2))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((and (< a -1)
            (or (eqv? n 0) (eqv? n 3)))
       (set! a (+ a 2))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (cond
      ((> a 2)
       (set! a (- a 4))
       (set! n (+ n 1)))
      ((< a -2)
       (set! a (+ a 4))
       (set! n (- n 1))))
     (when (< n 0)
       (set! o (- o 1))
       (set! n (+ n 7)))
     (when (> n 6)
       (set! o (+ o 1))
       (set! n (- n 7)))
     (ly:make-pitch o n (/ a 4))))

#(define (naturalize music)
   (let ((es (ly:music-property music 'elements))
         (e (ly:music-property music 'element))
         (p (ly:music-property music 'pitch)))
     (when (pair? es)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'elements
                               (map naturalize es)))
     (when (ly:music? e)
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'element
                               (naturalize e)))
     (when (ly:pitch? p)
       (set! p (naturalize-pitch p))
       (ly:music-set-property! music 'pitch p))
     music))

naturalizeMusic =
#(define-music-function (m) (ly:music?)
   (naturalize m))

music = \relative c' { c4 d e g }

\new Staff {
  \transpose c ais { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c ais { \music }
  \transpose c deses { \music }
  \naturalizeMusic \transpose c deses { \music }
}

fixTremolos =
#(define-music-function (music) (ly:music?)
   (music-map
    (lambda (m)
      (let ((event (any (lambda (a)
                          (and (music-is-of-type? a 'tremolo-event)
                               a))
                        (ly:music-property m 'articulations))))
        (if event
            (let* ((total-tremolo-duration (ly:music-property m
                                                              'duration))
                   (tremolo-type (ly:music-property event
                                                    'tremolo-type))
                   (one-tremolo-note-duration
                    (ly:make-duration (ly:intlog2 tremolo-type)))
                   (tremolo-note-count
                    (/ tremolo-type (expt 2 (ly:duration-log
                                             total-tremolo-duration)))))
              (set! (ly:music-property m 'duration)
                    one-tremolo-note-duration)
              (set! (ly:music-property m 'articulations)
                    (delete! event (ly:music-property m 'articulations)))
              (make-music 'TremoloRepeatedMusic
                          'repeat-count tremolo-note-count
                          'element m))
            m)))
    music))

unfoldRepeats = \unfoldRepeats #'() \fixTremolos \etc

music = { \repeat tremolo 8 c'16 c'2:16 }

{
  \music
  \unfoldRepeats \music
}

music = \relative c'' { c4 c c c }

\score {
  \new Staff <<
    \new Voice {
      s1*2 \break
      s1*3 \break
      s1*4 \break
      s1*5 \break
    }
    \new Voice {
      \repeat unfold 2 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 3 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 4 { \music }
      \repeat unfold 5 { \music }
    }
  >>
}

\paper {
  indent = 0
  line-width = 140\mm
  ragged-right = ##t
}

music = \relative c' {
  a'2\p b\f
  e4\p f\f\> g, b\p
  c2^\markup { \huge gorgeous } c^\markup { \huge fantastic }
}

{
  \music
  \break
  \override DynamicLineSpanner.staff-padding = 3
  \textLengthOn
  \override TextScript.staff-padding = 1
  \music
}

Musical notation
Preface
1 Pitches
2 Rhythms
3 Expressive marks
4 Repeats
5 Simultaneous notes
6 Staff notation
7 Editorial annotations
8 Text
Specialist notation
9 Vocal music
10 Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments
11 Unfretted string instruments
12 Fretted string instruments
13 Percussion
14 Wind instruments
15 Chord notation
16 Contemporary music
17 Ancient notation
18 World music
Other collections
19 Automatic notation
20 Breaks
21 Connecting notes
22 Contexts and engravers
23 Education
24 Headword
25 MIDI
26 Non-music
27 Paper and layout
28 Preparing parts
29 Real music
30 Really cool
31 Really simple
32 Scheme
33 Spacing
34 Specific notation
35 Symbols and glyphs
36 Templates
37 Titles
38 Tweaks and overrides
39 Workaround

[ << Top ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Pitches >> ]
[ < Top ]	[ Up: Top ]	[ Pitches > ]

[ << Preface ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Rhythms >> ]
[ < Preface ]		[ Añadir un ámbito por voz > ]

Añadir un ámbito por voz
Añadir una indicación de octava alta a una sola voz
Cabezas de nota tipo Aiken, variante delgada
Alterar la longitud de las plicas unidas por una barra
Indicaciones de tesitura
Indicación de tesitura después de la armadura
Ámbitos con varias voces
Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala
Cambiar la dirección de la plica de las notas de la tercera línea automáticamente, basado en la melodía
Cambiar el texto de las indicaciones de octava alta y baja
Modificación de la separación en las indicaciones de tesitura
Cambiar el intervalo de las líneas de la pauta
Las claves se pueden transponer en intervalos arbitrarios
Colorear las notas según su altura
Crear una secuencia de notas a distintas alturas
Creación de armaduras de clave personalizadas
Direction of merged ‘fa’ shape note heads
Forzar un becuadro de cancelación antes de una alteración accidental
Forzar la impresión de la clave
Generación de notas aleatorias
Ocultar las alteraciones sobre notas ligadas al principio de un sistema nuevo
Mantener el tamaño del símbolo en los cambios de clave
Ejemplo de makam
Modificación de la inclinación de la línea de octava
Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales
Números como notas de notación fácil
Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano
Evitar que se añadan becuadros adicionales automáticamente
Evitar que se impriman becuadros cuando cambia la armadura
Citar otra voz con transposición
Separar las cancelaciones de tonalidad de los cambios de armadura
Transposing pitches with minimum accidentals (“smart” transpose)
Ejemplo de makam en la música turca
Trucaje de las propiedades de clave
Using \autoChange with more than one voice

[ << Pitches ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Rhythms >> ]
[ < Pitches ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Añadir una indicación de octava alta a una sola voz > ]

[ << Pitches ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Expressive marks >> ]
[ < Using \autoChange with more than one voice ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Adding beams, slurs, ties, etc., when using tuplet and non-tuplet rhythms > ]

Adding beams, slurs, ties, etc., when using tuplet and non-tuplet rhythms
Escritura de partes de percusión
Ajuste del espaciado de las notas de adorno
Alineación de los números de compás
Formas alternativas de la figura breve
Apoyatura o nota de adorno antes de la línea divisoria
Subdivisiones de barra automáticas
Modificar duraciones automáticamente
Finales de barra en el contexto Score
Barras recortadas
Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea
Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo
Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás
Modificar el número de puntillos de una nota
Cambiar el tempo sin indicación metronómica
Cambiar el número del grupo especial
Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando `\scaleDurations`
Chant or psalm notation
Complex time signatures
Símbolos de dirección y símbolos de agrupación de compás
Controlar la visibilidad de los corchetes de grupo especial
Ejemplo de cencerro y campana
Crear indicaciones metronómicas en modo de marcado
Grabado manual de las ligaduras
Trémolos con barras flotantes
Escribir varios tresillos con una sola instrucción `\tuplet`
Forzar que las marcas de ensayo comiencen en una letra o número dados
Generar corchetes personalizados
Ritmos rasgueados de guitarra
Indicaciones de compás polimétricas profundamente personalizadas
Ejemplo de cajas chinas grave y aguda
Making an object invisible using \hide
Hacer ligaduras de expresión con estructura compleja de discontinuidad
Controlar manualmente las posiciones de las barras
Combinar los silencios multicompás en una parte polifónica
Modificar la longitud del corchete de grupo especial
Desplazar las notas con puntillo en polifonía
Control de la anchura de un silencio multicompás
Marcado de silencios multicompás
Números de agrupación especial distintos a los predeterminados
Numerar silencios seguidos de un compás
`Partcombine` y `\autoBeamOff`
Ejemplo de percusión
Permitir saltos de línea dentro de grupos especiales con barra
Colocar las barras de las notas de adorno a la misma altura que las barras de notas normales
Posicionamiento de las notas de adorno con espacio flotante
Posicionar los silencios multicompás
Colocar calderones opuestos sobre la barra de compás
Evitar que una marca de ensayo final suprima el corchete de un grupo de valoración especial
Imprimir números de compás a intervalos regulares
Impresión de números de compás para compases divididos
Imprimir números de compás dentro de rectángulos o circunferencias
Impresión de los números de compás usando `modulo-bar-number-visible`
Impresión de los números de compás con intervalos regulares variables
Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama
Imprimir música que tenga compases distintos en cada pentagrama
Imprimir el número de compás en el primer compás
Imrpesión de corchetes de tresillo en el lado de la cabeza de la nota
Redefinición de los valores globales predeterminados para notas de adorno
Suprimir los números de compás de toda la partitura
Estilos de silencios
Alteración de los finales de barra predeterminados
Barras rítmicas
Silencios de separación en modo de letra
Silencios de separación en modo de letra (2)
Stemlets (plicas de tamaño reducido)
Barras que se atienen al pulso estrictamente
Subdivisión de barras
Ejemplo de música para tam-tam
Ejemlo de pandereta
Rectángulo de tres segmentos visibles
Indicación de compás entre corchetes
Compás entre paréntesis
Indicación de compás imprimiendo solo el numerador (en lugar de la fracción)
Trucar la disposición de las notas de adorno dentro de la música
Indicaciones de compás personalizadas
Uso de estilos alternativos para los corchetes
Utilizar la barra que tacha las notas de adorno con notas normales
Uso de ligaduras en los arpegios

[ << Rhythms ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Expressive marks >> ]
[ < Rhythms ]	[ Up: Rhythms ]	[ Escritura de partes de percusión > ]

[ << Rhythms ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Repeats >> ]
[ < Uso de ligaduras en los arpegios ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Encerrar entre paréntesis una marca expresiva o una nota de un acorde > ]

Encerrar entre paréntesis una marca expresiva o una nota de un acorde
Añadir marcas de tiempo a glissandos largos
Ajustar las posiciones de las ligaduras verticalmente
Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono
Alinear los extremos de los reguladores con las direcciones de `NoteColumn`
Formas alternativas de la figura breve
Ligaduras asimétricas
Marcas de respiración
Regulador interrumpido
Caesura (“railtracks”) with fermata
Centrar texto debajo de un regulador
Cambiar el texto y los estilos de objeto de extensión para las indicaciones dinámicas textuales
Modificar el aspecto continuo de una ligadura de expresión a punteado o intermitente
Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración
Modificar el número de puntillos de una nota
Combinar indicaciones dinámicas con marcados textuales
Combining dynamics with markup texts (2)
Glissando contemporáneo
Controlar la visibilidad de los objetos de extensión después de un salto de línea
Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes
Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones
Creating “real” parenthesized dynamics
Crear un grupeto de anticipación
Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas
Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano
Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos
Crear digitaciones de dos cifras
Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas
Crear elementos de extensión textuales
Dynamics spanner with custom text
Glissando por debajo de un objeto gráfico
Reguladores con distintos estilos de línea
Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica
Horizontally aligning custom dynamics like “più f”
Insertar una cesura
Ligaduras laissez vibrer
Puntas de flecha para las líneas
Hacer ligaduras de expresión con estructura compleja de discontinuidad
Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones
Desplazar ligaduras de expresión verticalmente
Desplazar los extremos de un regulador
Posicionar símbolos de arpegio
Situar los elementos de marcado de texto por dentro de las ligaduras
Imprimir reguladores en diversos estilos
Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»
Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama
Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás
Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores
Imprimir la misma articulación encima y debajo de la misma nota o acorde
Snap pizzicato (“Bartok” pizzicato)
Using \arpeggioBracket to make divisi more visible
Usar una raya corta como símbolo de respiración
Utilizar ligaduras dobles para acordes legato
Uso de la propiedad `whiteout`
Línea vertical como una articulación barroca
Alinear verticalmente expresiones dinámicas que abarcan varias notas

[ << Expressive marks ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Repeats >> ]
[ < Expressive marks ]	[ Up: Expressive marks ]	[ Añadir marcas de tiempo a glissandos largos > ]

[ << Expressive marks ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Simultaneous notes >> ]
[ < Alinear verticalmente expresiones dinámicas que abarcan varias notas ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Cambiar las líneas divisorias predeterminadas > ]

Cambiar las líneas divisorias predeterminadas
Controlar el aspecto de las barras de trémolo
Trémolos de pentagrama cruzado
Trémolos con barras flotantes
Símbolos de porcentaje sueltos
Measure counters
Visibilidad del contador de repeticiones de tipo porcentaje
Contador de repeticiones de tipo porcentaje
Posicionar los símbolos de repetición segno y coda (con saltos de línea)
Establecer el tipo de repetición doble predeterminado para la primera y segunda vez
Acortar los corchetes de primera y segunda vez
Unfolding tremolo repeats
Corchetes de primera y segunda vez debajo de los acordes
Casillas de primera y segunda vez en varios pentagramas
Elementos de marcado para el texto de las casillas de repetición usando `repeatCommands`

[ << Repeats ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Simultaneous notes >> ]
[ < Repeats ]	[ Up: Repeats ]	[ Controlar el aspecto de las barras de trémolo > ]

[ << Repeats ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Staff notation >> ]
[ < Elementos de marcado para el texto de las casillas de repetición usando `repeatCommands` ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Voces adicionales para evitar colisiones > ]

Voces adicionales para evitar colisiones
Cambiar los textos de `\partCombine`
Changing a single note’s size in a chord
Clusters («racimos»)
Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama
Impresión de acordes complejos
Forzar el desplazamiento horizontal de las notas
Making an object invisible using \hide
Desplazar las notas con puntillo en polifonía
Evitar las advertencias sobre columnas de notas que chocan
Dos pares de `\partCombine` en un solo pentagrama

[ << Simultaneous notes ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Staff notation >> ]
[ < Simultaneous notes ]	[ Up: Simultaneous notes ]	[ Cambiar los textos de `\partCombine` > ]

[ << Simultaneous notes ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Editorial annotations >> ]
[ < Dos pares de `\partCombine` en un solo pentagrama ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Añadir un ámbito por voz > ]

Añadir un ámbito por voz
Añadir un pentagrama nuevo
Añadir un pentagrama adicional en un salto de línea
Añadir indicadores a los pentagramas que se dividen después de un salto de línea
Añadir notas guía orquestales a una partitura vocal
Numeración de compases alternativa
Indicación de tesitura después de la armadura
Cambiar las líneas divisorias predeterminadas
Cambiar el número de líneas de una pauta
Modificar el tamaño de la pauta
Crear pentagramas en blanco
Creación de armaduras de clave personalizadas
Plicas de pentagrama cruzado
Mostrar corchete o llave en grupos de un solo pentagrama
Mostrar un sistema GrandStaff completo si sigue con vida uno solo de sus pentagramas
Extending a trill spanner
Extender glissandos sobre repeticiones
Ligaduras planas
Forcing measure width to adapt to a metronome mark’s width
Glissando por debajo de un objeto gráfico
Harmonizing bar line thickness for staves with different sizes
Incipits
Insertar fragmentos de partituras sobre el pentagrama, como elementos de marcado
Hacer que `TabStaff` imprima la cuerda superior en la parte de abajo
Formateado de tablaturas con letras
Hacer que los glissandos se puedan dividir en el salto de línea
Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras
Measure counters
Disposición Mensurstriche (líneas divisorias entre pentagramas)
Modificación de la inclinación de la línea de octava
Anidado de grupos de pentagramas
Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales
Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano
Print chord names with same root and different bass as slash and bass note
Putting lyrics inside the staff
Citar otra voz
Citar otra voz con transposición
Quitar la llave en el primer sistema de una partitura de piano
Quitar las barras de compás entre los pentagramas de un StaffGroup, PianoStaff o GrandStaff
Quitar la primera línea vacía
Fijar un separador entre los sistemas
Dar forma a ligaduras de unión individuales entre acordes
Barras de compás en forma de raya corta
Indicación de compás entre corchetes
Compás entre paréntesis
Trucaje de las propiedades de clave
Dos pares de `\partCombine` en un solo pentagrama
Uso del corchete recto al comienzo de un grupo de pentagramas
Using \autoChange with more than one voice
Using mark lines in a Frenched score
Grupos de pentagramas alineados verticalmente sin barra inicial de conexión
Corchetes de primera y segunda vez debajo de los acordes
Casillas de primera y segunda vez en varios pentagramas

[ << Staff notation ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Editorial annotations >> ]
[ < Staff notation ]	[ Up: Staff notation ]	[ Añadir un pentagrama nuevo > ]

[ << Staff notation ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Text >> ]
[ < Casillas de primera y segunda vez en varios pentagramas ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Añadir digitaciones a la partitura > ]

Añadir digitaciones a la partitura
Añadir enlaces a los objetos
Insertar elementos de marcado en una tablatura
Permitir que las digitaciones se impriman dentro del pentagrama
Numeración de compases alternativa
Corchetes de análisis encima del pentagrama
Corchetes de análisis con etiquetas
Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala
Poner en blanco las líneas del pentagrama utilizando la instrucción `\whiteout`
Changing a single note’s size in a chord
Modificar el aspecto continuo de una ligadura de expresión a punteado o intermitente
Colorear las notas según su altura
Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes
Crear un grupeto de anticipación
Crear pentagramas en blanco
Crear digitaciones de dos cifras
Dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea del pentagrama
Diferentes tamaños de fuente para `instrumentName` y `shortInstrumentName`
Rodear los objetos gráficos con rectángulos
Trazar circunferencias alrededor de la cabeza de las notas
Rodear diversos objetos con una circunferencia
Empotrar PostScript nativo dentro de un bloque \markup
Generate special note head shapes
Líneas de rejilla: modificar su aspecto
Líneas de rejilla: destacar ritmos y la relación temporal entre notas
Ligados ascendentes y descendentes (hammer-on y pull-off)
Indicaciones de ligado ascendente y descendente (hammer-on y pull-off) usando acordes
Indicaciones de hammer-on y pull-off usando voces
Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras
Marcar notas de las partes habladas con unas aspas en la plica
Measure counters
Corchete que abarca varios compases
Posicionamiento preciso de indicaciones de digitación
Situar los elementos de marcado de texto por dentro de las ligaduras
Impresión de texto de derecha a izquierda
Líneas de extensión para números de cuerda
Uso de la propiedad `whiteout`

[ << Editorial annotations ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Text >> ]
[ < Editorial annotations ]	[ Up: Editorial annotations ]	[ Añadir enlaces a los objetos > ]

[ << Editorial annotations ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Vocal music >> ]
[ < Uso de la propiedad `whiteout` ]	[ Up: Pitches ]	[ Insertar elementos de marcado en una tablatura > ]

Insertar elementos de marcado en una tablatura
Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura
Adjusting vertical spacing of lyrics
Alinear y centrar los nombres de instrumento
Alineación de sílabas con melisma
Aligning text marks to notes
Poner en blanco las líneas del pentagrama utilizando la instrucción `\whiteout`
Centrar texto debajo de un regulador
Cambiar el texto de las indicaciones de octava alta y baja
Cambiar la familia de tipografía predeterminada para el texto
Combinar indicaciones dinámicas con marcados textuales
Combining dynamics with markup texts (2)
Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama
Creating “real” parenthesized dynamics
Crear elementos de extensión textuales
Demonstrating all \header fields
Empotrar PostScript nativo dentro de un bloque \markup
Dar formato a sílabas de la letra
Cómo poner ligaduras entre sílabas de la letra
Alineación de la letra
Objetos de lista de marcados
Marcado de silencios multicompás
Acerca de la ubicuidad de los objetos de marcado
Imprimir el número de versión
Plantilla de piano con letra centrada
Imprimir marcas de ensayo en cualquier pentagrama
Impresión de texto de derecha a izquierda
Putting lyrics inside the staff
Elemento de marcado de texto independiente en dos columnas
Líneas de extensión para números de cuerda
Rectángulo de tres segmentos visibles
UTF-8
Plantilla para conjunto vocal con letras alineadas encima y debajo de los pentagramas
Elementos de marcado para el texto de las casillas de repetición usando `repeatCommands`

LilyPond — Fragmentos de código

Preface

Musical notation

1 Pitches

Añadir un ámbito por voz

Añadir una indicación de octava alta a una sola voz

Cabezas de nota tipo Aiken, variante delgada

Alterar la longitud de las plicas unidas por una barra

Indicaciones de tesitura

Indicación de tesitura después de la armadura

Ámbitos con varias voces

Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala

Cambiar la dirección de la plica de las notas de la tercera línea automáticamente, basado en la melodía

Cambiar el texto de las indicaciones de octava alta y baja

Modificación de la separación en las indicaciones de tesitura

Cambiar el intervalo de las líneas de la pauta

Las claves se pueden transponer en intervalos arbitrarios

Colorear las notas según su altura

Crear una secuencia de notas a distintas alturas

Creación de armaduras de clave personalizadas

Direction of merged ‘fa’ shape note heads

Forzar un becuadro de cancelación antes de una alteración accidental

Forzar la impresión de la clave

Generación de notas aleatorias

Ocultar las alteraciones sobre notas ligadas al principio de un sistema nuevo

Mantener el tamaño del símbolo en los cambios de clave

Ejemplo de makam

Modificación de la inclinación de la línea de octava

Armaduras de tonalidad no tradicionales

Números como notas de notación fácil

Plantilla de orquesta, coro y piano

Evitar que se añadan becuadros adicionales automáticamente

Evitar que se impriman becuadros cuando cambia la armadura

Citar otra voz con transposición

Separar las cancelaciones de tonalidad de los cambios de armadura

Transposing pitches with minimum accidentals (“smart” transpose)

Ejemplo de makam en la música turca

Trucaje de las propiedades de clave

Using \autoChange with more than one voice

2 Rhythms

Adding beams, slurs, ties, etc., when using tuplet and non-tuplet rhythms

Escritura de partes de percusión

Ajuste del espaciado de las notas de adorno

Alineación de los números de compás

Formas alternativas de la figura breve

Apoyatura o nota de adorno antes de la línea divisoria

Subdivisiones de barra automáticas

Modificar duraciones automáticamente

Finales de barra en el contexto Score

Barras recortadas

Barras que atraviesan saltos de línea

Cambiar el salto de las barras en ángulo

Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás

Modificar el número de puntillos de una nota

Cambiar el tempo sin indicación metronómica

Cambiar el número del grupo especial

Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando \scaleDurations

Polirritmia flexible con compases no alineados

Indicaciones de compás escalados localmente

Chant or psalm notation

Complex time signatures

Símbolos de dirección y símbolos de agrupación de compás

Controlar la visibilidad de los corchetes de grupo especial

Ejemplo de cencerro y campana

Crear indicaciones metronómicas en modo de marcado

Grabado manual de las ligaduras

Trémolos con barras flotantes

Escribir varios tresillos con una sola instrucción \tuplet

Forzar que las marcas de ensayo comiencen en una letra o número dados

Generar corchetes personalizados

Ritmos rasgueados de guitarra

Indicaciones de compás polimétricas profundamente personalizadas

Ejemplo de cajas chinas grave y aguda

Making an object invisible using \hide

Hacer ligaduras de expresión con estructura compleja de discontinuidad

Controlar manualmente las posiciones de las barras

Combinar los silencios multicompás en una parte polifónica

Modificar la longitud del corchete de grupo especial

Desplazar las notas con puntillo en polifonía

Control de la anchura de un silencio multicompás

Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando `\scaleDurations`

Escribir varios tresillos con una sola instrucción `\tuplet`

`Partcombine` y `\autoBeamOff`

Impresión de los números de compás usando `modulo-bar-number-visible`

Alinear los extremos de los reguladores con las direcciones de `NoteColumn`

[ << Text ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Vocal music >> ]
[ < Text ]	[ Up: Text ]	[ Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura > ]

[ << Text ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments >> ]
[ < Elementos de marcado para el texto de las casillas de repetición usando `repeatCommands` ]		[ Añadir un ámbito por voz > ]

[ << Vocal music ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments >> ]
[ < Vocal music ]	[ Up: Vocal music ]	[ Añadir indicadores a los pentagramas que se dividen después de un salto de línea > ]

[ << Vocal music ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Unfretted string instruments >> ]
[ < Estrofa para solista y estribillo a dos voces ]	[ Up: Vocal music ]	[ Símbolos de registración de acordeón > ]

Símbolos de registración de acordeón
Modificar el texto de las indicaciones de pedal
Clusters («racimos»)
Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes
Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas
Solución de problemas de acordes y barras que cruzan el pentagrama
Trémolos de pentagrama cruzado
Ajuste fino de las líneas de pedal
Indicar acordes de pentagrama cruzado con corchetes de arpegio
Plantilla para combo de jazz
Ligaduras laissez vibrer
Plantilla de piano (sencilla)
Plantilla de piano con letra centrada
Plantilla de piano con melodía y letra
Quitar la llave en el primer sistema de una partitura de piano
Using \autoChange with more than one voice
Plantilla de conjunto vocal con reducción de piano automática

[ << Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Unfretted string instruments >> ]
[ < Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments ]	[ Up: Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments ]	[ Modificar el texto de las indicaciones de pedal > ]

[ << Keyboard and other multi-staff instruments ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Fretted string instruments >> ]
[ < Plantilla de conjunto vocal con reducción de piano automática ]	[ Up: Vocal music ]	[ Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas > ]

Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas
Armónicos con puntillo
Snap pizzicato (“Bartok” pizzicato)
Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda (sencilla)
Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda con particellas independientes

[ << Unfretted string instruments ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Fretted string instruments >> ]
[ < Unfretted string instruments ]	[ Up: Unfretted string instruments ]	[ Armónicos con puntillo > ]

[ << Unfretted string instruments ]	[Top][Contents]	[ Percussion >> ]
[ < Plantilla de cuarteto de cuerda con particellas independientes ]	[ Up: Vocal music ]	[ Añadir digitaciones a la partitura > ]